



'^i^<«^. 



»•- ,\^ „ 






■* 


y- 


'■-o^^ 








^^' 


'^ 


/ 


1 


'\^^ 






'"» 




\' , 


^ 




''^ 










% 


.^" 


- 






/ 


%. 








.^•^^ 




^ 


' " -* 


•- V ~^ 



EXACT PHONOGRAPHY 

A SYSTEM WITH 

CONNECTIBLE STROKE VoWEL SiGNS 



A TEXT BOOK FOR 

SELF- AND CLASS-INSTRUCTION 



By GEORGE R. BISHOP, 

Stenographer of the N. Y. Stock Exchange, and Law Stenographer ; Member (and 

IN 1877 President) of the Law Stenographers' Association of the City of New 

York; Member (and in 1883 President) of the N. Y, State Stenographers' 

Association ; Foreign Associate of the Shorthand Society 

of London; Author of "Outlines of a Modified 

Phonography," "Notes" thereto, 

Etc., Etc. 



y-: 



\k. 27 1887 "^) 



NEW YORK: 

THE AUTHOR, 

(at the new YORK STOCK EXCHANGE.) 

1887. 



Copyright, 1887, 
By George R. Bishop. 






INTRODUCTION 



At the 1883 Annual Meeting of the New York 
State Stenographers' Association, the author referred 
(in his opening remarks, as President of the Associa- 
tion) to the fact that he was then engaged in an at- 
tempt to devise a scheme for securing a more easy and 
exact representation of the Vowel Sounds in connec- 
tion with the Consonant Signs of the Pitman Phonog- 
raphy. A little less than a year later, he published his 
''Outlines of a Modified Phonography '\ — a pamphlet 
issued for distribution among practical, expert short- 
hand writers, for the purpose of giving them an idea of 
the lines on which he was then conducting his studies 
and experiments. In that pamphlet he contended that 
there was need of '* a system of vowel signs that should 
be susceptible of a treatment similar to that to which the 
consonant signs were subjected ; to which, for example, 
hooks, loops and circles could be attached ;" — the effect 
of similar treatment applied to either Vowel or Conso- 
nant Signs, to be the same. Obviously, such a possi- 
bility was not conceivable except on the assumption 
that all the signs, whether vowel or consonant, should 
be strokes ; it was also obvious, that they must all be 
simple geometrical forms, straight and curved ; and if 
this analogous treatment were to be thoroughgoing and 
complete, — if the vowel as well as the consonant strokes 
were to be also half-lengthened and double-length- 
ened, — evidently the normal length of all of them, 



IV. 

vowel and consonant, must be the same. Again, if the 
treatment of the signs for the two great classes of 
sounds were to be thus assimilated, it was clear, — 
especially if the system were to be one whose vowel 
signs should respectively represent single, definite, 
elementary sounds, not merely letters of the common 
alphabet, each with its several sounds, — that the same 
signs, which, on the given assumption, were to be thus 
similarly treated in detail, must be employed for the 
twofold purpose of representing both vowel and conso- 
nant sounds ; necessitating the providing, at the outset, 
of some broad, fundamental demarcation, by means of 
which it could be instantly and unmistakably deter- 
mined whether a stroke were, in any given instance, 
used as a vowel or a consonant si^n : and this funda- 
mental demarcation must be so broad and at the merest 
glance recognizable, that the signs to which it should 
be applied should be free to be subjected to the con- 
templated similar detailed treatment, without risk of 
obscuring the greater or fundamental distinction. This 
was the form in which the problem^ was presented to 
the mind of the author. To him, it seemed to be a 
plain one : — the solution of it, on those lines, to be the 
task to which those essaying to improve systems of 
shorthand, particularly so-called "phonetic" systems, 
ought to address themselves. 

A survey of the stenographic field (the term steno- 
g7^apliic being employed generically, to include all sys- 
tematic brief writing) revealed the existence of tw^o 
encouraging facts : — first, there was much, and appar- 
ently increasing, discontent with the indefiniteness of 
the most common mode (by "position") of representing 
the vowel sounds in what was unquestionably the most 



V. 



popular system of English shorthand ; second, there 
was a growing belief that without any sacrifice of brev- 
ity a much greater degree of exactness was attainable. 
The indefiniteness or lack of exactness that was 
imputed to Phonography, resulted, of course, from its 
author's attempt to indicate the various coalescing 
vowel sounds by writing the consonant strokes whose 
sounds they preceded or followed, in certain positions 
relatively to a ruled line — above the line, on it, 
through or below it. This mode of indication was 
adopted from older shorthand systems ; in which lat- 
ter — as in them only the five vowels, a, e, z, o and u, 
were sought to be so represented — it gave some ap- 
proach to definiteness ; but which mode, when applied 
to the representing of all the various sounds of those 
five vowels, resulted in very marked indefiniteness and 
ambiguity. As employed in Phonography, position 
notoriously had no definite or exact signification : for 
the writing of a consonant stroke in any one of the 
three positions — called first, second, and third — indi- 
cated a coalescence with any one of at least eight (four 
preceding and four succeeding) vowel sounds. Turn- 
ing to the standard text books of the system referred 
to, and looking for a practical illustration of this indefi- 
niteness, one found that its author repeatedly recog- 
nized it as among the possibilities that a writer of his 
system would employ the same outline in the same 
position to with equal cogency represent any one of 
eight or nine different words ; often necessitating, one 
would conclude, nearly as profound a study of contexts 
and the general drift and meaning of the matter re- 
ported, as an archaeologist would need to employ in 
the deciphering of a partly effaced ancient tablet. 



VI. 

As one result of dissatisfaction at this indefinite- 
ness, the last decade has witnessed the appearance of a 
considerable number of new works on shorthand : a 
distinct effort to remedy this one most serious defect 
being discernible as a leading motive in most of them. 
In England, this striving after something better has 
been particularly noteworthy. Som.e of her most skil- 
ful writers, coming together, in London, and organ- 
izing the Sho7^t/iand Society, announced, and continue 
to publish, one of the cardinal objects of their associa- 
tion to be, "the investigation and discussion of the 
principles which should govern the construction of a 
system of shorthand, adapted, if possible, to general 
use"; and the Society is one whose published pro- 
ceedings have shown the existence of a keen apprecia- 
tion, on the part of many of its members, of this one of 
the great needs of the time, and also an appreciation 
of the fact that no work hitherto published has met or 
satisfied that need. Men of erudition and exact schol- 
arship, as some of those gentlemen were, they were in 
a position to thoroughl}^ appreciate this many fold am- 
biguity that was incident to the indicating of vowel 
sounds by " position ", as thus employed ; and they 
could also appreciate the cumbersomeness of the only 
other mode that Phonography provided of representing 
those vowel sounds — the inserting, separately and dis- 
connectedly, of minute dots and ticks. /\ttempting, 
for example, in the writing of an unfamiliar technical 
term, or a long Latin or German word (in which indi- 
cating by position would generally completely fail), to 
insert, after tracing the consonant outline, all the dots 
and ticks needed to make the representation phoneti- 
cally complete, they must have often found that the 



vu. 

operation was so confusing and tedious as to be sub- 
stantially impracticable ; the difficulty being greatly 
augmented if one were following a speaker in actual 
reporting, and endeavoring, while inserting these mi- 
nute detached signs, to hold in his memory words after- 
wards uttered. They saw that a phonographer could 
not, as a rule, represent a detached vowel sound by 
means of a single stroke. He could represent a and o 
by placing signs therefor in arbitrary positions ; but 

not I, Cy &, a, dy do, do ; to represent either of 

the latter, he was obliged to give its representative 
tick or dot a relation to a stroke ; which stroke had 
to be added disconnectedly, and which, when it was 
employed for this auxiliary, indicative purpose, lost its 
normal signification. Fortunately, it was not often 
needful, in ordinary, simple, untechnical reporting, to 
represent unrelated vowel sounds ; while writers who 
were obliged to represent them, generally had recourse 
to the common longhand script. 

For practical phonographic reporting, the indefinite- 
ness and cumbersomeness referred to were souo^ht to 
be overcome, or the effects of them reduced to a mini- 
mum, by the arrangement of so-called word- and 
phrase-signs, long lists of which it was necessary to 
carefully memorize. By years of use, a writer would 
become very familiar with those ; and so long as the 
matter reported was such as involved mainly the use of 
those, he was able — making use of the concededly 
strong consonant system of Phonography — to follow 
with ease a speaker of average rapidity of utterance. 
When, however, the matter became technical or un- 
familiar, giving but little opportunity to employ those 
familiar signs, the ^^'ork became very difficult for him ; 



Vlll. 



the very fact that, because of defectiveness of vowel 
representation, he had avoided, as far as possible, using 
vowel signs, increased his difficulties, when he came to 
matter in the reporting of which their employment was 
indispensable. It was never claimed that there was 
that exactness in the system that would enable one 
using it to write it mechanically, in the manner in 
which one may write longhand, ignoring the sense or 
meaning, and transcribe it as readily as he could plainly 
written longhand script ; yet the desirability of a brief 
system possessing sufficient expressiveness to render 
such a thing practicable, was self-evident. 

' The shorthand profession numbers, among its active 
practitioners, some who enjoy wide and enviable repu- 
tations for solid and brilliant abilities ; — the author 
could name from among them friends of his own whom 
nature has so largely endowed that they could, he feels 
sure, have become distinguished in any of the "learned" 
professions, strictly so-called, had they chosen to exer- 
cise their powers in those fields. In spite of whatever 
defects were inherent in the Vowel part of the systems 
they practised, they have succeeded, in a marked 
degree ; — as they doubtless would have done had those 
systems been still miOre imperfect. But probably every 
one of them would freely admit that on many occasions 
in his practice he has wished that he could, without 
breaking up the continuity or " onward flow" of his 
writing, represent, with a single stroke and with abso- 
lute certainty, some important, perhaps strongly ac- 
cented, vowel sound. The author has himself felt such 
need : — his perception of the desirableness, both for 
the professional stenographer and for other writers, of 
a system as brief as phonography and as exact as the 



IX. 



common longhand, impelled him to turn his thoughts 
towards the development of a more expressive vowel 
system. When, after much reflection, possibilities in 
this direction opened before him, and he began to put 
his ideas to a practical test, he compared the result, 
step by step, with that particular American adaptation 
of the Pitman Phonography that was claimed, appar- 
ently with reason, to be the briefest of all ; keeping 
also in view the co-ordinate necessity of a maximum 
degree of exactitude. The result — particularly as to 
monosyllabic words, of which our language contains so 
vast a number — was highly satisfactory. On the point 
of exactness of vowel representation, the author is not 
aware that he derived any assistance from any work 
treating of the ordinary phonography ; indeed, he felt 
compelled to break away as far as possible from, and to 
throw overboard, the v/hole vowel part of that system. 
As to suggestions derived from systems not Pitmanic, 
he does not feel that it is necessary to say more in this 
Introduction, than that he has in no respect changed 
his opinion, expressed in *' Outlines, etc.," of the value 
of principles laid down in other works. He believes 
that the experience of writers of that one of the new 
systems that bears the name, as author, of a distin- 
guished British scientist, — a system considerably less 
brief than Phonography — has afforded conclusive proof 
of the importance of cofutectibility as applicable to all 
strokes, and also as to the superior advantages, as con- 
ducing to readiness of writing, of a system in the use 
of which the practitioner depends more on a strict 
application of principles of universal operation, than on 
the memorizing of many signs, some of which signs 
may be constructed in disregard of principle, as in the 



writing of certain signs out of position, in Phonogra- 
phy, to secure clearer distinctions. The author claims 
to have constructed his system on lines, the superiority 
of which has been suggested in the foregoing remark. . 

It does not seem needful to set forth, by detailed 
reference to text books, the thoroughness with which 
the characteristic indefiniteness that results from its 
imperfect system of vowel representation, pervades 
the ordinary Phonography. One illustration will suffice. 

In the Reporters Assistant (2nd Ed'n.), we find, 
" opened, pound, pent, appejid, compe^id, pained, painty 
pinned, compottnd, p envied, pumied, oppugned,'' as differ- 
ent readings for the same sign in the saine position. 
Obviously, it might be difficult for even the most ex- 
pert and best informed writer to determine, from the 
context, which of these twelve words, eleven of 
which could be employed as verbs, was just the one to 
be transcribed, in a particular connection. Leaving the 
expert writer, and coming to one not highly skilled — 
one unable to appreciate what best fitted the context, — 
what would his situation be, assuming that he sought 
aid from the Reporter s Assistant ? What might it 
not be, even if the number of conjectural words were 
not twelve, but only four, or three ? x\nd what should 
we expect the mental state of a class of boys of thirteen 
or fourteen to be, if, on beino- first assembled as a 
class in Phonography, it were described to them how 
much of indefiniteness there was inherent in the vowel 
part of the system — the " Assistant'' being referred to 
as indicating one of the possible results of it? What 
matter of surprise is it that so little progress has been 
made in the teaching of shorthand in schools, in view 
of this inexact state of the art ? 



XI. 



A few moments' examination of the following pages 
will enable any one familiar with phonographic text 
books to discover, that for both brevity and definiteness^ 
the system therein set forth depends on the application of 
fundamental principles, not on the constructing of num- 
erous arbitrary signs ; that by means of it, the writer 
can represent, with a single stroke, any of the simple 
elementary sounds of the common English ; that simi- 
lar signs, to represent the two great classes of sounds, 
are broadly distinguished, and that, as thus distin- 
guished, they can be treated alike or analogously, — 
imparting to the vowel signs the strength and subtlety 
of treatment that have characterized the consonant 
treatment of Phonography, and given it precedence 
over other systems ; that great brevity is attained, 
without the obliteration or obscuration of necessary 
distinctions ; that the ambiguities of the old phonog- 
raphy are gotten rid of. New editions of works on 
the old phonography have exhibited many innovations ; 
and the author does not claim, that in the construction 
of his system, which is so different from any other as 
to be substantially a new one, he has made such a per- 
fect adaptation of each particle of stenographic mate- 
rial to the most useful purpose, that no single change 
will hereafter seem desirable. He feels, he confesses, 
considerable doubt as to the desirability of a single sign 
for mb, mp — and he may at some time conclude that 
the sign that he has employed for them could be more 
advantageously used to represent kzv, or — as it was 
used in his '' Ontl27ies'' — ks. But the question is 
not, at any rate, very important. He submits his 
work to the public — and especially to the judgment 
of expert writers of the old Phonography, who are 



Xll. 



doubtless in a better situation than any one else to 
readily orrasp and appreciate the scope and practical 
result of the innovations from the fact that the attempt 
is made to in the main apply and extend what may 
be denominated the phonographic treatment of the 
consonant strokes to the new vowel strokes as well. 
He feels some confidence that the rising genera- 
tion — to whom, in an age when the saving of time is 
of such moment, the possession of a system of ' writ- 
ing, brief and at the same time exact, must be very 
important — will derive a benefit from ability to use the 
system that will more than compensate them for the 
bestowal of whatever effort may be needed to acquire 
familiarity with it. 

A word as to the process by which the pages of the 
text have been engraved. They were at first set, in 
large type, at the establishment of Mr. Middleditch, the 
law case printer, spaces with dotted lines being left, for 
the insertion of the shorthand characters ; which char- 
acters were inserted by the author, with a ,common 
steel pen and liquid Indian ink. The pages, thus com- 
pleted, were then photo-engraved by Mr. Chapman, 
66 Reade St., New York City; — there being a reduc- 
tion, in the engraving, of one-third, on all the pages, 
I to 222 inclusive. The printing of the full short- 
hand pages at the end, on paper of a light green tint, 
is an experiment, suggested b\' the author's having 
noticed that black showed with great distinctness on a 
light green background ; — a combination of colors 
that would be agreeable and easy for the eyes, being 
also very desirable. 

New York, Nov. 21, 1887. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



PAGE. 

I.— FIRST PRINCIPLES :— i 

Distinguishing of Vowel and Consonant Strokes. . . 3 

The Several Positions 4 

II.— PRACTICAL TREATMENT OF SIGNS:— 6 

Suggestions as to Practice 6, 8 

The Straight Strokes 7 

Examples of Combinations— Straight Strokes 10 

The Halving Principle 11 

Illustrations of Same 12 

The Curved Strokes 13 

" " — Consonant 14 

— Vowel Strokes 15,16 

Designation of Double Treatment. ... 17 

Exceptional Use of Strokes 17 

Alphabetical Recapitulation 18, 19 

Lists for Practice 20 

" " " , half-lengths 24 

III.— CIRCLES AND LOOPS:— 26 

The S-Circle 26 

Example of — Initially Used 27 

Examples of — Finally Used 28 

The Circle with Half-Lengths 29 

1. As used Initially 29 

2. " " Finally 31 

Exceptional Use, 7nd, mt, nd, nt 32 

3. Combined Initial and Final Use 33 

THE DOUBLE CIRCLE 34 

Examples, in Various Combinations 35-6 

The Loops, Primarily Employed , 36 

Various Examples of 36-39 

IV.— BRIEF-W AND Y-SIGNS :— 40 

In Various Combinations 41 

Exceptional Use of, Illustrated 41-2 



v.— EXCEPTIONAL S-FORMS :— 43 

Various Examples of 4.3-6 

Extension by Lengthening, etc 46 

Adding R-Sound 47 

Adding L-Sound 47 

Adding both L- and R-Sounds , 48 

Approximate Representation of Sounds 49 

VL— WORD-SIGNS AND PHRASE-SIGNS :— 51 

List No. One, of 53-5 

List No. Two, of 56-64 

VIL— THE HOOKS AND THEIR EQUIVALENTS:— 

The R-Hook 

On Straight Consonant Strokes 

Examples, in Various Combinations 

' ' on HALF-LEN(iTHS 

Word-Signs Resulting from 

Further Illustrative List of 

On Straight Vowel Strokes 

Examples of Combinations 

Initial ST-Loop — Exceptional on Vowel Strokes. . . 

Resulting Word- and Phrase-Signs 

On Straight Vowel Strokes, Medially 

On Curved Consonant Strokes 

Resulting Signs — Words and Phrases 

With Preceding S-Circle 

R-Hook on Curved Vowel Strokes 

Employed Initially . . . , , 

Illustratives, List as -. 

Employed Medially 

Examples OF Medial Use 

Equivalent of R-Hook , 

Applied to Consonant Strokes 

" " Vowel " — Examples 

The S-Hook, with Examples 

Examples of Use of 

Use of on Vowel Strokes , . 

L-HooK on Straight Consonant Strokes 

Exceptional Treatment of Up-Stroke R 

On Straight Vowel Strokes 



Equivalent of L-Hook on 97 

Resulting Word Signs 99 

Initial Large Circle, R-Hook Side 99 

Representing Preceding S-Sound 103 

Illustrations of 104 

L-HooK Medially on Curved Vowels 105 

Equivalent for, on Same 106 

Preferential Exhibit, Equivalent of L-Hook 107 

Half-Lengthening with Hook and Equivalent 108 

Double Lengthening, with Equivalent 108 

Synopsis, — Medial Hooks and Equivalents, on Vowel 

Strokes 109 

Illustrations — L-Hook and Equivalent 110 

Enlarged L-Hook on Straight Strokes 116 

FINAL HOOKS 117 

On all Straight Strokes 118 

WITH Initial Attachments. . . 118 

Resulting Forms 120 

N-HooK ON Curved Consonant Strokes 122 

Vowel Strokes 123 

N-HooK on Exceptional S-Forms 126 

.N-HooK WITH Circles and Loops 126 

" large Circle , 127 

NST-Loop 127 

Words and Phrases, with N-Hook 128-138 

SHN-HooK 138 

shn-hook following s-clrcle i4i 

On Straight Strokes — Illustrations 139 

On Curved Strokes. 140 

Illustrations of last Preceding 141 

Illustrations of, Additional 142 

F- and V-Hook 143 

Primary ditto, with Resulting Forms 143 

Secondary ditto, with Examples 146 

N-SHN AND M-Hooks 147 

Illustrations of SHN-Hook 148 

VIII.— VARIOUS EXPEDIENTS :— 

Detached Signs with SHN 152 

Large Hooks on Exceptional Forms 153 



Shaded Loops and Elongated Hooks 154 

Special Medla.l Loops — for skr 155 

" FOR str, spi\ sdr, s-dthr. . 1 56 

Same, for Stl. 157 

Independent Attached Looi'S (for s, sp, sizs, sns>\ snsl, 

s-s, ' V//") 157-159 

Prefixp:s andAfflxes , 159 

Sound of WI, HWI 163 

Insertion of Omitted Vowel Strokes 164 

S-SouND after Curved Strokes 164 

Intersection of Strokes (Vowel) with preceding 

S-Sound 165 

Sound of //, Hrt, HI , ^ 166 

Additional AW, AU-SiGN 167 

Special Sign for dx 167 

Remark on Approximate Sounds , 168 

Application to other Languages , 169 

Representation of Numbers 170 

Punctuation and Miscellaneous 170 

Examples of Legal Terms 173-183 

KW — Additional Sign for — Note on — 183 

Examples of Legal Latin 184 

Miscellaneous Exercises 189 

IX.— MISCELLANEOUS SELECTIONS :— Continuous. 190 

(1) THE COL DE LA FA UCILLE. —KiJSKm '. . 190 

(2) CHIEF JUSTLCE MARSHALL.— ]\5iiG¥. Story. . 195 

(3) LA IV OF E VIDENCE.—YIT7. J as. Stephen 198 

(4) SELECTED TESTLMONY.— 204 

(5) HARVARD LAW SCHOOL.— ]\5iiGK Cooley 207 

(6) LN ADMIRAL T K.— Selected 209 

(7) LA W OF POSSESSION.— O. W. Holmes, Jr 213 

(8) SURFACE OF SKULL.— Gray's Anatomy 216 

(9) LLMITA TIONS OF MIjVD.-B-ean Mansel 220 






NOTE 



In the effort to select a paper that would not 
be stiff and clumsy, but flexible and easy to 
handle, some that was too soft was chosen ; the 
result being observable in a blurring of the 
printing on some of the pages preceding p. 190, 
especially in a much too heavy impression of the 
dotted lines, as on pp. 20, 24, 26, 54, 55, 64, 68, 
1^-lZ^ 76, 78' 81. 92, 109, 132, 134, 136, 139, 
144, 155, 157. This will be remedied in subse- 
quent editions, by lightening or cutting away 
the dotted lines, or by the use of a harder and 
more highly finished paper. And where, as has 
been done in several instances, the dot has been 
bitten from an i or a j by the photOrengraving 
process, it will be restored on the plate, for the 
next printing. 

Correctio : — P. 82, middle column, 6th line from 
bottom, m — stroke should be a double length one, 
to make mr-R-ls — (more ^r less). 



FIRST PRINCIPLES. 



1^ Though the English Alphabet is composed of only 
26 letters, the elementary sounds of the language are con- 
siderably more numerous. The powers of these 26 letters, 
especially of those that are called vowels, are various ; the 
ame letter being by no means confined to the representation 
f a single constant, unvarying sound, but often being em- 
ployed to represent several different sounds. Hence, the 
, ronunciation does not always follow the spelling, nor does 
tiie spelling follow the pronunciation, or make it clear how the 
words shall be spoken. In the English language, spelling 
and pronunciation are sometimes highly artificial and arbi- 
trary. 

The effort of Phoneticians, so called, has been to con- 
struct an alphabet of signs, each of which signs shall repre- 
sent a distinct and independent sound ; each of the sounds 
of common spoken English having its appropriate represen- 
tative sign ; so that in every phonetically-written word the 
,;actual sounds shall be represented, the correct pronunciation 
fspelt or indicated. 

I In Phonetic Shorthand, brief writing, with correspond- 

jing rapidity, is sought to be provided for, by, in the first 
[place, a simplified alphabet, consisting of signs sufficiently 
numerous to represent all these sounds of the common 
speech, and secondly, by a number of additional devices for 
abbreviation, to be hereinafter explained. With respect to 
the first, it has been ascertained that geometrical forms— 



straight lines and the simplest curves-can be struck in 
enough easily-distinguishable directions to permit the selec- 
tion of one or more of them to represent each of these 
common elementary sounds. To secure ease and rapidity 
of writing, it is important to employ those forms that can 
be most easily written, to represent such of those sounds 
as are most frequently heard in speech. In actual report- 
ing, it will further appear, that it is also important to 
write only such signs as represent the sounds that are 
indispensable to the deciphering of the characters, i. e. the 
reading of the signs. 

The signs referred to may be broadly distinguished 
into those representing Vowel and those representing Con- 
sonant sounds ; which is the old and usual alphabetical 
division ; and these two classes of sounds will be found 
to not greatly differ in number. in the phonetic short- 
hand of Mr. Isaac Pitman— whose signs for the consonant 
sounds are, with a few exceptions, adopted in the following 
pages,— the consonant signs are strokes, while the vowel 
sounds are represented by dots and small dashes ; which 
dots are always, and the dashes almost always, detached 
from, and not possible to be joined to, the consonant 
signs. In the following pages, such dot and dash vowel 
signs to represjsnt simple elementary vowel sounds, are 
entirely discarded : a system of stroke vowel signs being 
substituted, all of them being easily connectible with each 
other and with the consonant signs. Both the Vowel and 
the Consonant strokes may be classed as Straight and 
Curved, or as Light and Shaded. In length they do not 
differ, and to all of them can be attached, both at the be- 



ginning and at the end, circles, double circles, hooks, and 
loops; the signification or office assigned to which, will be 
hereafter fully explained, They can also all be halved ; a 
device that was adopted in the old phonography to indicate 
added T-sound or D-sound, and which is employed in these 
pages for the same purpose. 

2^ It is important for the learner to keep in mind, 
from the outset, the broad distinction between our alphabet 
of definite signs for particular sounds wherever they occur, 
and the uncertain signification, so far as the sounds they 
represent are concerned, of the vowels of the ordinary 
alphabet. We use any one sign to represent one definite 
sound, never to represent several sounds ; for example, one 
to represent the long sound of a, whether in ordinary spell- 
ing we represent it by e-i-g-h in neigh^ by e-y in they, by 
a-y in day, or by some other combination of letters ; and 
another and entirely different sign to represent the long 
sound of <i>,— which, in the common spelling, we represent in 
various ways ; as, by o in no, by o-w in low, by o-u-g-h in 
though . 

3* The signs that we use to represent vowel sounds, 
are elementarily distinguished ; and distinguishable from 
those that we employ to represent consonant sounds in 
two ways : 

1. At the beginni7ig.o{ words and phrases, by position. 
That is, 



(a.) A stroke written above the line— it being as- 
sumed that the writing will be on ruled 
paper— is a vowel stroke ; 

[d.) A stroke written on the line is a consonant 
stroke. 

II. They are distinguished medially, or elsewhere than 
at the beginning of words and phrases, also in two ways : 

{a) Whether in conjunction with hooks, or not 
(for strokes may have various initial or final 
attachments), a stroke used 7nedially, i. e., 
other than at the beginning or the end, hav- 
ing a circle at the beginning of it, is a Vowel 
stroke ; those not preceded by circles, are 
Consonant strokes. 

{p.) Any stroke written under and disjoined from 
a preceding stroke, is also a Vowel stroke. 
This condition of writing under is, for our 
purpose, fulfilled, if the beginning of the 
stroke, or point at which the pen first touches 
the paper in writing it, is under the preced- 
ing stroke ;— the rest of the sign may extend 
farther to the right. 

THE SEVERAL POSITIONS. 

4» The position on the line is, in the old phono^ 
graphy, called the Second Position; that above the line, the 
First Position. These desig"nations are convenient and 



brief, and will be used in the same way in these pages. 
In addition to these two, we have a Third and a Fourth 
Position, to which different but equally definite functions are 
respectively assigned. Strokes written just below the line if 
they be horizontal strokes, through it if they be either per- 
pendicular or slanting (oblique), are said to be in the Third 
Position. Horizontal strokes written still farther below the 
line than are the third position horizontal strokes, and perpen- 
dicular and slanting ones written under the line, the upper 
end of them just touching it, are said to be in the Fourth 
Position. The signification attached to writing a stroke in 
either of these two positions is simple, and may properly be 
mentioned here ; illustrations of the same, to follow in subse- 
quent' pages. Strokes written in these positions are treated 
as consonant strokes; the Third Position indicating that 
their sound is preceded by the short, sharp sound of a {d\ 
as in h^t, mai, at ; the Fourth Position indicating that they 
are preceded by the short sound of e (^), as in m^t, kt, s^t ; 
both being sounds that occur very frequently in our languao-e. 
It having been preliminarily determined that it is 
practicable and advantageous to represent the Vowel sounds, 
as well as the Consonant, by connectible strokes, this employ- 
ment of the two firstly described positions, the First and the 
Second, to distinguish, initially, the signs for these two great 
classes of sounds, was adopted ; and it, together with the 
device of distinguishing them medially by prefixing a small 
circle to the Vowel Strokes, may be regarded as of primary 
importance in our scheme. In this way the signs are as 
broadly distinguished to the eye, as the sounds are to tKe 
ear. It is obviously very necessary, in attempting to 



6 

read a sign or group of signs, to be able to recognize, at a 
glance and on the instant, whether any sound represented — 
and especially the initial one — is a Vowel or a Consonant 
sound ; a point to which some of the authors of books on 
shorthand preceding Mr Pitman's Phonography, paid greater 
attention than Mr. Pitman himself has done. It will with 
practice be found, that a careful observance, in writing, of 
these differences in position, etc., will render it very easy to 
thus distinguish. The first examples of signs which we give, 
taken entirely from the Straight Strokes, will not only illus- 
trate this use of the First and the Second Position, but will 
introduce part of both our Consonant and our Vowel 
Alphabet. This enables us to take a step beyond our First 
Principles, and brings us to the details of our "System." 

II. 
PRACTICAL TREATMENT OF THE SIGNS. 

Having arrived at this point, it is proper, before giving 
the illustrations, to make the following 

Suggestions as to Practice. 

5, The learner should provide him.self with hard, 
smooth paper, of good quality, and a rather fine pen — one 
that will make a clean, clear stroke, and that is sufficiently 
flexible to enable him to make the shaded strokes without 
laborious pressure. He should then carefully ^rite these 
characters, making each many times over, and, as he traces 



each, pronouncing to himself the sound represented by it. 
He should avoid hasty or hurried writing of them; should 
draw them just as artistically as he can. Those that are 
shaded, he should shade evenly, from one end to the other ; 
a rule of first imp^ortance with these, but which he will have 
to depart from when he comes to the shaded ctirved strokes. 
They should all be struck about the same length as those in 
the examples given. And the rule from the first should be : 
Practice,— till perfect familiarity ivith the writing and signi- 
fication of every form is secured. 

THE STRAIGHT STROKES. 

Consonant. x Vowel. 

\...p e, in m<?t, b^t, g^t. 

V.b a, (long), in D(^ne, m^ne, axva. 

. L.t a, *' ai, cat hat, 

..id . . o, " no, g-row, {\ow. 

./ch /.J, '' 1/ke, hght, /. 

/.j do " f^'^d, t^^l. 

up stroke) r (up stroke) i, in (it, lit, m/t. 



— rr^.k u, *' b^^t, r^t, h^t. 

-r-r-.g e, " {eet,hee(\. 

X^j (seldom used) (upward) oi or oy, as in hoy, toil. 

As before stated, any of these can be halved, to show 
the addition of T-sound or D-sound. 



8 

7* The following examples— which include only the 
foregoing signs— illustrate, in the simplest way, the joining 
of Vowel and Consonant strokes; an Initial Circle, prefixed 
to any mediaily-\oc2i\.td stroke, indicating that the stroke is a 
Vowel stroke. These examples will also conduct us at once 
into the process of word-building > with these simple straight 
strokes. In the examples next to be introduced, as well as 
those given in later Sections, the practice will be followed, 
where any combination given spells out a word^ of printing 
the word so spelt in Italics^ the more particularly to call 
attention to it. 

Before further examples are introduced, however, there 
are two or three 

Additional Ruizes for Practice 

that should be given. 

{a) Assuming that the Student will have followed the 
previous hints as to selection of pens and paper (arid as to 
the latter, the ordinary letter or cap size Is as convenient as 
any, for practice proposes); that he will take the examples in 
succession^ and, writing them with extreme care, will fill at 
least two or three Hnes with the writing of each,'-it may be 
further suggested : that the more difficult he finds it to make 
a neat and symmetrical outline of any particular stroke or 
group, the greater should be his persistence in overcoming 
the difficulty^ by many repetitions of the writing. The direc- 
tions or slopes of some of the strokes are quite different from 
any to which the fingers become accustomed by writing ordi- 
nary longhand i the muscles therefore require to be trained 



9 

to these unfamiliar movements and directions, by much prac- 
tice. Among' the strokes will be found several heavy up- 
strokes ; for instance, that for upward^' and oy. These are 
but seldom used : but it may be remarked, that this heavy 
up-stroke— which, when vowelly treated, has been selected to 
represent this dipthong oi, oy, because that sound is one that 
occurs with less frequency than almost any other— has been 
for many years employed by one of the most experienced 
law stenographers in New York City, to represent rm : 
demonstrating the practicability of using it. 

[b) The importance of observing the follovv'ing rule is so 
great, that a repetition of it with greater particularity seems 
needful : As each stroke is written, the learner should pro- 
nounce to himself the sound it represents ; not necessarily 
moving the lips, or whispering or speaking the sound, but at 
least pronouncing it mentally. For example, in writing..]... 
as the T-stroke is written, the T-sound should be distinctly 
thought, mentally uttered, at the same time ; not T as one 
speaks it in repeating his a, b, c's ; not speaking the name of 
fclie letter, but stopping half way ; not sounding the ee at 
all:— the learner should pronounce just enough of it, so that, 
whether he shall do it mentally^ or whisperingly, or aloud, 
his pronunciation of it, with hispronunciation oi t\\^ oi, both 
coalescing^ will make a perfect pronunciation of the word Toy. 
Should he find difficulty at first in doing this without moving 
the lips, he can accustom himself to such writing and simul- 
taneous pronunciation of the different successive sounds of 
any word he writes, by whispering the successive sounds, or 
speaking them aloud ; but he ^'rill find it preferable to train 
himself to doing it mentally merely, making no sound, or 



10 

movement of the lips. The acquiring of this habit of pro- 
nouncing-, in one way or another— mentally, or in whisper, or 
aloud, the successive sounds that make up the pro7iu7tciation 
of a word, disregarding the alphabetical letters with which, in 
ordinary writing, we spell them, is almost indispensable to 
successful studentship of phonetic shorthand, and should be 
mastered by the learner at the earliest possible moment. In 
many schools, this system of analytical spelling by sound, as 
well as spelling by letters, is practised ; -so that it is antici- 
pated that many who undertake this study will already hav.e 
acquired the ability to give the separate successive sounds of 
words, in this way. 

EXAMPLES. 



8» CoNSONANT-VoWEL COMBINATIONS. 

V p-^, pay. V b-^, bay. 

*-— p-^, pea. .\— •. b-^, be, bee. 

\p p-^, Po, Poe. N^ .,b-^, bow, beo.u. 

•rr^ ..k-oo, coo. ..X?... b-^^, boo I 

— — f k-^, Coe. — -»f g.^^ go, 

.{ t-^, toe. V d-<5, dough. 



.<y...yd, Joe. ..^.. 

. .V. t-oo, too, to. ... I? A-do, do. 



ya,jay. 
d 
.V^ b-oi, boy. ....i^.t-oi, toy. 



11 

^...\\-o\, hoy. </^.....]-o\, joy-' 

""^- g"^' S'^y^ y<^....r-d, row, roe. 

ZT'.x-e-QXx, reach, V-7. b-<?-ch, beach, beech. 

)rrj...\.-e-Qk\, teach. \_.. p-^-ch, peach. 

.i7y....t-u-ch, touch. h-j..A-M-Q\\, Dutch. 

9« Vowel-Consonant Combinations. 
/...... e-QS\, each, S*ft^^-b-(2', obey^ 

e-t, eat. ~J/^.u-t-r, titter. 



I3: 6'-l<, oak. ii-r-h, herb. 

^.. o-x, ore, oar. tt-x-k, irk. 



More numerous examples will shortly follow. 

THE HALVING PRINCIPLE. 

lO* As already mentioned, the halving of any stroke, 
whether Consonant or Vowel, indicates or implies that the 
sound of T or of D follows that represented by the stroke 
itself. This difference should, however, be noted: that 
while between the Consonant sound and the succeeding T- 
or D-sound, another sound may intervene, as u between the 
b and the / sounds in the word but, this is not the case with 
the vowels; with them, the T- or D-sound follows knrnedi- 
ately ; no other sound intervening. 

There is necessarily an ambiguity in this use of the 
halving principle to indicate both T-sound and D-sound ; and 



12 

to as far as' possible avoid any disadvantage arising from this 
double meaning of the same operation, some works on^pho- 
nography have taught, that as a matter of preference , not of 
absolute rule, the halving of a shaded stroke should indicate 
added-D somewhat more than it does added-T, and the halv- 
ing of a light stroke more the addition of T-sound than of 
D-sound. The author has to some extent followed this rule : 
he believes it well to keep the distinction in mind,- making a 
discreet use of it; but in actual work, the reporter will fre- 
quently find it to his advantage to ignore the rule, or, at any 
rate, to avoid making it inflexible. 

The following are very simple examples of the use 
of the halving principle. The insertion of a / or ^ in a 
parenthesis indicates merely that the one so inserted in the 
particular case is also indicated by the particular halving, as 
well as the t ox d immediately preceding the parenthesis ; the 
keepmg of the double form before the eye, will be a constant 
reminder of the fact of the dual representation of both T- 
and D-sound, as well as of the preference noted above. It 
is really just as true, however, where there is no such inser- 
tion. In parenthesis, of the alternative / or d. 



HALVING, 

11» CoNSONANT-VoVv'EL COMBINATIONS. 

V b-a (d). bit, bid \. . b-a (d), bet, bed. 

\^.^^p-^t, pet. V . b-^7d (t). bade, bait. 

-\- p-^^d (t), paid, pate. .Ac . b-^d (t), bode, boat. 



13 

,\Tr>.l>2^t(d), but, bud. ^.ct^....d-^t, date. 

..JL^....d-^t(d), debt, dead. ..cr^.ch-^t, cheat. 

_.cj/...ch-^t, Choate. .^... yet, jet. 

.^..Jy a A, jade. C7c-rf^...k-^t(d), cat, cad. 

r-rr7f...k-^t (d), coat, code. .-<:f...x-oddi, rood. 

12» Vowel-Consonant Combinations. 



......,....^t-r, eighty. ^...........ed-i, Edey. 

J-V'dA, echoed. <.., e-Vx, eked. 



,S>^d-h-aK 



1. ddi-o, Odo. ,.>s^.^-b-^d, obeyed. 

..rzz.o^X, oaked. _^,.. ..<7-pt, a 



,.^-dd, aided. ..., .et, eat. 

...rr.rt:-kt, ached. c. ..Jd-t, Eddy, Eddie. 

y . / 

di'li, at it. u-rt, hurt. 



> 



THE CURVED STROKES. 



13» The arrangement of these is less simple, especially 
the Vowel portion ; for which reason they are not placed, as 
the straight Consonant and Vowel strokes are, those of the 
same form in parallel lists, opposite each other, but in 
separate lists : first, the more simply arranged Consonant 
strokes ; then, the less simply arranged Vowel strokes. 



14 



14* The Curved Consonant Strokes. 

sound of, as in \f,/&t,pkont. 

2/ain, ez/ery, z/ast. 



tk 



.k..v; 

....(....th. 

....(..dth 

I...S; 

)....z; 

..^....(downward; light)] 

/ [sh ; 

.Tr^....(upward, heavy) J 

../^.(upward, Hght) ] 

(downward, heavy) J 
..m ; 
..w ; 
;n; 
:.ng: 

>.(doubIe length) hw ; 
..downward-r ; 

mb, mp ; 

.downward, light 

upward, light 

(upward, heavy) kw ; 



<t <( 



th'm, myth, both, 
th^vci, wr'xtkty thy. 
jay, i^, ejj'ay. 
Zero, Ezra, hxizjsry, 

show, vnsk, j'Aeen. 

/aw, yaw/, /ow. 

m2iy,.2jn, Punry. 
Z£/e, aze/ay. 
no, in, 2jzy, 
nng, thmg: 
w/icn, why. 
rim, arm. /?ome. 
a;;^le, \mp. 

jyet, je ; sound pre- 
ceding u in 2^r^. 



15 

...^...(downward, heavy), closely coalescing sound of zyoo ; 
also, for French sound of z/z, \}c\^ ge In rou^^ {xddzJi)\ but in 
the last edition of Webster's Dictionary we are told that the 
two letters, zh, never come together in the proper ortho- 
graphy of any English v^^ord. Particular reference is made, 
in the same paragraph, to. the ^^(? sound,— the ^2/ in a^^/re ; 
which is the sound our..^..sign may be said to represent;— 
zyoo: i-^ in " measure " {vaez-yjux). When rapidly uttered, it 
doubtless sounds like ^/^,— " m^^^-ur," and frequently, in com- 
mon speech, that is the sound actually spoken,— a sound 
which this sign may also be employed to represent : but In 
pronouncing measz^re, treasure , etc., the author finds himself 
making a slight separation in sound at the sit, and saying 
mez-yur^ trez~yur : there being but the slightest possible 
sound of the u after the y-sound. Our sign primarily repre^ 
sents zyoo, and only secondarily zh. 

THE CURVED VOWEL STROKES. 

15^ As has been before intimated, the arrangement of 
the Curved Vowel Strokes is not as simple as is the arrange- 
ment of the Curved Consonant Strokes. The placing of them 
in pairs, light and shaded, to represent very closely related 
sounds, would doubtless promote simplicity, and render the 
memorizing of them easier ; but practice and experiment 
demonstrate that such a treatment of the strokes, if followed 
strictly throughout, would bring some of the most easily 
written ones into use but seldom ; violating one of our car- 
dinal principles, the selecting of the most easily written 
strokes to represent the most' frequently occurring sounds. 



16 

The dilemma was therefore presented, of either adopting 
some signs, the learning of which would be comparatively 
laborious at the outset, but which, when once well mastered^ 
would accelerate the writer's speed and render his writing 
easier at every page of his notes, or following a rigorous rule 
of simplicity and in every line suffering a retardation which 
in the end would count heavily against any writer. -Where 
it was seen that the maintenance of simplicity and uniformity 
would considerably retard, the author has not hesitated to 
sacrifice simplicity, and appropriate the easily written forms 
to the frequently occurring sounds. The following is the 
arrangement of the Curved Vowel Strokes that is believed to 
be the most advantageous. 

16« The Curved Vowel Strokes. 
J.„....sound of a in ozll : au\x\ vaau\,\\au\\ aw. 

L.-.i. " " (9 " n^t (the short o.) \ o. 

** ** ow *' now, cow ; ougk in bough : ow. 

(down) *' oi ** hoi\ \oi\\ oy in hoy: Ot, oy. 

~(up) ** a " f^r, Q.ar\ when used medially, 

the stroke is hc:ivy \f77/Z.mah: a. 

...... ...(down) ** a '* f^r, c^r; aa in Waav. d\ ah, 

(heavy: up) a *' {ax,cax\ aa in Haar ; a, ah. 

.(up, light), ., z " f/re, w/re, m/re ; z. 

.^.-^(down : heavy) oo '' f^^t \ u'\n pz^t ; oil in c^?/ld ; 65. 

.^...C...(heavy) ew " new^ hXezt' \ ue in true : ew. 



17 

17* Designation for Double Treatment. 
For the two distinct modes of treatment of the simple 
forms employed to represent the two great classes of sounds, 
we need a short and expressive designation. We have seen 
that there is what may be called a Consonant Treatment, and 
what may be called a Vowel Treatment, of the Strokes. Sim- 
ilar forms are, to express it shortly, Vowelly treated, 3.nd Con- 
sonantly treated. These two phrases will be used in the 
following pages to describe, designate and distinguish these 
two characteristic modes of treatment. 

18^ Exceptional Use of Alphabetical Strokes. 

We have thus far considered the strokes in their sim- 
plest form, and as representing vowel and consonant sounds 
according to the position in which they are written or accord- 
ing to whether or not they are preceded by the small circle. 
The following are exceptional : 

1. Additional S-Fomis :—W t have three of the simple 
unshaded curved strokes that have not been appropriated in 
the vowel treatment. Needing additional forms for the Con- 
sonant S, we appropriate these for such. They are the forms 
corresponding to upward-L, downward-Y, and F ; and we 
distinguish them from those last named consonant forms by 
writing them with the initial circle ; and in other ways treat- 
ing them analogously to our treatment ol the vowel strokes. 
With the exception of the last, we never use them initially. 
The forms are \..,.^. 

2. Forms for H '—In the practical use of shorthand, 
we do not often need to indicate the aspirate (h) ; but it is 
necessary to be able to express it. For it, we reserve the 



18 



Straight up-stroke with a preceding hook ; and a simple tick, 
to be joined to preceding or succeeding strokes, always at an 
acute a7igle. The forms are,i«^r!T/. 

19^ ALPHABETICAL RECAPITULATION. 

Abbrrdiations : 1 for light ; h. for heavy ; u. for up ; d. down. 



Symbol. 


Sound as in 


p 


/ay 


B 


^. 


T 


to. 


D 


do. 


R 


r2iy, 


F 


/^ 


V 


zae, 


TH 


thin. 


dTH 


tk&y. 


S 


j-ay, 


Z 


-suny. 


M 


;;^ay, 


'^N w 


W2cy, 


HW 


why. 


KW 


quoi^. 



Sign. 



\ .., 1. d. 
,,],,, 1. 4. 

J..., h. d. 

/ , 1. u. 



,i_, 1. d. 

Ss. , h. d. 

.L, 1. d. 

...L h. d. 
..) ... 1. d. 
...)..., h. d. 



h. 
h. 

h. u. 



Sy>ibol. 'Sound as in 



CH 

J 

X 

G 

H 

SH 

^H. 

L 

Y 

N 

NO 
R 
MB 1 



^2iCh 

joy 
>^ay 

Aay 
show 

Izy 

yt 

7tO 

nng 
rim 
imp 



MP J 



Sign. 



../... 1. d. 

/h.d;^. u. 
-^.,1. 
^T^., h. 



u:/.. 



^l.d;Au. 
....^.,, h. d. 
/Tl u ; /^. d. 

/fi. aU.\. u. 

.^, I. 

..^^, h! 
.::x.., L d. 



.rx . , h. d. 



19 



RECAPITU LATION .-Continued. 
20* The Vowel Strokes. 



Sound as in 



Sound as in 



_ 

d 

o 

e 

do 

oi.oy 

I 
ow 

ew 
<2, ah. 



^ 



aw 



00 



vaeX. 
m 

ere 

<2; in d}\ 
au in h<^2^1 
{oo'i 



^ .1 d 
1 



I. d 



X 



I. up. 
1. 
1. u. 

Zi.d. 

Id. 



.A 



h.d. 



^pe 
^pe 

rood 
toy, tail 

now 

new 



a in ^re 



h. d. 



/ 



h. d; ; 

h. d 

h. u. 
..l.d. 

I. 



h. 



() 



„h. d. 



„ u: 1. when 

used initially : 
h, medially. 

r:^...h. u. 



^r. 



h. d. 



Exceptional ;— S, a Consonant : Additional Strokes for, 

vowelly treated. >...^... 1. d \J^.. 1. u., see Sec. 18 ; also, for 

more particular explanation, subsequent pages. As stated in 
Section 18, ante, with the exception of the f- form, they are 
not used initially. 



20 

LISTS FOR PRACTICE. 

2)t* Signs Analytically and Synthetically Treated. 

The following examples further ihustrate the use of the 
simple strokes. To comprehend them fully, one needs only 
to be familiar (though he should be perfectly familiar) with 
what has preceded. They show, that by the application of 
what may be termed the purely elementary principles in our 
system, and without recourse to any of the refmements of the 
more abstruse expedients for abbreviation, we obtain a con- 
siderable degree of brevity, without any sacrifice of legibility 
as compared with that attained by use of the ordinary long- 
hand script. It may be remarked, that briefer forms for 
many of these Avords will be hereafter shown ; and further, 
that not every sound of the italicized following words is given 
in the shorthand forms ; a beginning being* made in what in 
practice will constantly occur,— the elision or omjssion of signs, 
for sounds that are not necessary to be expressed in order to 
render the notes Jesrible. 



23* Consonant- Vowel C 



ombinations. 



J^..t-oi, ^oy. 
...J^,....t-oid, ^oyed, 
J^.-'yoyJoy. 
,3^... . . j -o i d , joyed. 



:<2n-oy, a?i7Zoy. 
cin-oyd, annoyed. 



fU.b-oi, boy. 
Sf,..^d\-o\, allo^'. 
,./^.^-.d\-oyd, alloyed. 
is^_v-oid, void. 
.dw-o\d, avoid. 



„->^...n-ew, 7iew. 



.L.. d-ew, dew. 
-.„ .L„.d-ewd, dude, dewed, 
-..^y...£-ew, few, 
,..L^.d-aw, daw. 
_jL..„.d-awd4d, dawdled. 
iCTlhr'a,^, haw. 
.j^C^.h-awd, hawed. 
i-awk, talk. 
)-aw-k, balk. 
dir:::.ch-aw-k, chalk. 

....yilt4-k, tick. 
.,}^X-f-kU ticked. 

.r-2-k, rick. 

.k-f k, ^^^^i", 
\k-f-p, v^2/, 
'..k-r-t, i//. 

.r-f-ch^ ?7V>^. 
L^f-r<h, FitcL 
rrr-2j^w-f-ch, witch. 
h-7<At-\v-t'ch, twitch. 




21 

A y-€W, jK^2£/. 

.^....p-ew, pew. 
.\|x . . f-ewd , feud. 
./..7...I-€w, /2>^^, Z^e/. 
.c ..?.„l-ewd, lewd. 

v<r:^...r-ewd, r2^</<?. 

^^s_^.p-aw, /<2z<y. 

\j^-...p-awd, pawed. 
•sTZ^.-.h-aw-k, hawk. 
c:J''^.,...h-aw-kt, hawked. 

..kZd-f-k, />^ri. 

/^.,..l-r-k, A'^y^, 

— /V..g-f-v, ^W. 

/^ r-f-k, r^V^. 

n-f-k, /^/r^^. 
ch-f-k, chick. 
...n-f-kt, nicked. 




22 



k-^-ch, catch. 

.k-<i-p, cap. 
..f'd^T-d-g, rag. 
-frrd^^r-d-m, ram. 
/^...x-eAy ready reed. 
/I/ ..r-^-ch, reach. 
^Zk^.T-e-fy reef. 
C^.Z.l-e-cK, leechy leach. 
/r3rr.m-^, me. 
y^Z^.l-e-g, leagtce. 
.^0.=;^: ft-^-g, fatlgtte. 
/"^-rt.w-^, we. 
.<:rs^=?w-^-k» week. 
V'ir— ^ pow-ow, pow wow. 
v...-^ n-ow^ now. 
-rrr<r*:^sk-ow, cow. 

^^'^^N^sh-ow-r, shower. 
ir7>/J:-ow-r, tower. 

Ir:::^. d-OW, Z)d?^. 



^~_-«>:^n-f-ch, niche, 

.^iZZ^...s-i-], ridge. 

.<r2^A.m-l-], midge. 

.<r:2^..vci-i']ly midget. 

<^...^\\-t-c\\y hitch. 

yZ\...x-d-Qh. ratch. 

■^rZ^-d-Xy rare. 

^:ZlZ..r'e-ky reek. 
S^'Vy. reeve, 
X-e-iy leaf 
1-^-vd, leaved. 

\^rrrr:..i-€yfee^ 

N-J^rrr.n-^, knee. 
.Sss^^.dth-^, thee^ the. 
XTTTT^.-Z-ey Zee. 
jL^.s-^, see, sea. 
\r-rN..b-ow, bow. bough. 
..Jc7\..dth-ow, thou. 

ow, oWy [how). 

jO^p-ow-r, power. 
Nrr^Zb-ow-r, bower. 



23 



....p. i'Oy toe. 

;>rrf...n-^, nOy knowL 
,.\j....p-^, Foe, Po. 
„^.^.p-^-r, pour, pore. 
^-TTTTTf.-.k-^, Coe. 
/^^^.r-u-h, rub. 
.Jr^=r:-.t-^-g, tug. 
X~=r.A-u-g, dug. 
,PT^=".ch-iS^-g, chug. 
-.irTTYt-^-b, tub. 
..Jt— r..t-^-ch, touch. 

.\r7J...A'u4 , dull. 
<C~Z..r-u-m, rum. 
\:rr^:7\d-u-m., dumb. 
^Z^!SJt\'U'\y, hub. 
JL.....A'l-V, like. 
O^..l-2-m, lime. 
-<^..r-2-m, rhyme. 
<rrrj..\\yN-i, why. 
%r::>/.{-i-x , fire, ( fiery). 



Z.. x-o, row. 

\__^.A-d, dough. 
\<i^.A-d, foe. 

— <_A ^"^'P* cope. 
ZZ7...x-u-g, rug. 
/CZ~A-u-g, lug. 

<=J==:7:..ch-u-k, chuck. 

\==::.A-u-V, duck. 
.A-u-h, dub. 
-rC.g-u-\, gull. 
.ch-2?-b, chub. 

.,.l?.....d-J-m, dime. 
/^:^vc>.ch-J-m, chime. 

,>7^^c. n-J, nigh. 

S^S-i^fie! 

\f^...v-l, vie. 
-r:^g-'h guy. 
<r^...m-2.-r, mire. 

"l^^r^b-J, by, buy, bye. 
^-~}rr>/^^-J-\, mile. 

^ \i-dd-\i, book. 



2/1 



^r4^^ sh-i, shy. 
<:^ .^m-J, my. 
/2_ UdV, look. 
i t'ddV, took. 
-7r£^.k-^(?k, cook. 

r:^^\i-dd, coo. 
r-rr^k-OO-l, COol. 
<<^....r-ddd, rood. 



Ns-^...p-J, pie. 
^^^^^^^dm-z, am 1 ? 
^<3L_r-^Jk, rook. 
^3^ h-ook, hook. 

-7rr^.....k-od-p, coop. 

.\p \-dd-\, tool. 

..^^..xn-doA, ?nood, moot. 

"T^.m-dod-i, moody. 



284 Additional '.—All with Half-Lengths. 



,..>o _..p-Jd(t), paid, pate. 
.,.V..^.p-a, pet. 
...!V:..p-ft, pit. 
\^^.p't-tx{dl pitted, pit it. 

p-OWt, p07lt.. 

p-zd, pied. 
.p'2t-f, piety. 
. 1-Jt, light. 

JV....p-<?^t, p7it. 

..— TT^k-^^d, could. 
.-^..sh-^^d, should. 



..\^Jb-dd[\.), bade, bait. 
..v^^...<2b-^t, abate. 
...\^....b-/t(d), bet, bed. 
„.^V:..b-ft(d), bit, bid. 
..\rN...b-owt, bout, 
„\^-<2b-owt, about. 
,.N^..b-Jd(t), bide, bite. 
..V^^..^b-Jd, abide. 
_s^^,n-Jt, night. 
iffj^..^.v-ddi, root. 
{-dd{,/oot. 



25 

..L-/......t-awt, taught, taut. (o^^^/rr.. 1-aw-kt, talked. 

v_A^..n-awt, nought. \..^^..S-2,^n\, fought . 

\Q^..,b-awt, bozight. ..(e:^....th-awt, thought. 

.-.J^.._.s-awt, sought. Z... ...I-ft, lit, 

^^Cl...h-awt-2', hatighty, ^^^...v-tt, writ.^ 

Lf^...{-tt,/it. .y.^s-tt, sit. 

.rrT:^..k-2't, kit. y<r^.Mw-lty wMt . 

<r:^...\N-ti, wit. .^vC..b-rt(d), hit, bid. 

^frr^...m-tt, mit. :-^...._.n-d?t{d), 7iot, nod. 

^..^-Ol.pOt. -r-r^^.g-oXiA), got, god. 

...<=/.. ...yot, jot. TrTz^.^k-od, cod. 

-^....r-ot{d), rot, rod, ..h.......y-d\., yacht. 

.<r:7>)...m-dt, Mott. *<^:...hw-^t what. 



sh-(^t, shot. ^~y>^^..w-dt, wot. 

L.. ...\-dt, lot. ^sfzt:^-.- n-ewd(t), nude, newt. 

....X?..b-ewt, Btite. <rr:^...m-ewd(t), mewed, mute, 

...S<..b-oyd, Boyd. of .......]-t^d(t), jewed, Jute. 

..L.._...,.l-oyd, Lloyd. ^.-.^......yoyd, joyed. 

,z£....d\-oyd, alloyed. Jv^s-f .v-oyd, void. 

^^;^^.,^v-oyd, avoid. ^^^_^ <2V-oy-dd, avoided. 

.... f aX-ooA,. Atwood. zt-ood, it 7vould. 



26 



24» Vowel-Consonant Combination, 



awt, ought. 

aw-k, auk. 
wt-m, autumn. 

„...., idi-Cy idea. 

^t-m, item. 

^., I'V-t, ivy. 

OW-], owl. 

ow-r, otir, hour. 

^ .oi-l.-f, oily 

_ ^d-r, odor, Oder. 



ami-z, amity. 
...\^^. .^b-{?t, Abbott, abbot. 
=2-....^(9d-sh-^, would she. 

eA-i, Edey. 

.e-\-i, Ely. 




^T^aw-b, Aub. 
,^^1*. aw-dt, audit. 
_....... ,,aw-l, all awL 

......... ..aw-ft, oft. 

fd-l, idle, idol, 

.,,....2-1, isle, riL 

........ ^.owt, out. 

..Tx. owt-v, out of. 
....._..,oi-l, oil. 

""T^^^-b-ft, obit. 
^■~;^_,.^-bt, obit. 
U^YZt-2-r, attire. 
Z.^....GddL-y, would you. 

„._,..... ^(^d-^, would I. 

_,.,....... .^d-f-th, Edith. 



Ill 



THE CIRCLES AND LOOPS. 

25« The S-Circle. 

Besides the regular Consonant form for S, and the three 
exceptional forms given at the bottom of page 19, we have 



27 

another, the most convenient and the most frequently used of 
any, the Small Circle. Such a circle cannot be used medi- 
ally for S, because we have already appropriated it to mark 
the stroke succeeding it as a vovv^el stroke ; but it can be used 
for S, either initially or finally, on both Vowel Strokes and 
Consonant Strokes with equal facility, and whether such 
strokes be written half-length, normal length, or double length. 
The following are examples, showing the manner in which it 
is employed. 



l..sp, 

...Lst, 

/..sch, 

Lsf, 

e._ysn, 



rr^sm, 
C.sth. 



26. USE OF THE S-CIRCLE. 

(a) Initially. 



\ 



^ 



sd. 
.sJ. 
.s?7. 

(exceptional.) 

saw. 



sow. 

c „ 

......so. 

-J SS, (seldom used,) S^. 

b...„s\, S^'. 

.C.Sy(l.d.), (exceptional.) 

^v, ' „ ...sl", 






l.sd, 

Zs, 
'^^sg, 

V sv, 
<i^sng, 

(^r-^. SW, 

Csdth, 

J...SZ, 

^T^.skw, 

.^.szy 00, 
tf>^sj(h.u.), soi. 



s^. 

s^. 

soo, 

se. 

sod. 

so. 

SI. 

sew. 
sew. 



Sa (medially). 



J 



sod. 



28 



...r(h.d.)si, 

<^sy,(l.u.) 



r. 

... s^. 



J 



St. 



sw, 



..saw. 



.SI. 



.SOL 



^.ssh, 

ae/ssh(h.u.), sa, 

*^. smp, smb, s^*. 

rTNshw, , (noted later). 



Remark ;— The learner should carefully note, as to the 
straight strokes, on which side of them both the initial and 
the final circles are written, because writing them on the other 
side (as will be hereafter explained) adds 2. sound. 



Aa ps, 

-..L ts, 

...6. chSj 

..\^....fs, 

,...^....rs, 

.>...j?...ns, 

.<:c:^...ms, 

....L.....ths, 

.... J....SS, 



{b) Use of Circle Finally, 



L 



/ 



C 



,^.(l.d.)ys. 



) 

^ 

r 



.es. 

as. 
Is. 

iis. 

.(exceptional). 

aws. 

..aws. 

ows. 

as. 

(exceptional). 



.\..bs, 
.,i....ds, 
.../....js, 



V 

as. 

■r 

00s. 



...V0...VS, 
....^... mbs, 
.>^...ngs, 
r:r°:^....ws, 
...C....dths, 

....J...ZS, 

L.. kws, 

...^..(d.h.)ls, 



^ 
..^.. 



c 



es. 

dds. 

as. 

OS. 

Is. 
ews. 



ews. 

as (medially). 

C .. 

a.s. 



29 



.rs, IS, 

ay 
shs, ois. 

(l.u.)ys, Is. 



.^:^..{h.u.)js, -. oys- 

.q/... ..zydds, dds. 

9 -^ 

..^-<:,.shs(h.u.), as. 



21. WITH HALF-LENGTHS. 

Remai'k :—\\ should perhaps be here observed, as to the 
Vowel Strokes with Circle attachments that follow, that many 
words in italics are inserted,— in part to show, that as contra- 
distinguished from the ordinary phonography, in which vari- 
ous devices— difference of position, etc., are required, to 
secure unmistakable signs for some of these words,— in our 
" system " we get the unmistakable signs by the mere applica- 
tion of oitr general principles ;—di result that is aimed at 
throuorhout this book. 



[a] 

•A spt, 

. ..\..sbd(t) 

.....f....stt, 

.....f....sdd, 

.P..S<2t-t, 

.. ./'.scht, 

.../^...Sjd(t), 

..o_...skt(d). 
■ «- sgd(t), 



Circle Used Initially. 

\ 

s^t, set. 



f 



.s^d(t), sate. 



sat, sat. 



i 



sod, sewed, sowed. 



y 



? 



.sat it. 



sJt, sight, site 

sddA[\), 

.S2^t(d). 

s^d(t), seed, cede, seat. 



30 



.^^..sdgd, sagd, 

. (>^..srt, 

.<o...smt, 

..«,^..snt, 

..<?-r^.(l.u.)syt, 

..<>-...sjd(t), 

.shw,(not halved). 

..r...syt, 
. ..^..sft, 
,...^...svd(t), 
....f...stht, 
.....C.sdth, 

^..sst, 

.!).szd(t), 

...J..s,sht(d), 
...J?. szy(?^d, 
....^(Lu.)sL 
.^....skwt, 

.<?7>...(see Remark], 
.C«/....(see Remark), snd. 

..!ar>..(h.u.)s,sht, 



.sedzy seedy. 

Sft, Sit. 

sowt, is out. 

sawt, sotight. 

SJt, 5"^/^, i"2^/^/. 

soit, soyd. 

S2d(t), i"/(3^?, 5-^^-^^. 

(medially). 

SSt ; (exceptional). 

.s^(?t, soot. 

e 

s<?'t, i-^/. 

sew(d), sued, suit. 

s^t, sot. 

sewt, sued, suit. 

soit(d). 

s^(^d(t), soot. 

(l.u.) S6j\ sah. 

Si2:d(t), (medially only). 

sJd(t), side^ sight. 

sJd, sewed, sowed. 

s^*t(d), sahd(t). 



31 

=^ 

.^....srt, sawl, sought, sawed. 

..ft^.skwt, s^'t, sa/i/. 

,..r..slcl(t), sat, sahL 



{J}) Circle Used Finally. 



....No.ptS, 


as. 

^ds(ts), aids, eights. 

^ts, at his. 


.....V....bds. 


k.tts, 


i..dds(ts) 


^ds(ts), odes, oats. 

o 

2ts, heights. 

o 
^^ds(ts), who it is. 


...../...chts, 


/.jds, 




n 


.....^.kts, 


^ts. 


.,.^...gds(ts), 
....^...(l.u.)rts. 




<?ds(ts), Bads, eats. 

fts, its, it is, it has. 


....^..(h.u.)jds. 


(h.u.)oids, oits. 


..r-na...mts, 


ovvt, outs. 


....-rrt5..(see Remark), 


fds, Jts, heights 


.<::^.(i.u.)its, 


^'ts, 


^...(l.d.)yts, 


(medially), sts. 


.■^..rts, 


awts, ought his. 


....kits, 


sts, (exceptional). 



32 

...Cd. v(ds(ts), ^<:?'ds(ts), woods, hoods. 

...(o. ...thts, ^ts(ds), what is, odds. 

..h....dths, ewts, you it is. 

...q) sts, ^ts, what is, odds. 

... J.....zts, ewts, vote it IS. 

..!3^.. .(l.cl.)shts, olts. 

s^.. zyddds,{\.s), dods, woods, hoods. 

..-^...nts, awts, ought his. 

— p 

....^J)..(see Remark). ^ds(ts), odeS, OWcd 2LS . 

...:<^..(h.U.)kwts, (medially), /zts, ahts. 



^.. ..(h.d.)lds, HI'S,, ahts. 

...."^....mpt(ds), mbd(ts), ^'ts, ahts. 

Remark :—}-{a.U-\ength-w and halt-lcngth-72^ have been 
omitted from the preceding list, for the reason that in practice 
It Is so desirable, in writing several very frequently occurnng 
words^ to distmgulsh readily between m/ and md, nt and nd, 
that (availing of the preference referred to in Sec. 10, p. 12), 
It has been determined to use for md what, in a strictly 
uniform treatment, would be half-length-'ze/, and for 72d what, 
under such treatment, would be half-length-;^^- But this 
exceptional treatment is not extended beyond (i) those sim- 
ple half-lengths, and (2) such half-lengths with S-Circie 
attached, and (3) such half-lengths with the .y/-loop (to be 
soon described), attached. 



33 

With S-Circle we have the following :— 
..(5rN...smt> <3r\... smd. ..rm mts, ../-r^ .. mds. 

...9wf..snt, !^w^...snd. ...>.^....nts, .^^ . nds. 

.rO>.. smts, (n^,....smds. «wp...snts, ....<i-rp..snds, 

(c) Combined Initial a7td Final Use. 

.....\?....spts, - s^ts, sets. 

^..sbts, mA?>[Xs\ his aids. 

„...6...sfts, .....^ s^ts, 

C.,.sdds(ts), ^....s^ds{ts). 

....^....schts, szts(ds), sites, sights, sides. 

JO 

...Z...sjds(ts), ....'^... s<?^ds(ts). 

...ene..skts(ds), s^ts(ds),, suds. 

....f=^.sgds(ts), ....'^.s^ds(ts), seeds. 

<l_S) 

••••^-^'■snts, ' sawts, sought kis[us). 



Q^ 



«^-Snds, ' s<9ds(ts). 

.^,.(h.U.)skwds(ts), sas(medially). 

..!^...smbds(ts), s^'d(ts). 



^....smpts(ds), ** 

.?p...sfts, (ssts). 

.Cp..svds(ts), .s^^Jds(ts)' 



34 

& sthts, s^ts, sofSy sods. 

jS....sdthts, .....sewcls(ts), suz^s, 

...3...ssts, s^ts, so^s, sods. 

3 szds(ts), ... . ...sewts, sui^s, sued us[his). 

Q ^ 

..Q/^,shts(ds), soits. 

a 

.0?.. .szyJJds(ts), s^Jds. 

.^-^ 
,.^ro...smts, sowts. 

..(53...smds, sJds(ts), i-z^^?^-, sites, sights. 

..pr^...(l.u.)syts, S2ts(ds), sights, sites, sides. 

^ ..srts{ds), .•s^wts(ds), sought us[his). 

..o^.(h.u.)sjds(ts), soids(ts). 

. '^r^.-sris, s^ts, sits. 



28. THE DOUBLE-S CIRCLE. 

To represent two conjoined or consecutive S-sounds, 
we employ a large Circle. For brevity, it may be called the 
Large Circle. Its position relatively to the strokes, is simi- 
lar to that of the S-circle. It is used initially on Conso- 
nant Strokes only, a different and more advantageous function 
for it on the Vowel Strokes being provided. As a final 
attachment, it is used on both Vowel and Consonant Strokes, 
and in the same manner on both. The following are a few 
illustrations of its use :— 



35 



P 



,.(r\. 



Illustrations of Use of Large Circle. 

[a) Initially {on Consonant Strokes only). 
s-st, ....L...s-sd, ^3r:r-..s-sk, <2»«.., s-s«-. 

(X^..s-sw. 
.fc s-skw. 



s-sm 
s-sl, 



.\L,..,s--sf, ...V.^. s-sv. 

^A^-sch, . .^..s-sj. 



(V, 

a. 



Finally [on both Vowel and Consonant Strokes). 
V) . P 



ps-s, 

ks-s, 

shs-s, 

m^-s, 

ths-s, 

ss-s, 



.<?s-s. 

7/S-S. 



OlS-S. 

ows-s. 

(o , 

(9S-S. 

,., <9S-S. 



.^ rs-s, 

...O js-s, 

..K3 ... dths-s, 
..vX)...ns-s, 

....(Q chs-s, 

rrrT>...ws-s, 



J) 



-^15 



.28-8. 
.(5^8-8. 
.eVV8-S. 
.aW8-8. 



.IS-S. 



[c) In Combination. 



L .jQ)-\ds,-s>, lasses. 
L.O..\dds-s, loses. 
/ . .(J...laws-s, losses. 
^S-f. r-f-ews-s, refuses. 
yfO ...v-ls-s, rises. 
sh^s-s, choses. 



.^<^X)....r-^?s-s, i^accs. 

-<^r^.. r-<?s-s, roses. 

JJD^ ....... ses-s, seizes. 



k-z 



aw8-8, causes. 



6. r. 

^ zs-s, Isis. 

.V^f-r?s-s, faces y phases. 



36 



.^^lox-os-s, roses. 

^/3t_M-^s-s, Moses. 

V 



^m-ews-s, a^mises. 



b-^s-s, b 



iisses. 



b-^s-s, basis 



r-j-ois-s, rejoices 
Vo^.b-aws-s, bosses. 



^ 



S9. 



^>^....n-os-s, noses. 
.-:r:r^.m-ews-s, muses. 
^_^^.n-^s-s, nieces, 
^— Z k-fs-s, kisses. 
v?^..v-ois-s, voices. 

ows-s, nouses. 

ows-s, now IS his 

y^... p-(2s-s, passes. 

THE 5/-LOOP AND 5/r-LOOP. 



m-(2s-s, masses 



These Loops are written in analog}/ with the S-Circle,— 
as to position relatively to the Strokes, and in other respects ; 
tTiey are much used ; are very simple devices ; and may prop- 
erly be described at this early stage of these lessons. The 
6*/- Loop is a small loop ; the 5"/ r- Loop is somewhat longer. 
The ^'z'-Loop is used at both the beginning and the end of 
Vowel and Consonant strokes ; the vS/r-Loop always as a 
final, never as an initial, attachment. 6'/-Loop is sometimes 
used as a final Z^-Loop. The following are a few 



\..stp, 
^— ..stk, 



(i) Examples of the 5'/- Loop. 
[a) Initial. 



\ 



../^.stch, 



/" 



st^, 
.s\u. 
stz. 



X.stb, 
^^.^...stg, 
./^...stj, 






st^. 
st^. 

SiOO, 



....V....stth, 
^^'^N .stm, 

...^...stmb(p), 
'^^- stng, 

\ . pst, 

.J tst, 

— --kst, 
^..rst, 
../ , chst, 
,-r^. mst, 
.L. fst, 
/"..Ist, 
<=5^ shst, 
L.^thst, sst, 



c 



37 



^ 



stow, 
st^'. 
st^'. 
st^. 



.V^ .stv, 
..L.stdth, 
^■">s..stw, 
.":^ str, 



\ 



[d) Final. 



/St. 



u 



dsi. 

ust. 

rst. 

Jst. 

owst. 

(sst). 

^'st. 

oist. 

^^st. 



.\... bst, 
...1 dst, 

.-r^.gSt, 

^.^...jst(h.u.), 

.../....jst, 

<^-^.."wst, 

..%c^ -VSt, . 

..^^ .mb(pjst, 
...<::/.. ..zydosi, 
t Idthst, zst^ 



i.. 



2) Of 5/r-Loop (Final only). 



.pstr, 
.tstr, 
chstr, 



/str. 
<2str. 
istr. 



\...bstr, 
.. .1. dstr, 
./:J^...jstr, 



stew. 

stJ. 

staw. 

staw. 

\ 

<^st, 

^..5st. 

^st. 

oist. 

/ __ ^ 
oost. 

1st. 

dost. 

^st. 

()**■■ 

ewst. 

<2str. 

(?str. 

.^^str. 



38 



kstr, 
.mstr. 



} 



ustr. 

owstr. 

.awstr. 

.^str. 

.^str. 



-^.-::-:2nstr, 

A thstr, 

...A s,str, 

„^...lstr, ^'str. 

....ef^(h.d.)lstr, ...^....dsir. 
. .'^..fstr, ..^...(s,str). 



.-^..gstr, 
r^^:^.wstr, 
.^^..ngstr, 

.(::) dthstr, 

..(j. zstr. 

...3....mb(p)str, ^dstr. 

.shstr, ....^..oistr. 

.zy^^str, dostv. 



3 



.estr. 

istr. 

osiv. 

^wstr. 

ewstr. 



d.. 



{3) The Loops in Combination. 



yf^.. v-ilst, rust. 

J t-#st, test. 

rrrr^g-esi, gUCSSecl. 

^rrrZ-.k-fst, kisSCd. 

.Vsa,,^.fet, feast. 
....<:..y..st. 

w-dsi, waste. 

m-oist, moist. 

m-^'st, mast. 
.\^..y/-dst, vast. 



(a) St- Loo J, 
l-^.d-ust, dust. 
.N^...b-^st, best. 
m-fst, mist. 
.h-wfst, whist. 
«L-e..S"^st, ceased. 



^ y-^st, yeast. 

..0/ . ch-^st, chased, 
fc^.h-oxsi, hoist. 
^^W^v^st, mast. 
...V== v-^st-n: 



\s,vast7tess 



Jr^^.y-iiS^., just. 
.c^...j-^st, y^i-/. 

w-fst, ■zx/Zi'^. 

1-fst, list. 

L... 1-^st, least. 

/". " leased. 

4<^\\-d'=>i, haste. 
^^"y\i r-^st, raced, 
y^.. " 7'aised. 
.^d^..x-yd\si, 7'ejoiced. 



^^^ ...d^-ast, aghast. 

-rrrr:^..y-ewst, used, 
— ....^^^^k-^st, coast, 
/^-^-o^l, host. 
..t,_^..t-awst, tossed. 
Z....i>..l-^'st, last. 



.rr7\. m-ewst, mused. 
yfC^x-d?>\., roast. 
..<iC^ . h-^st, host. 
/TJ ..I-awst, lost. 
. .\^. . . .^ b-e w s t , abused. 



\..dT-o&, a7^ose 



39 

-rr^...r-^st, roast. 

.rrTr-|... g-^St, gkoSt. 

L.^ ^-^st, dosed. 
X^.p-awst, paused. 
.S^.....i-ast,/ast. 
r:-^...k-dst, cast 

[b] Str-Loop 

.Ato ..v-^'str, vaster. 
m-^'str, 711 aster. 
r-oystr, royster. 
k-awstr, cost her. 
j-^str, jester. 

1-2/str, luster. 

<^...^..k-^str, coaster. 
rrrt^.-.k-istr. klst hcK 
.^>=?.,^i-dsir, faster. 
°^.... sh-ewstr, Schuster. 
x-ddsXx, rooster. 
...i-dstr, foster. 



) 



/^..Ji..^.l-^str, I ester 
o<^....ch-^str, cluster 
^I^rf^.m-^/str, 7nuster. 

<-r^w4s{r, wister 

../^....p-<i'str, pastor. 

}:r>=5_..d-owstr, dowster. 

..f^Ayustx, adjuster. 

^-Ts^w-^str, wester 

i<?P,.d-^str, duster. 

■.■■'?..r:7' .k-^str. Custer 

<cr:f:..xn4stty mister 

In writing the loops, the writer should be careful to 
make the 5/r-Loop so much longer than the ^/-Loop, that 



40 

the difference in size will indicate clearly which is meant. 
The S^-hoop being oblong, is, though written quite small, 
readily distinguishable from the circle; but it is well, in writ- 
ing the ^/r-Loop, to carry it even beyond the central point of 
the stroke to which it is attached. 

IV. 
30. BRIEFJ^F AND -V SIGNS. 

These signs are small ; in shape much like a shortened 
horse-shoe. Their usefulness is recognized, by the adoption 
of them in all the more popular works on phonetic shorthand. 
They may, for particular purposes, be written hght, or heavy ; 
though to so distinguish is not often necessary, for the expert 
writer. The use of one of them, as set forth below, differs 
somewhat from that described in other works on phonogra- 
phy. They may be written on the line, or above it. They are 

.l...!...c..3...(L or h.)W : . ..." o (1. or h.)Y. 

The reverse form of the Y-Sign. u represents W : and 

writing.it in that form indicates that the following connected 
stroke, whether on or above the line, is a vowel stroke, as 

...^...w^, waw. .. \.w^^, w^, ..../... .wJ. The other 

brief forms for W and for Y, are employed principally for word 
signs, though they are sometimes respectively used in connec- 
tion with the Strokes simply to represent w-or y-sound ; as 

...>—.wg ; X A wb ; ■^—^. ..wk ; /.. /...wch ; /./...wj ; .^.^ ..wn ; 



.\-V.wf; .VVwv ; .^ wr ; >— ^..wm ; .^..-^..wsh ; 1...1,. 



wt 



41 



.1.1 wd ; 



,vw 



mw 
chw 



.ry 



.wy 



; -r7-?^....kw 
; W bw ; 

ly; 



yi 

ky; 



. ..iw ; 
ym ; 

gy ; 



.Ss^....vy. 



In such cases, the Strokes which they precede or succeed, 
may be of any length ; and the Strokes can be written on 
the line, or above it. Ordinarily, they are written at a dis- 
tinct angle with the connected Strokes, as : 

V^wf, 



\.. 



wk, 
wp, 
wn, 

yk> 

yy' 

.W^A 
waw. 



.\. 



wg. 
wb 
wng. 



rh/.....^^. 



w 



-eA, 



...1.... 



w<?. 



wew. 



w^t. 



1 



wch, 
wth, 
ym, 

•yr, 

,w/, 
we, 

.w^t(d). 



V,.V.wv, 
/.../... wj. 
...(.... wdth. 






..yw. 
.yl. 

W^. 

wa. 
w-^t. 



But to the up-stroke R, the up-stroke and the down-stroke 
L, and the stroke for f, brief-W is prefixed in the form of a 
hook ;— this being exceptional— differing from the general hook 
arrangement explained farther on. All confusion, however, 
possible to arise from such exceptional use, will be found to 
be carefully guarded against. By this exceptional treatment, 
we have :— 



wr, 

..6<<...wrt(d), 



wi. 

.<C wlt(d). 



w 



c^ 



wz. 



..<C....wld(t), wft. 



42 



We also provide for indicating an H-sound in connec- 
tion v/ith all those ; — 

(i) On the wr, wrt, by thickening the shoyi side of the 
hook. By this device, wc get :■— 

..^/ .. hwrt, where it. 

l/ hvvrts, where it is. 



. ....hwr, where. 
9 
.^ .....hwrs, where is[has) 

" whereas. 

. \-\\\x^^ where is his 



€X 



where it has. 



:/ ..hwrst, where is it 



(2) Ow wl, wit, by enlarging the hook, thus 

...O.wA, .0 hwl , ..{T wit, .^„hvvlt- 

(3) On the wf, w/t, by thickening , as 

_. hw/rt, whit, hw/st, whist 

By thickening^o 2, above, we indicate an /-sound just 
preceding the sound represented by the Stroke, thus — 

...^... w?ld, zvi/d 

..<y^.,...wild(t)s, 7vi/ds 

O wildst, wildest 

U... . hw?lst, whilst. 

O. hwzlts, while it is(has). 



w/1, wile. 

0. wZls, iviles. 

^...wJlst. 

(/.... hwJl, zuhile 

(7...\\\Ni\\, whiU it. 



We secure, by the prefixing of this hook, thickened and 
not thickened, to f-stroke, these convenient word forms:— 

_ wit, witness, wittily, ^^......witless. 



43 

witnesses, ' luitnesscd whit. 



^ 



^^ 



wAio-^ 



<A 



ivh 
wk 



tm. 



izz. 



.whip, ...whif. 

Forms further illustrating the prefixing of these brief- ^ 
hooks to L-Stroke and R-Stroke, will be s^iven in succeedinor 
sections, in lists of word-signs. 

Remark /—The shading of the hook, as above described 
and for the purposes indicated, will not always be necessary, 
for the expert writer; but it is needed, for the purpose of 
sometimes indicating with certainty h-sound and f-sound in 
these combinations. 



V 

31. THE EXCEPTIONAL 5-FORMS. 

These vowelly treated strokes have already been briefly 
described, but not particularly illustrated. They .are:— 

I. First ajid Second Forms:— (l.u.) ; .. l.d.) ; 

used only medially and finally (the same signs used initially 
are a, ah). They can be of either of the three lengths. 

Examples : Normal Length, 
es. 
as. 



ps, 

rts, 

V/dis, 



,IK 



?s. 
■us. 
ss) 

OS. 



,bs, 

^..rds, 

J f^]S, 



R"s, 



X-^dths, 



y 




ews. 



44 







zydd^y 



ws. 



7- 



ews. 

is.. 



.--^'h.u.)js, 

^X .mb(p)s, ^"s, ahs. 



(9S. 

ois. 



hws. 



The following are a few illustrations of the 



pst, 
^_rkst, 
-<~ mst. 



Half-Lengtks. 



nst, 
-^:^2^ rsm, 



^st. 
?7st. 
owst. 
aw St. 
rstm. 



YVbst, 



VV 




^st. 
<?st. 
Jst. 
^st. 

kstm. 



2. Third Form ;— . S.. ; which can be used initially, 
medially, or finally, normal-length, half-length, or double- 
length. We have, e. or 

[a] Initially : Normal- atid Half-Length. 



\ 



S-2, 

s-ew, 



t 



st-z. 

st-ew. 

.st-^. 



.S-(?, 



S-2, 



St-(?. 
.^..St-^ 



st-i 



45 




Medially: Normal- and Half-Length 



rstm. 
kstm. 



^, 



nsl, 
ksl. 



nsti. 



Finally: Normal- and Half-Length 



— .-.^ kstl. 



-rr-f.... kss, 



-(. 



.?./ss, 

^. ,?...^st, 

chss, 
jss, 

.„„.,So f ss, 

<9<9SS, 



£ 



U- 



tst. 



nst. 



,l^...clst. 



^st. 



-< 



OlSt. 



/......„chs, 



ys, 

ngs, 
awst, 

.^st, 



^ chst. 

-r^.-.yst. 

^st. 



[d) Finally; with Final Circle. 



,. ksts. 



--^ 



gsts. 



2/StS. 



''^..^sts. 



chsts. 

^.jsts. 
. ?sts. 



^^sts. 



nss, 



--h. 



nsts. 



ness, 



..>^...r.^. 
Vawss,, 



.^^ngsts. 

^-4 



awsts. 



thss, 
. L dthss 

e 



<?ss, 
ewss, 



^^.A.<9StS. 

..4....thsts. 

...(p dthsts, 

C 
..,.s^....<)'sts. 



ewsts. 



As will 
exhaustive , 
difficulty in 



be apparent, the foregoing illustrations are not 
but it is assumed that the learner will have no 
applying the principles wherever else they are 



46 

applicable. It has also been thought needless to insert any 
hyphens in the key-letters contained in the last three para- 
graphs, [b), [c] and [d) : and for the most part they will be 
omitted in subsequent exemplifications. 

It is to be understood that any one of these Additional 
Forms, of whatever length, is to be selected, in preference 
to either of the others, with reference to the "greater ease and 
convenience of attaching it to— or the easier angle it forms 
with— the conjoined preceding and succeeding strokes. Hav- 
ing the regular Consonant stroke for S, with the circles, 
loops, and these Additional Forms, the writer will be able 
to easily represent the sound of S, in whatever connection 
it may occur. In one respect, these Additional Forms pre- 
sent an advantage o\'er the circles and the loops . for they 
terminate in a way to admit of readily attaching to them any 

form that is attachable to any other. For instance, </^, ^ _... 

ha\'e the same value.— that is. ist : but the end of the latter 

is in better shape for the attaching of any other form: as, 

.<:::V.rst-v, ^.....rst-y, /T^^ ...rst-2. /^^rrr^.rst-^. .<|' .. rst-ew, 

^^st-r. 

32. Extension of the Additional Forms. 
In analogy with a part of the treatment o{ the Yowel- 
Strokes that will be hereafter explained, provision is made for 
representing,— without any additional stroke or form, but sun- 
ply by an extension of the /oi^ms—l^-sound or R-sound, where 
the same follows the S-sound represented by one of these 
Additional S-Forms ; thus :— 



47 



(a) Adding R-Sound. 

R-Sound is added by double-lengthening whichever of 
these exceptional or additional S-forms is used ; but both this 
operation, and that described below for adding R-sound, are 
applied medially or hnallv only ; never initially We have,— 



..Y 

A 



psr, 
rsr, 



<?sr, 
2sr, r- 




/' 



(?sr. 



nsr, 



bsr 
....ksr, 



• ^ 



a^x. 




msr, 



ewsr. 



k: 



ewsr. 



wsr, ....... ....2sr, 



awsr, .^ .9. thsr,- 

owsr. Z^.. \^^ (j'sr, 
gsr, 



.6'sr. 



rn; 



(<^) Adding L'Sound. 
This is accomplished by doubling the size of the initial 

.. \d o . p-s^' r ^-sl, . >o . X. ....b-sl, ,/^.. ...._,. ^-sl, 

.....y^.^ . n-sl. . . "~~v aw-sl, -^ ^^ rig-sl, ^"^ T^.„. .^-sl, 

....^(p .^ th-sl /^....^.^^sl ^ <^dth-sl, „.^ X^ew-sl, 

...Wf-sl, .k?...v-sl, f^ . dd-s\, ^.. ew-sl J^bdCt-sl, 
..^.\^^-sl, X \_J^d-sl, (^ ^C.^'-sl, .^....m-sl. 
.':;^ow-sl ^w-sl r^J-sl,^--,^hw-sl, -C'-f^ -T-^k-sl, 

TX.. L . 2^-sl -rr^—P — ^..g-sl, "J^ "sL . .'. ^-sl. 

Exceptional S-Forms with the large circle prefixed, can 



48 



be halved and, of course, doubled ; though, when they are 
halved, particular care should be taken in writing them, to 
distinguish them from those oi normal length. We have, 
for example :— 

,^. r-sit, ,. f-slt, ^:£ m-sit, ow-slt, 



.. ;:^ ..YZ-slt, >u^.n-slt, „..7^.. aw-slt. J^ ch-slt, .....^ 



.1-slt, 
i-slt, 



.^.V-slt, ...X.^^-sh, — ^.. k^slt, Z^....2/-slt, -r-6"....g-slt, 

""^.^-slt. 



[c) Adding both L- and R-Sound. 

This can also be secured without adding to the number 
of strokes, by combining the principles of enlarging the cir- 
cle and lengthening the stem : thus :— 



^X p-slr, /Q^ b-slr 



--7^.-4--A.g-slr, 
" ng-slr, 




The learner will readily perceive which of the signs will 
most readily, in any given situation, join on to the connecting 
stroke or strokes. 



49 

Additional Observation :—\\ will be found of particu- 
lar advantage to become thoroughly familiar with these sev- 
eral extensions and projections ot the exceptional forms for 
S ; as they are in exact analogy with an important part of 
the treatment of the Vowel Strokes. It will also be de- 
scribed, further on, how, by the striking of a small circle 
inside of hooks on vowel strokes, the effect .of enlarging the 
circle and of lenortheninff the stroke, as above described, can 
in many situations be imparted to such strokes in a still 
easier way ; but those devices, and these of lengthening the 
stroke and enlarging the initial circle, zuill be available as 
optionals ; the question which, in any given situation, will be 
the more advantageous, being 4)ne which the experienced 
writer will be able to determine on the instant. There will 
be certain awkward junctions which he will nev€r commit the 
error of attempting ; as, e, ^.,<::^-., ,/^...,/2I^... 

33. APPROXIMATE REPRESENTATION OF 

SOUNDS. 

Those who speak English, differ considerably in their 
pronunciation of many common words. It may be as appro- 
priate to say, that they sound certain of the vowels differ- 
ently ; for that it is, to which such variableness of pronuncia- 
tion is mainly due. The Consonants are, besides, just what 
their name imports :— they are con-sdn--?iX\\.?, ; they are sounded 
along with the vowels ; the manner in which the vowels are 
sounded, imparting to the pronunciation much of its peculiar 
and distinctive character. Certain peculiarities of pronuncia- 
tion become common to the people of a whole section ; so 



50 

that often one can tell what part of the country a person 
comes from, merely by hearing him speak a few sentences. 
Some will give to a the Italian sound of that vowel [a), where 
others will pronounce it giving the sharp sound, a ; .and 
there seems, in the United States, to be a gradual giving 
way of the latter in favor of the former ; the use of the 
one diminishes, while that of the other increases. In the 
pronunciation of o in some words, we find a variation, from 
the short o, (as in not), to the broad aw : some pronounce 
god, g<?d, some gawA : some say B^Jston, others B^-j^ston : 
some give the o, a sound between ^ and <22£/,— approximating 
closely to a somewhat shortened. Under these conditions, 
in cases in which these vowels that are pronounced so differ- 
ently occur, it is legitimate for the phonographer to use th,at 
one, among all the signs representing these varying sounds, 
given by different persons to the particular Vowel, which 
forms the best junction with the conjoined stroke or strokes. 
For example, he may write " Boston," .."^Ig^, (Boston), though 
he thinks the o should be somewhat differently pronounced ; 
because the ^-sign joins the preceding and succeeding strokes 
at the most convenient angle. So, too, he can v^^rite god,-r-r^.... . 
because he can most easily write that Vowel Stroke in con- 
nection with g-stroke. 

There are two special approximate representations of 
Consonant sounds that are useful, and that may properly be 
mentioned here; (i) th, (as well as /, </,) is sometimes indi- 
cated by halving : as, ^X.^.trzUh ; axid (2). where sound of k 
preceds that of t, as in fact, half-lengthening may be used 
to indicate doth the sounds; ^s, .,S^,,.^.„/act, ,}so /acts, 
«.^. effect, ..^...effects. 



61 

Further illustrations are not deemed to be necessary, 
at this point; but the suggestion can often be applied in 
practice. 

VL 
34* WORD-SIGNS AND PHRASE-SIGNS. 

Speaking strictly, or in accordance with phonographic 
usage, a Word-Sign is a sign that is considerably abbre- 
viated ; that is, it contains but a part, often but a small part, 
of the 'strokes that would be required to represent all the 
sounds of the word. In every system of shorthand, phono- 
graphic and other, lists giving numerous word-signs have 
been presented. In the System of Modified Phonography 
which we are now explaining, the need of such signs is mate- 
rially lessened ;— this because our general principles will 
supply much that those of ordinary phonography do not sup- 
ply. Naturally, those word-signs that we do employ will be 
simple, readily written forms, for representing the most fre- 
quently occurnng words. Some will be the signs of the old 
phonography ; but so far as they are such, they will be those 
that can be written on the line, or through, or below it. 

Two lists are given ; the first containing, in the main, 
word-signs of the ordinary Phonography, the other—including 
some phrases, as well as single words,— containing signs that 
follow directly from the application of the principles laid down 
in the preceding sections, and omitting but few, sometimes rep- 
resenting all, of the sounds of which the words are composed. 
It will be recollected, that it was laid down, as one of our 
first principles applicable in actual, practical note-taking, to 



52 

write as few strokes as is consistent with legibility. For 
ma7iy words, especially the short ones, of which our language 
contains so large a proportion, the briefest signs of the old 
phonography, though givinor only a part of the constituent 
sounds or depending for the indicating of some of them upon 
positions that with equal cogency indicate several other 
sounds (thereby involving ambiguity and uncertainty), are no 
briefer than ours, that give with certainty all the sounds of 
those words. 

As to the relative expressiveness of the two classes of 
strokes, though in many words, especially long ones, the Con- 
sonant skeleton alone suffices, the Vowel Strokes as a rule are 
far the more significant This superior significance of those 
strokes as compared with the Consonant, has been to some 
degree illustrated by the loregoing parallel lists, the left hand 
columns containing consonant, the right hand containing the 
vowel, strokes. — those strokes subjected to various similar 
operations. Prom the Vowel Strokes thus treated, words 
have been naturally and necessarily evolved : from the Con- 
sonant Strokes similarly treated, that has been the case but 
seldom. This may be further illustrated in connection with 

short Latin words like ad I et, ..^ an ,^_^^.^ r 

ut, ..., ab .,,\^... —words of one syllable, written by this 

system with certainty b\' using only a single stroke, while 
by the unmodified Pitman Phonography it is impossible to 
write either of them with similar certainty or any approach 
to certainty, without writing a stroke, and then, as a dis- 
tinct operation, taking off the pen and writing a tick 
or dot either before or after the stroke. We have the same 
relative advantage in the writing of words a little more com- 



53 

plex, like tu, mi, in, si, vos, est, quis, sibi, vide, qziam. Hie, 
cum, ventos, magno, nee, idia, esse, uncle ; not to add numer- 
ous other illustrations that might be given, nor to refer to 
long words— heavily vowelled, as Latin and many Romance 
words are, and presenting correspondingly increased diffi- 
culties to one who has only the old phonography to rely on. 
For writing several words by continuous outline (called 
phrase-writing), we have the advantage of being able to join 
an expressive vowel stroke to another stroke, and of knowing 
to a certainty just what it represents. This will be more par- 
ticularly illustrated in List No. 2 (Section id). As the con- 
struction of many word- and phrase-signs involves the appli- 
cation of principles and devices (especially the Hooks) not 
yet, but hereafter to be, explained, our first list is made short, 
and very simple. The fact that many signs have already; 
been given, lessens the need for making either list very 
lengthy. It has been thought best to let the signs follow, 
rather than precede, the printed words ; as this renders it 
practicable to make the arrangement alphabetical. Where 
phrasing was easily introduced, it has been thought best to 
induct the learner at once into the composition and construc- 
tion of phrases, by including illustrations in these Lists. 

WORD- AND PHRASE-SIGNS. 
35* List Number One. 



add, 
adds. 



\ 



.•.. 


add it, added, ., « . 


amongst, 


"-y^f^ 


1 


along, ^.^.... 


aft. 


-^•■ 


I 


among, ^-^rrr-rr'.. 


after, 


"Vc 







54 




afterwards. 


, .... 


do, day, 


....! 


are(iii phrases)r^.Z^. 


do it. 


.1 _ 


air. 


~\^ 


death, 


1 


apt. 


-\-— 


ever. 


"A<:""^' 


as, has, 


—Q 


effect. 


~\:' ■ 


as is, 
as has. 


..O 


effective, 
for. 


,5 


as it. 


-)-• 


for.it. 


V^.>^... 


as It is, 


...y^. 


fact, 


„.L.^ 


at, »,. at it, ..-.-|._.. 


facts. 


v.... 


at its, 


-\- 


for its. 


_k.^. 


at his. 


^. .3=^. 


first(in phrases).j55... 


about. 


••-v-=-= 


go, ; got, —..... 


but, 


„\^ 


get. good. 


-srr.-....,. 


by, be. 


N.^ 


had. 


-I" 


carry. 


/ 


had his. 




carried 


^. 


had its. 


carrying. 


^j:^:. 


have. 


Vs^ 


could. 


.^^...,. 


have it. 


A-„ 


could not. 


=v.^, 


hand. 


<!^-ia.iXr 


come, came. 




hands. 


•■■K.:.^s---- 



handsome 


7^' 


handle, 


r 


hang. 


^*i^^i^- 


hanged, 
he, 


-z: 


lie, (in phrases), ..y........ 


him, ..y.^_.„ 


' his, 


his is, 


O 


how(in phrases),.. A. 


is, ..-, ..; is 


) his, ,...-....,.„ 


is it. 


< y 


judge. 


z 


judgest. 


/ 


just. 


y..... 


justify, 


4 


just as, 


L 


justice. 


know. 


-==i_ 


let. 


/T ... 


letitv 


f^.a... 


life. 


£V.. 



like, 

liked, 

little, 

long, 

longest, 

long ago 

love, 

made, 

make, 

make it, 

may, 

me,,<r:>...; 

most, 

much> 

must, 

must be 

never.^TT^ 

of,.S. ; 

part, 
party, 
so, _1,„..„: 



/C3^ 



^>^ 



met,. 



^^.;no,.>n=; 

of it, .V..., 

.V, 
VI. 
..3.. 



so as, 



55 

shall, ^ 

shall not, ^...-.„. 

she, y^^drr 

should, -/.__ 

subject, ^..„ 

take,L.; take it,..L. 
that, C^; the,. ..._.... 
they, them, \-^.^ 
think, thing, J^^- 
things, thinks, ^L...^ 
this, Xo.^ 

this Is» ....Ao,„, 

thought. .....( 

think it, i. 

time, U:::^. 

timed, «U,..^ 

to, J.._.: to it, 1_. 

to its, ^.k... 

up, ,„^.... 

was, _}..... 

was it, .._! 



way, ^rr^^ 
we, ^l^i^^rr^) 

well, .^iL 

we will; -i£_-_ 
while (see p. 42),. .<^ 

were, _c_ 

were it, ^js^l., 

what, -^ 

what (in phrases),.. 

which, / 

which is(has), _/ 

will, Zl 

we will. _Zl— 

would, ^p— . 

would be, 

would not, 

would have, 

you, 

you, 

yet, 

yet not. 



-^ 



£^ 



56 



36» List Number Two. 

This List incorporates some signs before given. . It 
gives some that are not, in one sense, word-signs, because all 
the sounds of the words are in those cases given ; but these 
signs are included to illustrate using them in phrases, and 
to give abundant illustrations of all the principles involved. 



\ 



a, .,.T ; aid, jamity, 

about it, jy^... atrophy, 

about its, ..vi> . 'aptitude 

awkward, 
back, 
backward, 

V 

P 



absolute, .V^ 

accommodate, 

acquire, 

add it, 

add its.. 

adjective, 

all, 

all is(hls), 

all of. ^ 

all of it, ^ 

all of its, .. 

all you could, ^Zi 



^ 



[but it, 
.M^.ibut its 






but it is, 

but is itj 

but I'd, betide,..V^. 

but I think, v->.. 
backward ness,Vr,/^but I thought, V^. 
backwards, \ — ^.. 
back and forth,\rT 



■^ 



'|be(by)it 



all that. 



Jl3„[but, 



V 

be(by)you^ \..V. 
bide, V\ ; abide, V^ 
bout, .J\-^ 

bow, bough, \— ~N 
bustle, V-^ 



but I should, 
but I should have 
but for this, > 

" " that, 

" " these. 

'' " them, 
but we do. 



v^ 



"I 

shall have,v« 



should 



butwe should not 



i.- 



** " shall not, >_„ 

but how IS, Vt:^- 

but how is It, v-^-.. 
but how will, vrrv^ 
but you will, *>r/. . 
but you could, ..vv-rr.„ 
" " '' have, 



57 

did you, 
do it, 
(add yozi, theyy we, /, 
&c., as above) 



t 



each, 
eat, " 
easel, 
east. 



Z7 
eats,., „.. 




go off. 



go It, 




~v^ 



go on, 

go by, 

goodbye, 

go by it, -r.-y^ 

has it. vj_.™.. 

has his, ^\„.... 

happy, \^. 

haply, happily 

haps, 






7-r 



(I'd). 



>^ 



highway 
hope, 
hoped, 
how are you, 
" thev 







58 

how he should. ^- 

" shaped, <.... 

- - shed,"^ . 

" " shed \\<C7 

how may you,^~r^ - 

we, - 

how might you, f 



how would, 



^3 



'how would you, 
how you could, 
how you come, . 
how could I, 

we 



you 



how fast, 

host. 

hose, 

honest, 

honesty 

honestly, 

holy. 



I 



holiness, 

I, "^ 

I could, 

I could not, _. 
'~; I got: 



/ 



I go 






I guess, 



I guessed, 

[Note /-Almost all 
signs for Verbs can 
be phrased with 

"I"). 

I shall not, ~^...... 

I should not, -^...... 

'■ " "her^. 
" have,.ji^ 
*^ *• keep,:C^ 
idea, ^^~~.. 

idealist, ^tTZ 

I thought C^..-.^.-.. 
I think, '3...... 

I think you will,.y... 



I did, 



^^ 



L did it, 
item, 
itemized, 
I would, „..-.. 

"■ not) .4._ 
^* 'i give, T7~... 
*♦ it,^ 
it would, _..-.- 

it would show.p'..^ 
it could be, C\. . 
•' •' not be, '^ 
** '* let, C 
^* " allow, ,..,«_.. 
it yet shows, '^..r^. 

it did, 1* 

it does, _L.... 

it never. ^_^,,\ 

it need not, __ 

it need not be, J7^ 

it came, _^ 

It gets, ^^.. . 






59 

it caught, 

it got it, 

** *' Its, 

it better., 

It better not 

judge it, 

judge us, 

judge you, 

judge not, 

judge how, yL.^-.. 

judge how it is,y%.... 

judge how you^/^..... 

judge how he,/ 

it could 

judge how high,/ ... 
judge how little, /y^' 
just it, ^._„. 

just about, ^ 

" his. ^^_.,. 



just about xi, /^ 



C ( <-< 



<c « 



how.<:?CrT??v 

is 



^., 



It, 

just about how it 

's- /^ - 

just enough, 

keep it, - — n 

kept it, 

knewest, newest,- 

know, v_^ 

knows, ^ — P 

know that, 

know them(tliey),"— I 

know thy,; ^^-r-l^.^ 

know nothmg,^ 

know you, 

know yet,^ 

know It, v_i!i::_ 

know how, -^^arrrTT^.^ 

know how it is^^r-^fesji 



T 



know 


how we 


are. 


^..--..-1^. 


know 


I would, -.^-^^ 


•< « 
know 


' " have,-^.. 
T would have 


them, ^-....„._ 
know what, iC^....- 


it 


" it is, ^rr^... 


know 


who, ^ — l^ 


know 


which, s^..... 


" 


" is, :rrrrrr/..r. 


" 


*' it is,:.-.^. 


know 


which you 


are. 


^ 


know 


which you 


will 


-^^— 


knowl 
let it. 


edge.w^ (Qy) 


let it 1 


3e. dS. 



60 

1 est... /<^_: least, ^1.1. 

lost,^., lowest, /3. 

list, /" 

listed, 

low,./^^^ law,._/u^.. 

loose, 

loser, /VT /^ 

madam. '-vrr>... 

may I, <ri...„... 

may you, /-p>^-. 

made,^.^.^ ; met,...-.. 

make. ^■~vt-^._„. 

make it, ^"Tv-.^^ 

me,<r:i„; meet, <:::i>:-. 

medium, ^ 

meet it, met it,...r:2i'._„ 
meets, meet us,^:^__ 
met us, (.£3=-?.) 
met you, ^-r^.-^, 
met me. Crz^ 
mere, *<--g:_ 



midmost, ^-^rr:^.... 

midway --^rrrt-^..., 

.Miss, --^.-r-^ 

Mrs, /C^-- 

might I, ^-srr>... 

might you, irr>...-r?r.. 

mild, <~?r>... 

near,-._p::^-note, >^.. - 

not that he ^. 

not that I, ^ 

not that you, ^._rr^- 

not that all. ^ 

not that all of it,r-^^^^^. 
not that all of it 

not so bad, -^ 

not so fast, ^ 

not so oood, .>«^..„. 
not so high, ^^. .. 
not so highly, ^ . . 
not so holy, >r^ 

V 



on all, 

on It, » ; on its, 

on the result, 

on the result of. ^V 

on me.(my), 

on them, 

on this. 



u 



[ 



k 



on you, 

on the best, 

on the same, ^ 

ought, JT .. 

ought to do, S\ 

ought to have, „TV. 

ought to have it.T^ 

ought to go, 

ought to get, ^^ 
ought to get It, .. 
owe,__. ; owed, . 
owe you, f . .. 

owe them, / 
owe his, owes, _L_ 



61 

owe us, 

L - b 

owesnis. oasis. 

owe mv. oh ! my, „. . 

t- — • I'"> — 

owe me, 

omit. 

put it. >V . 

put out, ^^r-N 

put out of the. V~k 

put outof It, V-^ 

put out of this, 

quest, /^ — --^ 

quite, — 

raid, 

arrayed. 



^ 



raised, 

rest, 

rested, 

arrest, 
arrested, 
right, 
rightly. 






A ^ 




62 



sav, .,..; say it,.. .. 

V 

sav It IS, ..f! .. 

' . . \/\ 

sa\' It will be, 

\ ^ 

sav now, 

say how it is ^~^ 



say how you, 

say how we, .. . ..., 

say how we shall, .^. 

^ . V 

set,. ; set it, 

set out, . ,,. 

set out now, 

set out how It IS, ,... 
set out the best, . \, 
set out the big-- 



(Ttr^ 



so much, A-; 

so much as, Z^ ^, 



side by side, 

(sJd-fd), 
sideof the way, .S--s so much as 
side of the high- suit of, 

way, >^^— ^ suit at law, 

side of the sued for the 

house, V-^ 



k...^ 



Is, ^6. 



U^ 



gest. 



set out the ful 
lest, 7^^ 

set out the first, . ^ 
set out all the 

whole, 
set aside (s^-Zd) 



sidelight, 

sidewise, 

so bad as, 

so bad as he, 

(the) ^rv., 

so far, ^V^ 

so fai as, 

so far as it 

so effective. 

so go out, 

so few, 

so few as, 

so few as it, 

so fused. 









money, 
sway, 

swayed, '^""^N^^ 

that is the, ^.. 
that is the best, L 
that is the best 



way. 



^ 



that is the best \\-av 
C 

out of it, N^'-^'^X. 

that isallhe(thc),^ 
that is all you. ^_^ 
that is all you 



may, 0;^^ .. . 

that is all you 
might, (j^... 



that all it Is, <<^_^ 
that ail that is, ^_^ 
that all that could 

be, 
that all I could 
that it could be, i^^^~\ 
that it would, QA^ 
that it would 

be, Cp^. 

that will be. i/\.. 
that will have (A V 
these are, 
those are, 
those are to be, ,.\ 
this is the way, ^-^ 
this is the time, 4^ .-, 
this Is the day, p-. 

up It, \^ 

up all this, ^^— f 
up all these, \^^ — ' 
up all those» V_j! . 



r" 



i.:-^. 



63 

up all that, 
was it not, 

" " all, 

" " to be, )l. ... 

we shall not, ^_.. 

never, 

'* *' know, 

" *' take, 

" *' do, J 

"• ii 

we should not, ,._..,.. 

(Add other words, as 
after "shall " The 
other form for we, 
^—^ sometimes 
joins best) 

we could, ^%- . . 

" " not,^-"'w_ 
we who are, -^ .—. 

*' ** were.^ 



were you, c.. 

" yet, /. 



were yet all, A^„„ 

were it not, oc^ 

word of the, ..^A^.. 
were it of the, „-^.,.. 
'' " not of the,^^ 
what would you, V. 
what would you 

''ke- -)i- 

what can we 

get, 

what could we 

get, ^'^^..... 

what did you, ..r?._..,. 

•* " *' get,?^.... 

'♦ *' " .likeKTT 

" do *' like,l^ 

what will you, __ 

what IS the, ............ 

what may you, .^...... 

<i tt ^ — J 
" ^ *' we, 

what should you.r:. 



64 



what have you, .S- ... 

who are you, '^ 

'* they, r. ^ .. 
could be, "^^^ 
" have, ^ 
" not, ^ 
*' not be, 
who could not 

have, '^^. 

who would be 
^* have. 



.,c^. 



who would have 



it> 
who would 

make, 
who would not 
would you, /^. 



/ 




never 



you will all, vC^„^ 
you could be, -.-^..v.^. 
you could not, rww>=.=^ 
you'd better, -j «.x/ 
you shall be, — ^...=^ 
you shall not 

be, -^^^^ 

you could not get 

you shall come,. T^a^. 

you shall keep,-r^^^^.» 

you shall be 
kept, 

you shall go for- 
ward, ~<^— .-^«« 

you shall, go 
ahead, ~-dA.-^ 



It is assumed, that familiarity with the foregoing Lists 
(No, J and No. 2,) will have indicated to the learner several 
of the leading principles of phrase-writing, as practised \w 
phonography. The words joined in any single phrase ought 
to be closely related in sense, in the construction of the seiH 



63 

tence of which they form a part ;— parts of two distinct sen- 
tences should certainly never be so joined ; though such a 
separation in sense as an intervening comma implies, need 
not preclude the phrasing of the words. Naturally, in a sys- 
tem in which the distinction between Vowel and Consonant 
Strokes is unerring and perfectly simple, the rigidity of the 
above mentioned rule is much relaxed, from that which was 
necessary in the old phonography, all of whose strokes Were 
Consonant Strokes,— difference of position of which strokes 
was often required to indicate the connected vowel sounds. 
In writmg phrases, letting them extend so far below the line 
that they will inferlere with the next lower line of writing, 
and the writing of difficult junctions— very obtuse angles, etc., 
should be avoided. This point of ease of joining, by reason 
of practicable angles, is so important, that it can hardly be 
too often insisted on : it constitutes what may be termed the 
dynamics of the art. Phrase writing saves lifting the pen, and 
carrying it from the end of one sign to the beginning of an- 
other; but it is better to do that, than to arrest the onward 
impetus of the hand to make a difficult joining. It will be ob- 
served, that in the foregoing lists nearly all the junctions form 
acute angles, except where the initial circle indicating a fol- 
lowing vowel stroke comes in, in wlilch cases, the throwing in 
of the circle usually renders the junction an easy one. It 
would be well for the learner, after he has practised on the 
preceding lists, to try his hand at constructing for himself 
phrases that can be formed from signs with which he has 
already become familiar, by changing the order in which 
words have already been joined or Inserting other words in 
the combination. He should advance as rapidly as possible 



66 

to the point at which he rwill be able to readily construct 

his own phrases. 

VIL 

37* THE HOOKS AND THEIR EQUIVALENTS. 

The fact that the devices of half-lengthening, and attach- 
ing circles, double circles and loops, are available, in our sys- 
tem, in connection with the Vowel, as well as the. Consonant 
signs, has now been quite copiously illustrated. We next 
come to the important device of adding hooks to both 
classes of strokes. 

Hooks may be either large, or small ; and they may be 
placed at the beginning or at the end of a stroke. With the 
straight strokes, they can be placed on either side.- 

It will be convenient to designate the two sides of a 
stroke as the right and the left :—\\\^ meaning of which can 
be easily explained. The terms are used in analogy with 
their use by geographers in referring to the two banks of a 
river. Their meaning becomes very clear if one imagin~es 
himself as standing on a bridge over the middle q{ a stream, 
with his back up stream, his face towards down stream or in 
the direction of the "* flow ;" — his right hand will then be 
towards the right bank, his left hand towards the left bank, of 
the stream. As to a shorthand stroke, to determine which is 
the right side, which the left, one has only to imagine the 
stroke, whether straight or curved, made large— say m the 
sand, or chalked out on the floor; that he stands at the point 
at which the stroke begins, facing in the direction m which It 
is produced ;— his right hand will correspond to the right side 
of the stroke, his left hand to the left side oi it. 



67 

38. THE R-HOOK. 

In previously published works on phonography, it has 
Been customary to treat of the R-Hook first of all ; an' order 
that -is justified, by the fact that that hook comes more fre- 
quently into requisition than either of the others does. Its 
position is at the beginning of strokes, on the right hand side 
of the straight ones ; and it is attachable to both- Consonant 
and Vowel Strokes. Thus represented,. R-Soundy^//^^5 that 
represented by the^stroke itself. 

39» On Straight Consonant. Strokes. 

Exemplification 
^}s...pr, ,.\....b>,- 



kr, crrrr-^gr. 



J.^.tr. ...l....dr. 

chr, .,i/..-jr. 



Note.—T\\(i form _^... being used -for h, this hook is not 
used on the-' R-Stro.ke. The doub!e-length-R (two R's 
joined), jseqoally^convenient ; indeed, often it is more so. 

The R-Hook'is' susceptible of use in connection with the 
various devices heretofore explained :— 

I. With Ijiitial S -Circle. 

The learner will notice, that merely closing the hook, so 
as to form a complete circle (it being exactly opposite the 
position of S-circle) adds S-sound ; and that sound, is read 
first of all m the gr6up4— 

.....A. spr, \.,sbr, 



,skr, .frr;..sgr, 



i.-^tr, .,..l.,.sdr 

...Z.., schr, ., /,...sjr. 



68 



2. With Final S-Circle, 



._\a prs, 

„jvo.sprs, 
sr:±.skrs. 

!\.. s-spr, 
hrz:„,s-skr, 

...^Q prs-s, 
ETr^.krs-s^ 

.. X) s prs-s, 
.j2~r*skrs-s, 

_\i prst, 
=--r- krst, 
. ^. prstr, 
si^^r^.krstr,. 



V brs 

^r::"..grs 

itk 
_ \j sbrs, 
rr^. sgrs, 



l...trs, 
A. chrs. 



...i drs. 

../.....jrs. 

^2//^ Initial and Final Circle. 

strs, <..,. .t.. sdrs. 

schrs, _.Z*„sjrs. 



4. ^//-^ Initial Double Circle. 
_\...s-sbr, .. i... s-str, ^,^i...s-sdr. 

.yl.. s-schr, ^./L.s-sjr, 



- s-sgr, 

With Final Double Circle 
.0 trs-s, 



...AD. brs-s, 



grs-s. 



xnrs-s. 



.. .t...drs-S. 
^/.....jrs-s. 



^=""^grst, 
J\i. brstr, 



6. 7"^^ Same, with Initial Circle. 

_^sbrs-s, . D strs-s, ^n. sdrs-S 

O-.schrs-s, ^.^....sjrs-s, 

7. With Final Loops. 

TSi, brst, _ b.trst, _...l.drst. 

/... chrst, _./....jrst 

. 1) trstr, _„..L drstr 
..../... chrstr. 



s:rr grstr. 



„^.^..jrstr. 



69 



Same, wiik Initial Circle. 



.\..sbrst, 



..\...sprst, 

pT:-='.skrst, 

.. \i...sprstr, ...\i sbrstr, 

o-^^^skrstr, -j-'"^ sQ,Tstr, 



sgrst, 



strst, 
schrst, 
strstr, 
schrstr, 



1, 



sdrst. 



/.. sjrst. 
. !^.. sdrst r. 
/ sjrstr. 



In short, any of the final attachments heretofore de- 
scribed as apphcable to Consonant strokes, can be employed 
in combination with simple ;^-hook or with r-hook closed 
round to represent preceding jr-sound, though as representing 
actual spoken sounds, some of the forms (for example, some 
given above) will never need to be written. 

The examples are given, to illustrate the universal appli- 
cability of the principles. 

These initial attachments can also be used, as below:— 



9- 



On Half-Lengths. 



.A..prt(d), 


...\ ..,brd(t). 


l,trt(d), 


1 drd(t). 


c- krt(d), 


...— .grd(t), 


. ..;. chrt{d), 


....7...jrd(t). 


\..sprt(d). 


....\.sbrd(t), 


^.strt(d), 


...%. sdrd(t). 


...cTr-...skrt(d), 


...-~...sgrcl(t), 


..; schrt(d), 


?..sjrd(t). 


lO. 


On HalfLcngtl^ 


's with Final Circle. 


„,\ .,prtfd)s. 


...V brd(t)s, 


.. l...trt(d)s. 


.1>...drd(t)s. 


„.c:r^...krt(d)s, 


...f--.grd(t)s, 


Z..chrt(d)s, 


2,..jrd(t)s. 


....% .sprt(d)s, 


% sbrd(t)s. 


. \ strt(d)s, 


.l...sdrd(t)s 


,...c^7r:^..skrt(d)s, 


....--.sgrd(t)s, 


... ? .schrt(d)s, 


...... I. sjrd(t)s. 



70 



12. To half-lengths, with either initial r-hook or r-hook 
and circle combined, neither the double circle nor the i"/r-ioop 
should be attempted to be attached ; but occasionally final- 
stAoop may be, in combination with either the initial r-hook 
alone or initial i--circlc and ?^-hook combined ; as, 



Jk-^prtst, ....'\i...brdst, 

,_^sprtst, .....N5..sbrdst, 

..^r=*-.krtst, ,.-rf!...grtst, 

...2^- skrtst, ...5r^..sgrtst, 



.. l.trtst, 
..._l,-strtst, 
...,/,...chrtst, 
..../.....schrtst. 



.1.., drtst. 
...%...sdrdst. 
../. jrtst. 
.^...sjrtst. 



Though these can be readily enough written, some of 
them never come mto use ; only as word signs ; as, 

,J\....spirit, .Ss^.^spiritist, \.J\.,.6road, JSi^.broadest. 

^,..1.., tread, ^^^Jreadest, L_X.. dread, .^.\^.dreadest^ 

\...straighty \..st7^aigktest, l^.[con)sidered,\(cor\)sideredsf, 

^~-:.. great, ^r^.. greatest, \,..J.... chart, ' ..2.. ...chartist. 

40 Resulting Word and Phrase-Signs. 

R-Hook is very frequently employed in the construction 
of word-signs and phrase-signs ; the hook being easily attach- 
able, and the sound it represents coalescing closely with 
many other sounds. The hook is often prefixed to.r a word 
sign to indicate addition q{ are : some writers use it to;fepre-| 
^^ViXwere: some to represent our. In these lessons it will 
not be used for either luere or our, unless possibly -in Some 
situation in which no uncertainty could result ; as in ...'].„ .^.<2^i'- 
it were. 



part of the ; <r:r^ some part of them ; 

pai'i of 




71 

41* Illustrative List. 
'\.. ..pnde ^ proud \ sometimes, m phrases,/^/''/; as. 
of the ; <r:r^.... 
of it. V 

..!!S......spread. spirit. 'S'^. .spiritual, spiritually, ^-^ .spiritual^ 

ize, .°SC separately, (.\v^sprightly), ^ZT^^sztppressed^ 
-.\> ..press, praise, Nd presses, praises, \...„..p7'essed, praised, 
....\.. reme?nber, ...A 7'eincmbered, sometmies bread, broad ; ill 

phrases, board-'2.z. . /^ - .on board, y\.o?i board of the^ 

.Tk. . on board of it, _Mo on board the vessd^. . .\ breast ^ 

y^Sj^raced, y ..bruised, ..!\?_ Brewster 
.cL.„ /r^^, ^-..^treed, treat : X^ Tneste^X:=;r truck, A-y trudge,, 

J-^v tiy, l-^.^tries, V.... trust, . \r-^ trusting, 'jC7....ir2isteCt 

(^ ^.intrude, .h Autruder. 

1 At rides, .]. ...At reus, .1 .. attract, .."] ...Mttractet^ 

\ . attractive. 
..!X...^st7'aigkt, y^...straightly %-r^ V-t^.^traightway^ 

.^^.....straighter (ungrammatical, but often used, and nec-^ 

essary to be provided for, as aint and ivont are). 
.A— ...strict, ...iLjlstrictty,..!L^^.. st^'zctuess^JL^. sfraw^.A^ strew* 



72 

\^^,,.LConszdery ...'^ conside^^ed, .\ considerate (the ''con' 

being omitted in all these. See con, com. dot, hereafter 

explained.) 
.J..^..,'which are, jtZT-which are like, /r.r.^.r^.which are kept, 

U. which are good. 

^..^^chart, ^.k^...charter, J<...^..chartered, ^^.cha'rterer^ 

.../........church. 

^.\i.,...danger, .. h dajzgers, ...k dangerous, {...h... dangerous, 

for greater certainty.) 
...J^^...., sometimes...^^/.., or...!.. in phrases, ..t>^... draw, ....L.... drew, 

...l^...dray, ..X...... , V-^...dry, }hK....dried, \.....drMid, 

^.X...... \^.. dread, .....\drat. 

^Jrr:>..germ, ,.jl:::^irrs....yeremiah, Ir^ yeremiad. 

^.L^.jerk, L.^^^....yericho, .....JL^. jurisconsztlt , 

,s;TT:rr...care, ..;^.... cared, .<=;rrr^.. cares, <rr:z/..careless, <::~f....carelessness, 

<=z-i^.tFr7^....cry, '-::rrr....,r=r::^..cried,<Tr^^..crier, ?-^*^.,<-rrr::vn^^ 

'^7zj^....crew, ^rrr:^... crude. 

sf'Tr:\crab, ^^\..crib, ^-7^...crabtree,-=^\Q.Cripps, ^-rrr. crop^ 

croup, ^7rrr:^...^~'^:-:i=' crust, '=~^^r7<z:y..crum, .. v....?. .^ y^^rup- 



per, ..^^,,^. accrue, .^^^^^^_^.. accrued, .... accurate^ ^jL...accw- 



rately, ...... ^y^accuracy,<^r:T:<c^. crowd, \7:rr. broker. 



73 



-secure. 



^rrrrTT^...secured, <r-^^^,securityy ■-- {s^^^^x^security,) 
o=n=s^ scrape, .,.u\sc7dp, <^ ..scrap, .c^rrp..screw, ^r^:::^. screwed. 

,ZlIj.reaper^/~\.reader, /^^Z^retreat , ^....^..recruit, ^i^TIX, record, 
'. \^recorder,^-r^Z^...recoi^ded,^^....,regret,yC^^2i^re-grade. 



<:r:^..,grow^.^z:X^ . grey, ^=-:r:i^^. grade, ^;::r::^:^,,<;rr^. graded, f=r:r:\..,Grote, 

<^,. .. grew, ^rr^.. grot, ^:^ ....groito,'^srr^....group,^rrT-^_grouped, 

^-.^^-^ ^^:^^J^.(^gg^egate, ^..^ggneved. 

„i:rr,.,. greed, .ct(...., greatly, r-:^:.,^^.. greatness, cr^^ZT:^ .,., great ways, 

c-^^:::^..^^.Great West, ^^.„„^-r\^^. gratitude, ^cir-^. haggard. 



^,,...,eremite. 



V 



'vr.,t 



Eckert, Z^acre, \..\^ecrue, ...., ......^^ock?^, ^ogre, 

7Z.>'.^jJehor; .^ ^ ...^ZZZlJ agree,.-^....., ^^^J great ly,,........,,..^^, 

iT^^^/ care,..^.^ -./ crept; ^,...... ..seeker, .... ..\.. cider,.... ...sober, 

igger, Vrr-J^^.dagger, icr!r-. ,.W^^/fj^2/;r, \^...,.... dicker. 



.stagger 



i^ 



stoker, .L7r::T...,^......... sticker. 



.^.. .Supper, .^.j:^^^uppermost, ^.«,_> supper, ,.i-j:r-^^„T upper, 
...X^ stuper, Tl ..Mtter, ~~Z}L^2itterly^ TlXa:i;^,.uttermost , 
^..^^Rucker, yC\^^^wrecker, ^^irz^.^^ZIracker, -^h^xz::^. rocker 
'^rt'. ...Crocker, --::dLr-^cracker^ . .i...U-^ Taggart, IrdET^z, Tucker, 
^^>Kr^^braggart,C7... ...sluggard , ^ZZ, .......hugger-mugger. 



74 



_-V..^;2 (the) part of, .^^.,on (the) part of the, ...^..<?;2 (the) 
part of this, .S>.....jS^.... operate, .y^.. ..operator, ^^.....opera- 
tive, ...Ssj opera, \^^r7r^....operahouse, ..^S0<t^.oppressive, 

^.....oppressor. 

_^ Hubert{(::^\^ ), euchre, euchred, eucharist, 

:^neuur, ^neutral, . i tutor. ^ Reute^^.. 

gliclzed pronunciation), .<=— ^.. \ ...Cruger^ 

S\.. Older, Vrs?... outermost, .^ outward, outwardly^ 

... ^.^^^^.outer buoy, Y.. outer ring, ..xf/..... outer range^ 

.-r^^^.kow dear, ..„ Y^ow dry^ S^.how dreary , 

.^'ZT'-.-how great, ^Z^Z^...how crude, , how 

.Bowker, \zr^.. prowl, \ny...Prouty, how 



cross. 



loud, .how low. 

eager, eagerly, seeker, Seager, \. cedar, 

...J.. .each other, ...L....each other s, Brie, \9.....Eros, 



.Ebro, 

rrrz^, awkward, .......... ..augur,-:r:'^Trr^Zx:aulker, \. {2i\^'ix)water, 

X^watered, br:„...,k-€ZV<2/i^r. 

\....odor, ..v.... ..odorless, ^^.js^oper, ^^..^^.trope, '^::rf. Chrome, 

"TT^ 7notor, fr:>r:::^.y..Stea7n-7notor. 



75 
42. ON STRAIGHT VOWEL STROKES. 

On the Straight Vowel Strokes when used initially, this 
Hook is used as on Straight Consonant Strokes ; e. g. 



h, frt, frd, -. .- .frs, frs-s, frst, ...z^.:..hsir, 

sir, s^rt, s^rs, ,_...„.. s^rs-s, ...._ szrst, 



'p 



sfrstr. 

zr, zrt, zrd, „.. frs, Jrs-s, Jrst, ..? Jrstr, 

s?r, s?rt, siYQ, sirs, _^ s/rs-s, .„. s?rst, 



szrstr. 

...1 . er, ^rt, <?rd, ^rs, ^rs-s, ^rst, .. ..V_.^rstr, 

^ . ^ ., . , ^^ . V „ \ „ ^ 

„....s^r, S6Tt, s<:Ta, s^rs, ..._ s^rs-s, s^rst, 

....^ sfrstr, 

ur, ^rt, urd, 2^rs, i/rs-s, ^rst, z?rstr, 

s^r, ........s^rt, s2/rd, siirs, S2^rs-s, s^rst, 

....^....^..sursir. . ^ . r, 

1 1 1 1^ 1 1 
„.; ar, drt,drd, ^rs, ...^....drs-s, .. .<2rst, ...^ ^rstr, 

1 1 \ % \ 

' s^r, s^rt, s^rd, ..... S(^rs, ..„ s^rs-s, ... s^rst, 

^ .sfrstr. 



7 7 / / / 

dor, ...dord, oort, _„ dors, .r* <?^rs-s, .. ^^rst, 

/L , / _. / __ , .., / ._ 

oorsir-, soor, ..s^^^rd, ^s^^rt, ..soors^ 

soors-s, ,.^. s^^rst, .„^ s<9^rstr. 



76 



_ ar, .....„-^rd, art, ars, ^rs-s, ....^rst, ^rstr, 



^ sdr, sard, s^rt, ...s^rs, .....^...s5rs-s, ..„_....s^rst, 



s^rstr. 

J..,...dr, ....„ ovci, oYt, ors, ors-s, ^rst, d?rstr, 

„V™S^r, .-.„ _„s^rcl, St^rt, .... .....s^rs, ..s^rs-s, s^rst, 

T 



.scTStr. 



c^-^ 



,.Jy, ^rd(t), _„,.^rs, . ^rs-s, ^rst, ^rstr, 

„ s^r, ..__s^rd(t), s^rs, s^rs-s, s^rst, 

.._s^'rstr. 



No instance occurs to the author— unless it be (^rtst,) 

htirtst,—\n which either a large final circle or a final loop can 
be used to advantage on either of the straight vowel strokes 
half-lengtliened. Probably in every instance, with the possi- 
ble exception of sign for 2/rtst— as above noted, it w^ould be 
better to write the vowel stroke having any initial attachment 
full length ; then, t- or d-stroke ; then, attach the double cir- 
cle or loop to such /- or d- stroke— to secure freedom of writmg, 

and distinctness. Erst would be written -. (2/rst), as the 

easiest form approximately representing the pronunciation ; 
but hcardst would be written, not. ...... .., but.'^'^"!.... The writer 

should not attempt characters so minute that they cannot 
easily be written accurately or distinguished readily. Un- 
mistakableness of outline, freedom of movement, absence of 
hesitation,— these must all be kept in view. 



77 



43* St-Loop Exceptionally Used. 

5/- Loop placed on the R-Hook side of the straight 
Vowel Strokes, performs a peculiar office :_it is used to indi- 
cate St-sound preceding that of the stroke when the stroke is 
followed by /'-sound ; thus :— 

\ \ 1 \ ^ ,^ 
. \st^r, ...st^r, st^r, st^r, .„ st^r, st^r, 

.„....stJr, f....stddr, stfr, stdir. 

Of these, „.. st^r, can be written half-length, use- 
fully and without difficulty ; ...' st^rd, stored. 



44* Resulting Word- and Phrase-Signs. 

As to the R-Hook on the -z/^ze/^/ strokes, this section 
illustrates only the initial use of it. ^ 

,., eKemiiCy error, ergo, hrato. 

\..serrate, ....)., ..serrated," Sterrttt; { , sterile^ 

V .,. ^ 

sterthty. 

.../C,....area, aerated, .( Sarah, 

^ '^ ■ , y ■ ^ ■ \ ^ .■ 

atr, aired, .,/itry, airs, .. \>.., ^,.. , heiress, 

^ h ■ 

heiresses. 

Z/.-air-guage, /C^...,... Argo, y^^^...arose. 



1 1 1 C 

Sair, \...:Sayre, \... stair, staircase, ...1.. starest. 



1 , 1 , Y~ 

ore, oar, o er, oared, oar-lock, derlook. 



78 

^, .......sore, soar,.. ........ jore/yi.-....^.....sores^, \...$torey^Zy.. storehouse;, 

X^....storekouses, ....\...s forest, .y... source, z..... sources. 

^..,.,..:irey :..r.Irisk, !^.. ,'^.. , iris, .... .......ired, ........ .sire, 

.,.. sired^ ...: , , Cyrus-. 

^.....,..who are, z^..^...who are you, ^^^.....wko are we, ..,:_.,,. ...who 
are my, ..{........who are with^ t:~:s..."who are kept, rZ~}...avho 

are liked^ooV^^, L, ..who are to «9^,"77^. ,\ZT^..who are 

caught, ^b:f..who are caused, ^^%^..^....rw ho are accused, 

(._... who are to go. 

\Z^Aurt^ ..^,:...Aurtled,Z^....^lZk....heard,'ZZ\.herd, ..hermit, 

^...,..:siir^ 'ZZ\...stirred, ^"~\^.stirred up, °„.... ...sir, Z7Z^.,.cir- 

cuit, tll..« 'TT!^.^surd, ^;..^.^...ZZ\Ccertainly,^L,.,^ ,. certi- 

fied check, \\^sufvey, ^ZX^.^sMr7/eyed, ''^~Il^,..surface, 
^ S-^a. service, 'Z7}<:).. services, ....,.,..,{surt-ddt}surtout, "^.....cer- 
tain deed, ''^^....certain date, '^\r::^, certain time, ^.....^ ...sur- 
mise, '^^^^^:::^Z2.surname. ^ ........stir, ^^""^..stir up, stirrTip, 

^„..y....stir abotct ,'''''^^.....stirring, ^.JT^.. stirrest, ............Rrie, 

^.....^...Eros, ^J^.'. serious, ..........^..series, ^.,„...„7Z^... serially, 

^......stereotype. 

...... seer, sere, }.....,„...^^..seared, ............steer, '^.........steering, 

...^......steered, \.. steer forth, fl stee?'est. 



79 



45» R-HooK ON Straight Vowel Strokes Used 

M EDIALLY. 

Reservipg provision for use of L-Hook (described here- 
after), and meeting, besides, the condition of distinguishing 
fnedial vowel strokes by the initial circle, the device is 
adapted for R-Hook. of writing the initial circle inside a 
small hook. This hook inclosing the circle may be written 
\x\ on either side o{ the straight stroke. In other words, we 
need not concern ourselves with left side or rw\\\. side, as to 
them ; but may consult our convenience as to which side we 
shall write them on ; merely taking care that the inclosing 
hook is small. This possibility of writing the hook 07i either 
side, greatly facilitates, in many situations; for example,— 

fa] \e^^JSix\ fear, \e^^- fears, fierce, \ejf..fearest. 
(b) ^....„.Jeey, Lear. ^^,Jeei%-d^ L.. leers, cT...„..queerest . 

(a) >a__^b^rt(d). bird, )^2^....Biirt, \^^. burst, \,=r.,Burke. 

(b) C!/....Jurch, ^^ZZ...Jui^k, -:7:;^rr,^Tz?^.TT. cur, ..>^ ,-77: ^ Kirk. 

The following are a few additional Illustrations of medial 
use of this hook on vowel strokes :— 

^-z^.merry, S^.... ferry, ^^^y..\v.....Perryy-,,z,9sy. Kerry. 
<z^Mary,<z^Wwary, ..k/..i/^;j, „\i/..Jory, „k/,-,,..kx story, 

•rrxs^Morey, .. L Tyre, tire, .L tired. 

rr^ wify. s:r^jwii^ed, ^cnp.jnire, <2... ./j/;r, \|..,.../^m 
care, rr:r^...,..y^.....Mjare, ivear, I L,. tear. 



80 

h.kdare, h k dared, \.:... da rest, h.^^-dursl, A^ .^ ..../zrsL 

./^.Jair, \v bear, ba7'e,-77-^...curt, -r-&-..girt, r-.j=^7TT girtk^ 

\_^birtk, .L. di7ge. 

46. R-HOOK ON CURVED CONSONANT 
STROKES. 

In writing the initial hooks on the curved Consonant 
strokes, the distinction between left side and right side is dis- 
regarded ; the hooks always being on the concave side. 
With the exceptions noted below, every curved consonant 
stroke takes a small initial hook as an R-Hook. These 
exceptions are :- 

(a) On both upward and downward L, as already ex- 
plained, a small initial hook is used to represent preceding 
W-sound ;— 

(b) The strokes F, V, and dTH, not only take the 
small hook to represent following R-sound (the regular hook 

treatment), but their reverse forms, i ,. i ,....)...., are also 

read respectively as fr [^ , ), [vr ^...) and dthr (...'^....); so 

that we have ...V^ , '^... /"r. ...V...,.^... T/r, ...v...., ):....dthr. 

The same course is not followed with the reverse form of thr, 
but, on the ground of greater advantage from greater fre- 
cjuency of use, that form is used for sr ; so that we have 

.V thr, ] sr. The author for three or four years followed 

the rule of strictly .uniform treatment as to placing hooks on 
...V\.,....V 1 and C .) ; but relinquished it, becoming con- 



81 



vinced that a different treatment was preferable. From the 
foregoing, we have the following :— 

,.L"^ fr. L."^... vr, C thr, J . .sr, ..(...')... dthr, ^...(l.u.) 

(. yr, <rr>. mr, <r^ .wr, X shr. frrr^(h.u.)shr. sl_^ nr», 

Q — " ngr, ^ zy^^;^zhr),<~">s. hwr. 

All of them can be used half-length, excepting the Awr* 
form. The following are practical illustrations;— 



aft 

after 

afterwards 

advert 

affirm 

affirm atory 

along 

Albert 

Alfred 

average 

averaged 

Asher 

assure 



47. 

k: 

i 

J- 



RESULTING SIGNS. 



.^. 



assured 

anger 

angered 

Aphrodite 

Alvord 

brother 

before 

before it 

defray 

differ 

differed 

effort 

either 






either way 



ever 



levery 



^3 



everywhere V^ 

every other 



%\ ! frame 
\ framed 
\ \ Jgo there 
^l_^ Jget th 

e ■ 

4 



V»«^ 



^; 



^ c 



ere 
got there 
m moral 
immorality 
immortal 



-0- 



82 




it was shrunk J? ■■ 

I surely 

lawyer 

leather \-^ 

leather goods ^ . L> 

lever /^ (^^\ ) 



leverage ry [over there ^ 



shortage 

shortness 

usher 

ushered 

ushering 

yet you are 






83 

very 

very short 
weather 
weathered 
(welter 
(well trod 



^..\*4Iwatered 
whether 
year 
yearly 
years 



^ ) 



':^. 



c^, 



yet you are to hccA- ■ (water 

48* With Preceding S-Cipxle. 
On any of these Curved Consonant Strokes, hooks as 
preceding S-Circle can be written; e. g., .N.^...sfr, ...S^ ..svr, 

L.sthr, \ .sdthr, ..<^^ snr, ..^.^.sngr, <s^...syr, ...^...s,-s,\\r, 

..'^r'^^. s-shr, .,y.....szyddr ; but on some of them it is awkward 

and inconvenient to do so ; on e. g:, ^ ( .^ ....), !^ ( .^....), 

...!).,(.■ 5 ). )...(....l...),c=r:x..(.^:- ), and .<->..{. ^->... ) ; ^nd partly 
because there is this difficulty, an equivalent for the R-Hook 
on curved strokes has been devised, which will be set forth 
and exemplified later (see Section 51). Such as are practi- 
cable are used principally with word signs: as, ....\ , ts there, 

...\C.. southerly, J^...as far as, .X^.as far as it, {^...his 
yearly, .^^-^ singer, .^^.^...Sanger, ^L^^...as near as, ^^.. ...as 
nearly. With J?....zy^J/; we get equivalent of i" in a different 

way ; thus, in third position, withottt the circle, we get...^ ; 

which is available not only for azure, but for as your, and 
sometimes, in advanced' reporting, for as you are. 



84 

H alf -Lengthening :~-'Y\'.Q%^ above specified as being sus- 
ceptible of conveniently receiving the initial circle with the 
hook, can be written half-length, with such initial circle and 
such hook prefixed : the /- or ^-sound indicated by the halv- 
ing being pronounced as the last in the combination ; e.g., 

...i svrd[\.\ .^...sngrd[\\ ? sthrt[A\ R sdtkrd[t\ 

^..e/...syrt{d), .. f....sMrt(d), .^......s,shrd{fy. 

49. R-HOOK ON CURVED VOWEL STROKES. 

These are somewhat differently treated, owing to whether 
the stroke to which the hook is prefixed is situated at the 
beginning of a word or phrase, or elsew^here in it. They may 
be considered, 

I. When Employed Initially. 

This use of it is in strict analog}' with its employment 
on the curved consonant strokes ; tbus :— 

\..awr,' owr,- .. ^.„. ,.. /. dx\ . .>. , 

) ewr, ...^...S......^^..^. dx, "^..m- S....,J. ..ddx, 



.01 r. 

With several of them, initial S-circle can be conveniently 
employed (illustrations of which will shortly appear): also, 
all the final attachments, and halving. 

The practical importance of this hook used initially on 
these strokes is briefly illustrated by the following:— 



85 

Illustrative List. 
sire , Irish , Iredell .*!..., ironic. 



e c7^, orgies c^.^ Orkney , Sordid... 



T--1 



sorghum , our , ours , ourselves , hourly. 



our most , our Mister , our master !9. ... 

our muster , our mystery , ewer , 

sewer ..., ; sewered , : sewers , ; sorry.. 

sorrow , ; are ;....' , , arc. 

arch ; arm , ; arm your ./ , ,• are your 



are yours. .^..^_j art , arts , hard . .., hardly 

heartily , sarcasm. ./^~^. .,, sarcastic , ore, oar 



oe'r it, oared , sore , sword , sorest ,( \ ) 

sorely ,( ^.....)\ sources ,( ....). 



2. When -Einployed Medially. 

On curved Vcnuel strokes used medially, the R-hook, 
except that it encloses a circle, is as it is on the curved Con- 
sonant sirokes ; that is, R-hook on medial curved Vowel 
strokes is a Sinall hook, with an enclosed circle. 

It will be found to be a very simple operation to write 
these :— the striking in of tbe hook and circle renders a diffi- 
cult junction easy and practical. A little practice will dem- 
onstrate to thejearner that it seldom retards writing, beyond 



86 

what the simplest angle with no intervening circle or hook, 
would retard it. The device is employed with great fre- 
quency in practice. 

50* Examples, some with Circles and Loops. 

JS2</ffr, fire, .W'....fzrd, fired,^Tr^....mx, nigher, \^...{dr, far, 

L^..y<^fer, ^y^r.^^^.....f^"rmr, /"^rw^r, V-rrxf<^>'rdIs, fardels, 

/^\^l^"rk, lark, /Z..^Jard, lard,/^.J..\arj, large, ^.y....\archy 

larch, ky.....yard, yard, L,^<^.....ydxd, Yarrow, %„J7I^... 

ActxV, dark, h^. ..d^'rkst, darkest, ^^^....m^rk, mark^ 

.-TT^^y^.m^Vk't, marked, \_^..p^'r, par, \>.....p27rt, part, 

y:TS^^^dxvc\, alarm, xT\^larmist, alannst,\/!^.dh\'dxd^ 

Abelard, 4^..j..hax, Haar, ^....']dx, jar, ...4^... jarred, 

^.(i^.jars, ..<L^^.char, <//..., charred, chart, <L^.... .charmer, 

f^-rr^cigar, C, '.„Jeur, lure, /l..L..levvrd, lured, leeward^ 

../^..alluring, \r~^ demure, j:^.^ {2.yNx, for,^r^.,^r::former, 
.S^^^ forest, ^7:^ ...mawrt, mart, ^T7^...wart, ^^r^^... Morse, 

-r-^>s^gorse, .4^ tawrt, tort, 4.^,-«.......tawrt2/s, tortuous, 

)^^..tortoise, /Lr......lowr, lower^ cl..^.... lowered, /f...^...\ix, lyre, 

liar, /^........lyrist, ^^^...^ ox, yore, x/^... chore, \^,^..frore, 

^iL^Xox, lore, lower, .^r^... Moir, .\ toir, toyer, ^%\ Boyer, 

Y^.alloyer, -r:7T^...k^^r, coeur, ..^^.^^..amour, i \\detour. 



87 



51. EQUIVALENT OF R-HOOK ON STROKES. 

After some of the forms, certain of the vowel strokes 
with the circle-inclosed initial hook, cannot readily be writ- 
ten ; for example, after .-^7-^ it is difficult to place the hooked 
^-sign, ,rf7r^7~m?/r ; the angle is impracticable, for very rapid 
work ; hence, some other device is needed. By establishing 
it as a principle that the lengtlieni7tg of any simple medial 
vowel stroke, straight or curved, adds R-sound, we meet this 
difficulty; having done that, we easily write m?/r, thus:<r^>— rr-. 
This is an extension of the principle that was illustrated in 
Section 32, ante, in connection with the exceptional S-Forms :— 
while those forms all represent consonant sounds, this prin- 
ciple is applied to voivcl strokes, straight and curved. 

52» Applied to Consonant Strokes. 

This principle of lengthening to add 'r-sound is applied 
to curved Consonant strokes in the manner in which it is 
applied to the exceptional S- Forms ; but not to the straig/it 
Consonant strokes. The device as thus limited is simple, 
as the following examples show :— 

V^lr, .V^lr, ..l/Ttlr, ...l^dlr, ..Z^lr, ./^iTjlr, 

.-.-Vklr, .^..glr, /d^.rfr, Zt rvr, ./T,.. Ithr, .//....rdthr, 

-Tr-:\^^^ nfr, ^:-rri^...nvr, --:>^:7~>.. mmr, -r;::;^... myr, .^r^hyr, 

..l-^..,zyr, - — ^. ngfr. .>^ jyr, /... Irch, L ^ Irj, /^. ...irv, 

(.. Irf, -^Vv.yrv, ^.. shrv, r^. .shry, .:-^^shryr 

....J/.zydoxyx, -r::^ ..yxzyodx, r^;^^.., mryr. 



{a). IFii/i Initial AiUchvients ."—... 4 sir, ...I.. stir, 

sslr,. .s^ ^ssnr^_^^_^..ssngT, ..<^.S)t, ..^..5t}T,.. (^ss^t, 

... stlir, r....stthr, ... K ..sstKr, ..J.....ssr, ....J...szr, ,..J,_5s-sr, 

. st-sr .rrr-N..smr, .=r-:~>v3lTnr,---,-.--.shir, I'T^ etc. 

[b). With Final AttacJimenis .■— .. /....Jrs, ..<'^^ Irst, 

.Irstr, Z Irss, -?.— A. nrs, ^,_0_.nrss, -^_^rLrst,^<:^r-o..mrs, 

,<:7r^.mrst,/-r7:D. iTirss, \^...frs, .\^^^^_,frst, L^^..,frss, V. . ats, 

.,V \Tss, ...I .....\Tst, _.[. thrs^ dthrs, ....^... thrst, ..i dthrst, 

J ...thrss, ...._/. .dthrss, ^-..^^^.-ngrs, - — ^.ngrst, -- — Ic>...ngrss, 

_.A srs, ._.„\..srst, .....A_..srss, ....j zrst, y_zrs, .....\ zrss ; etc. 

[c). Wit J I Initial and Final AttacJmunts r trTTb^mrs, 

.*?r;7~r^. stmrs, ..^^^ ^. snrs, .-=-— --^ stnrs, ...(. sthrs. .L. .. .sfrst, 

...y ...svrst, ,...-?=^....styTS, ...^'^""^^^tmprs, stmbrs, ...'IX,. smbrsrt, 

smprst, .■==» p stngrs, ^ ^..^sngrst, «^ — Q...5ngrss,...-,.':/r ..stirs, 

..,.^ ... slrst, ./^^.....skwrst, .^-TT^i.^rrrrs^^rr:^.-^ smrst. 

[d). With Fxcepti-onal SForms :— ^':z~:jC.. smrst, 

../Cr:/. .smrsr, ^}r3Q....smrsl, /T^nS smrslr, .i-<<^ syrst, ^</\^yx^t^ 

....\^,sfrsr, ..v^.-s£rsl, ...L.... sfrst, i slrst,. ../C styrsr. 

W-form IS not lengthened in this Ava}' ; as double-length 
W-form would be HW'-form. But to all the other curved 
consonant strokes, the principle is applied. 




53» Applied 
,\"'~^.powr, power, 
.towr, tower, 
owr, hour, our, 
showr, shozuer, 
.m^"r, viar, 
...\i=>,..{dx, far I 
:^,.A^nar, Narr, 
cA^ jar, jar, 
.... \=....p^r, par, 

/--TfTi^wJr, wnr, 
.,.) dsplr, aspire, 

.TT-^. kewr, C7ire, 

7..6?shewr, assure, 

L..\..).. lewr, /?^;r, 
..y.. .. ...Xn, tier, 

Sr^......{h, fear, 

..."^V^.^boir, Boyer, 
....^f^. ..to'iv, toyer. 



TO Vowel Strokes. 
--,r''7:>..gowr, Gower. 
— £rrT~> kowr, cower. 
rrZ7^...do\wY, dower, 
—y^..... Vdx, car. 
max, mar. 
[ax, far. 
.x\dx, Narr. 
<z\\dx, char. 
..V>^..,pryr, par. 
XJx, tire. 
.spJr, spire, 
^... . XIX, (rire.) 
: — ^"^NkrJr, crier. 

^ I rnewr, re newer. 
... .^/^^lewr, alhtre. 

xxiix, jnere. 

\ix, leer, Lear. 

vix, veer. 

.tolr, toyer. 



90 




--.^x^anoir, aim oyer, 
--^ r^r, 7'oar, 

— f gov, gore, 

goi-r, gory, 
[ox, fore, 
C__^. yd\\yore, 
■'■ ■ -k?7\', cur, 
\\M\\ Hur, 
h/?rst, Hurst, 
,sl?^r, slur, 
sp^/r. spur, 
"k//rk, kirk\ 
^k^rst, accurst, 
\xd\\ frore, 
w'lx, weir, 
)c dr/rst, drearest, 
..>:f^-..v/'rst, veerest, 

iavsi, fairest, 

^ wawr, war, 
. f Jrst, forest, 
_j^... {:x\\xs\., forest. 





.„ alloir, a //oyer. 
"^xox, roar. 

'.gox, gore, 

:gxox, grower, 

a (ox, afore. 

.yox, yore. 

\MX, fur. 

b/?i", hurr. 

b^rst, hurst. 

sl^/rst, s/urrcst. 

m'rbk, Roor/ujck. 

havvrs, /lorse. 

-r ^ . k^rst, curse. 

.^^^^^T^pr<5r, proar. 
^--tf*:^..nfrst, nearest. 
'^*^.I!^kwJrst, quirest. 
— :z^r^...-kw/rst, queerest. 
. -.^ly... first, fa rest. 
r\ . ..._ law r, /azuyer. 
r7-\^..Mddxyx, courier. 
^.^....fawrstr, Forster. 




91 

In the case of several of the above examples, use of the 
small-hook v^ith inclosed circle would be preferable to length- 
ening as (taking only the last two examples), Ss..^ . forest, 

It is for the writer to select, In each Instance that may 
arise, the best mode of representing the r-sound. In one sit- 
uation, the lengthened stroke will be the more advantageous ; 
perhaps m immediate proximity to it. there will be a situation 
in which the small hook with enclosed circle will be pre- 
ferable. 

Again, in some situations it will be easy to determine 
which form is the preferable one : as. v,.,.. ^ . or \-^, first, 
.\.^_o or \, ^ , burst,— ^^-rrr-r^. or -r-s— =..., curst, I — rr-^^.. or 
_L-^ .. , durst Generally, what Is the easier for one writer 
will be easier for another; but in those instances in which 
the advantages. of two different forms are nearly evenly bal- 
anced, it might reasonably happen,— from some peculiarity 
of hand or of mental organism— that two writers of equal pro- 
ficiency would select different modes oi representing the 
r-sound. In favor of the hooked form with inclosed circle, 
there is this manifest advantage ; that the hooked stroke can 
be written half-length, while the double-length form cannot 

be: as, I ,J -^dirt\ y^\-. BurtS^ — ^,\^i^. furred, 

S^,^*''->,-^^-x^ordyce. The learner will be gratified to dis- 
cover, after he has studied and practised for a considerable 
time, how readily, without any perceptible hesitation,— the 
mind and the hand working in unison^ he will, on the instant, 
select that one of two or more modes of representing the same 
sound or combination of sounds which can be employed most 
easily and quickly. It is hardly needful to suggest, that this 



92 

frictionless and instantaneous selection of the fittest forms, 
comes after much study and practice. Proficiency m the use 
of the shorthand taught in these pages should be understood 
to primarily depend on the ability to apply principles and 
devices that are of general application, rather than upon the 
memorizing of many independent special signs for particular 
words and phrases. 

54. THE S-HOOK. 

The S-Hook is a large hook, the position of which is the 
same as that of the R-hook. it is used on straight strokes 
only« On the straight consonant strokes, it is applied both 
initially and medially ; on the straight Vowel strokes, initially 
only: as. on those (the vowel strokes,) large hook with 
inclosed circle is used medially (as will hereafter be described) 
as L-Hook. 

To the strokes to which it is prefixed, final circles, double 
circles and loops can be attached ; and the strokes can be 
halfdengthened. We have :— 

,.._\... ps, ...Js, _[._ ts, ^s. 

^ h "^ - 7 . ^ - 

...A^bs, ,._ as, .. /_xhs, ..____ /s. 

us, ^' RS, ^^^s, 

dos 



- ks, ^,„., s., _ 

X^.._ rs,... zs, ../.... js, ^. ch 



— .c^- js, ois. 

On Half Lenotks :~...<zr...Vst, zEst, 

..J... dst, ^st, 'A pst, i'st, C~ ^st, 



tst, , ^/st. 



I 



93 



.C\.. apposite, 
.^..absurd, 
V -- absurdity, 
fV<L..absolute, 



55» Examples of Use of S-Hook. 
1. On Consonant Strokes. 

t-v^ December, _ VelTarch, 

%^ " 

l/^disposer, 
Vv^disposal, 



A^ atmosphere, L dispossess, 
'axle, t. dispute, 

,.|-N... decide, 
.5— xdesire, 

I-— ^desirest, 
l^T^dislike, 

Y dislocate, 

\l... desolate, 

..r. '.dissolute^ 
.. I disappear, 




..\->..beside, 
..V^. besides, 
.OSj..^ bestow, 
.'X/^bestrew, 
JL ... disarm, 

\ disallow, 
_L -disabuse, 
. i^ disaster, 
clisembark, 




. k desperate, .^^-^^ restore. 
..\r.. obsolete. 
■ K.. Odyssey. 
/.Ux bridge. 



disport, 
'}-/distich, 
^___j.lisorder, 
^ exaggerate 



uxorious. 



94 

On Vowel Strokes. 
stwardly, 




:^^ 




hostess. 



^""^siris. 



eastmost, 
eastward, 



issuer. 



Osterhout. 
u sward. 



Note\ —A considerable number of signs in which i'-hook 
is of value, bring into use v- and ;f2-hQok, neither of which has 
been explained. Hence, those signs are omitted for the pres- 
ent. The advantage of this hook over the circle is, that it 
leaves the end of the stroke opposite that to which it is at- 
tached, free for the attaching to it of any other stroke that 
may be required, thereby frequently enabling the writer to 
avoid disjoining two strokes. 



66. THE L-HOOK. 

On Straight Consonant Strokes. 

The L-HooK, as applied to straight Consonant Strokes, 
is, except on upward R-stroke, a small initial hook, on the left 
side of the stroke. Its position is exactly opposite that of the 
R-hook. It is of the same size as the R-hook. Like the 



95 

R-hook, It Is read Immediately after the sound of the stroke to 
which it Is prefixed. On upward R-stroke its position is that 
described, but the stroke is made heavy (normally it would 
be J-stroke), to distinguish it from R-stroke with brief-\V pre- 
fixed. Its position on the strokes is that of the S-circle ; and 
it is necessary, in prefixing an S-circle, to strike the curie dis- 
tinctly inside of the hook, while in writing the circle preced- 
ing an R-hook, the hook, as previously illustrated, is merely 
closed, to make a circle on the R-hook side. We have :— 

."S^.p], l.spl, Lbl l.sbl, .Ltl. ...tstl, |...dl, l.sdl, /"chl, 

./^Chl,/jl,/^sjl, .c_..kl, '^^r^.skl, C__.gl, ..^-^.Sgl. 

dldl/'lengthening .-—Any one of the above strokes with 
such initial attachment, can be halved ; but with the large- 
hooked Rxceptionals, noted below, it is usually more conve- 
nient to leave the strokes full length, and add stroke-/ or 
stroke-^, than to attempt to imply T- or D-sound by halving. 
The principle of half-lengthening has been fully illustrated, 
and it is not thought necessary to give numerous examples 
at this place. As to the above straight Consonant strokes, 
the treatment is in analogy with the following:— 

.5=^...klt, kid, ..^, git, gld, A....splt, spld. 

.fc-...sklt, skid, err,..sgld, sglt, .^....sbld, sblt. 

Exceptional :— c<^.\Yv,of;fLv\, ^^wr-r, 6^rlr , and (see 
Section 68, page i i6), .drrlswr, Of^srX, C^llswrd, O^svld^ 
We have, e. g.,c^..... or cy^^.railroad,c^,..railway, c/S^elative, 
^..will you swear, .S<,^ visceral . 



96 

Adding of Circles and Loops. 

These are added to strokes preceded by L-Hook simply, 
or L-Hook with enclosed S-Circle, in the mode already ex- 
plained in connection with the R-Hook -, thus;— 

(I.) c pkls, c.X)....kls-s, ^----kist, <:-=:>. klstr, — *. gls. 

c„X) gls-s, <:.^-=.glst, <;,r.<=^ glstr 

(2.) ^— ^ skis, ^-^..skls-s, ^^^ sklst, '^--^^ sklstr , ^__o... sgls, 

^-^ sgls-s, ^— ^.. sgist, e..^==^ sglstr ; and so on, with the 
other straight Consonant strokes. 

It is perfectly practicable to add an s-circle to a half- 
length stroke when that stroke is preceded by either simple 
/-hook, or by /-hook with inclosed ^-circle. The St-loop can 
also be added, but it is not safe to attempt to add Sir- 
loop or the double circle to any half-length stroke having 
an initial hook. 

57* On Straight Vowel Strokes. 

htitially :~\^-WooV on i-^r^^?^/// vowel strokes is small; 
and it is applied to them (initially) as it is apph'ed to straight 
consonant strokes ; e, g., 

.-...^.^l, ^...^1. ' d\, .i..d\- /^ fi, "^ dc\ ui 

e] ; (exceptional; large hook) fl ; oil 



But on these straight vowel strokes, when used medially, 
the hook is written large, and placed on either side ; thus :— 



97 

,X,.... f^l, /T^Vm^l, ..X. ..vJI, -— €v w^l, Y yd], -—A md\, 
fA....yd], <-~:f\wd]; y^ .., ^ ^\\i\, /^^Q\\dd\,//A\dd\, 

.W.foil. 

With S-Circle prefixed :—W<tx^ the circle must show 
distinctly inside the hook, to distinguish it from ^--circle 
simply ; thus :— 



.S/1, .....^... Si^l, ... s^l, s^I, sJl, 



^00\ 



s^l, s^l, sfl, soil. When accurately writ- 
ten, these are perfectly distinguishable : but there is some- 
times difficulty, in rapid writing, in striking this circle inside 
the small hook ; hence, another mode of representing the 
same combination of sounds has been devised ; and it is 
applied initially to all the Vowel strokes,— straight and 
curved ; constituting an exceptional use of the initial large 
circle; thus:— 

58. EQUIVALENT OF L-HOOK. 

9 ^ P 

(i.) On Straight Voivel Strokes :—...^.sc\, ..^.s^l, . '..s^l, 

,....., ...s^l, ... .....S2I, s^^l, S2^1, s^l, sfl, soil. 

(2.) On. Curved Vowel Strokes:— sowl, sJl, 

„ sawl^ s<?l, !....sawl, .....s^l, sd, s^l, 

:..s^'i, ....r^..soil, ...^.. s^^l, .. ..-r:'^^. s^^l, ....\ s^1; .....^s^l; .>. 

^...sewl. 



The large initial circle, applicable to all Vowel strokes, 
w'ill be found to be a much more profitable use of this large- 
circle, than would its employment in analogy with its use on 
the Consonant strokes— that is, for double-S : and it will be 
much used by the skilled practitioner. If the stroke itself 
is to be half-lenfjthened, the small hook with inclosed circle 
will be the better, thus:—...:, .si^lts, s?^lts ; but this ex- 
ception is of but trifling importance in practice. The last two 

examples could be as readily written thus :— f..., X^; 

.... "T,....''-^ 

59» With Final AttachiMents. 

To the Vowel strokes with either of the above described 
initial attachments,— circles, double circles and loops, can be 
affixed. For the present, the illustration of such treatment 
is confined to the straight strokes. 

Examples,— With Straight Strokes. 

S , ^\S.^1S; .^,. ^S.MS-S; ....\. „ ...^....S.^lst; '..^ ^ 

^ s.^lstr; ^...., ^ s^is,- . ^,.^ S^ls-S; .. ^....,...^. ....s^lst; 

.^., ^s^istr; ^..,. .f.s^ls, ^ . ,.. .^....s^ls-S; ....^ , 



^..s^lst, ...l.,..j^ s.?lstr; .^ ,.f.s^is; ...^ ...... .^....s^is-s, 

. r,A.. s^ist; ^^... , .. .^ s^istr ; ..^.. , .^sJls,- ..^. .., 
.... .^. .sJls-s; .^,.,..^s.-lst; ...^,...^.s.istr; ..^. ...., .^.... 

s^^^is; ^ .. ,.<^..S6J^ls-S; .'^.., ^s^^lst,- ....*^., ...'^s^^Mstr ; 

.. . , S2^IS,- , S2«lS"S: , S2/!st; 



99 



G^ a^ . ^-O CLO , e_^ 



S2?lstr ; , S^lS; , s^ls-S; , s^lst, 

s^lstr , ^^..., sfls; '^..., stls'S', .^r:^.., s^lst; 

.. . s? Istr ; , soils; ?r7. , SOlls-S; ., 

soilst, , soilstr. 



60* Resulting Word-Signs. 

A number of important word-signs result from the appli- 
cation of L-Hook and the above described equivalent to it, 
to the straight strokes ; in particular, the straight Vowel 
strokes, e. g., we have :— 

9 ^ . O / 

.\ s^l, seii, ... sd\, sale, sail, ... ..s^li, sully, 

.seller, sailor ^^'l suit jy, \. Seller, ^^n .sailcloth, 

Q- ?^ ^X-- Cl} 
— :* ronsult, _ seldom, sailmaker, s^l, seal, 

...^ S^l/, Sally, ^ sales, sails, ^sealingwax, ... h j-^ltr, 

salutary, sd\, sole, soul, . \seal up, _ .. Silmi^s, 

Salamis, „. solar, . sf 1, sill. 




soiled, ( ' )silt, . ..soil, . ^.silver^ 



61» Large Circle on R-Hook Side. 

These large circles can be placed on R-hook side of the 
straight vowel strokes, to add R-sound to the combination ; 

thus:— ., s^l, .. s^lr, ^ , s^l, ^^s^lr; .' s<^l, ... V.s^lr ; 

. s^l, ....Sf?lr; sd, .. .. sJlr ; ,. . .^.s^^l, s^i7lr ; s^l, 



100 

„ S2?lr ; ,.s^l, s^lr ; .; sfl, sf Ir ; soil, 

„..^...soilr. Obviously, some useful combinations are thus ob- 



tained, e.g.; seller; sailer, sailor; sealer, ceiler ; solar', 
Salier (approximate, sdlr) ; soiler. 

62. L-HOOK ON CURVED CONSONANT 

STROKES. 

This hook on the curved Consonant strokes is distin- 
guished from R-hook on the same strokes merely by being 
written larger than the R-hook. Its position is the same, 
/. e., on the concave side :— it could not be conveniently writ- 
ten on the convex side. The following are 

I. Illustrations. 

C1..3 fl:.-^...3 vl;„C...thl,...D....sl;...C.,..,.^ 

dthl: .0....{\A), ^...(l.u.), yl: . J?...(l.d.), c/....(h.u.), shl ; 
..^ .zydd\, C-<.....nl, C^^... ngl ; C^... ml, <r> wl, (^^Z^. hwl, 

f . ..(h. d.), 11: .(^...i}. u.), hwl,— as before noted. 

The above sufficiently illustrates the exceptional treat- 
ment, as applied to L-hook, of .S-....,, ..Vs.... and ...V. ..., com- 
mented on more at length in treating of the R-hook on the 
same strokes ; the treatment bein^ similar. 

2. Same, with Initial Circle. 
V. . ,^...sfl, ^..,'^ svl, .C. sthl, 9.. .ssl, .(^..(dj.C^u) syl, 
.--:^(d),C^(u). shl, (^ sml, ^^A._.swl. C^.....snl, Q_^...sngl. 



101 

The above, which is an application of principles of the 
older phonography, include some forms which the learner will 
recognize as being substantially impracticable in rapid work, 

^. ^.,— ..)..,.,....)...,../....,... L .. ,<^^.- ,<^^.. , but the same prin- 
ciple applies to all of them. Others of them are very useful , 
and the practitioner will quickly discover the cases in which 
he can save time by avoiding an awkward combination and 
writing an additional stroke 

3. With Final Attachments. 
Qo ,^. .fls , Q) ^ fls-s , C ?)l fist , 0. '^. flstr , 
C .,^ vis ; \0 , a vls-s ; C> ,^ vlst , ^ "T^ vlstr ; 
C^yls. ^Cpyls-s, /^,c/ylst, (r,cJy\str; 
J?,C^shls;d2.,.CPsh]s-s; i^ , C^shlst , ^, <-^shlstr ; 
C.Jdthls, ^,9,.dthls-s, C,Ddthlst. C.,.^...dthlstr; 
.. C . this, O thls-s, C. thlst, C ,. thlstr, 
. J ..sis, ..cy sls-s, .. J . slst, . J slstr, 
CLj> nls, QD ..nls-s, O nlst, O^, nlstr, 
<r^ mls,Ct) .mls-s,C^ mlst,C7^ mlstr, 
.<r^wls,CD wls-s, C~^ wlst,C^. wlstr, 
crr>. hwls, Cr~0 hwls-s, Cr~^ hwlst, <^"^ .. hwlstr, 
..a^. zy^^is, .cJ....zydd\s-s, ^ zyJ^ist, <::^. zy^^^lstr. 

All of these can be written with the initial circle pre- 



102 

fixed ; but some of them, thus written, give the awkward 
combinations referred to and illustrated in the next to the 
last preceding paragraph. It is better, therefore, not to use 
them, but to add an independent /-stroke instead. 

As to kai/-le7tgtkening :--Tht curved Consonant strokes 
with simple L-hook can be written half-length 7 they can also 
be so written, with initial S-circle prefixed , but to those strokes 
thus written, double circles and loops should not be attempted 
to be affixed. It is better to add the /- or ^-stroke, and 
attach the large circle or the loop to that. The simple ^'-cir- 
cle can, however, generally be added to such half-lengths, 

thus :- .C:«..vlds, Q^.flts, ...oP.shlts, C^ ylts, 9.. sits, .Cdthlds, 
...a?...zy^^lds, ..Cb wlds, .c^. mlts. 

63. L-HOOK ON CURVED VOWEL STROKES. 

(i.) Employed Initially. 

The attaching of L-hook to curved Vowel strokes ini- 
tially, is in exact analogy with the attaching of the R-hook to 
those strokes ; the R-hook being small, the L-hook large. 
It is also in exact analogy with the attaching of it to the 

curved Consonant strokes, thus:— ' , awl: V ,... ..^1: 

...<^,^...il: .Ao,l:.C.,0.e^, .^, ^....1 : .. ^.(d). 

....^.(d). ....^(u), ...^..(u), ^'hl. ^^.^L ^^. owl. 

H alf -lengthening :—Kxvj of the foregoing can be half- 
lengthened, to add /- or .^('-sound . as ....r^^^... oild {piled)\ .9/......^ 

....^. ^-Id {isled). 



103 

(2.) With Preceding S -Sound 

A preceding 6-sound may be represented by a circle 
within the hook — ^-^ saw!, '^ . sJl; etc ; but the expedient 
of closing the /-hook and making a large circle of it-as illus- 
trated in Section 58 ante, in connection with the strokes 
there given— to indicate the equivalent of the value of the 
hook with preceding j-sound, is so much more practicable, 
that \x may be used in ail cases, in preference to the equiva- 
lent process of writing the small circle within the large hook. 

'T'L s^ ^ ^^ 1 C 9 n ^r^ cy -, 9 -1 

1 hus we have -. .:., ..saw! ..^.,-^..5^1: ^. ...., . . s^l -^ soil-. 

^ ^sewl ^ .,.:^..s^^l ^...(u), C (d). ^..(uj, ^ s^1; 

.. ^...sd\ , .^. sowL 

Doubling the length of any of these adds r-sound, and 
half-lengthening any ot them adds /- or <^-sound. To those, 
however, to which t- or <:^-stroke joins at a convenient angle, 
many writers v>/ould doubtless add the stroke in preference to 

half-lengthening,— thus , ^^...^d\A : \/„ , sV... s^ltr, solitary^ 

^^. sawlt, j^//. It IS well however, to train the hand to 
such deftness, that there will be no difficulty in half-lengthen- 
ing one of these strokes with such precfsion that it can be 
readily recognized as a half-length. 

To some of them. /• or ^/-stroke could not readily be 
attached e.g.,—.... ).. . C^ .....^^^^..y ; in which cases, the 
device of half-lengthening becomes particularly valuable. A 
final ^'-circle can be attached to one of those strokes half- 
lengthened.' but the attaching of a large circle or a loop 
should seldom be attempted. 



104 

To the normal-length curved vowel strokes with either 
/-hook or large circle prefixed, all the previously described 
affixes, including circles, double circles and loops, can be 
attached ; thus :— 

, °'.... ,. _.„awls, ..._hi...„^..,.awls-s, „__..„,. awlst, .,.„..„..„., ...,...awistr ; 

sawls, .^. ..,....- sawls-s, _.L,. „..sawlst, . h:. .„.,_._., sawlstn 

_ ,„_,.<:; Is, .„_.. ,„.- <3ls-s, „„„„,,,_ i? 1st, _... ,..^_.^lstr ; 

-^,^_.s^^ls, .^..,.^..sJls-s, ..?..,? s^Mst, ^....,.Zs^^lstr. 



_™„,„_„2ls ; _.„.,,„_„ /I s-s; ...„..., ...7lst, , zlstr; 

,, ,.=_s2is, „.„, ,___„szls-s, „ ,..„ ......s^lst, „,,. s/lstr. 

oy ., cv ., ^ -w ^ -1 . 

^ _oils, ,.,._. oils-s, _. oust, _™_ ™.oilstr ; 

_^„_soils, .soils-s, _^_soilst, _^Lsoilstr. 

^ ,__.ewls, __,„.,. Jrlevvls-s, .__„ , J\_ewlst, ^^.,.,. ...ewlstr; 

.^„...^sewls, ...,?.-,,.r^sewls-s, ^„,_^sewlst, ^^,.^„ sewlstr. 

=<?(^ls, _„.^,^ „i;6' Is-s, =__.,,„„ _.<y^,Mst, ^^^.^^^^^^'^Istr; 



^_r.s6rjls, ^£^s^^^ls-s. ^.,^s^^.ylst, ^,„^.s^^^^lstr. 

....„., ™.<?ls, „.__„^ls-s, ™„^lst, ___.^lstr ; 

„„...,^^ls, __„S6?ls-§, ^-^.^..SiJ'lst, ™__s^lstr. 

^r^ , c:^ c~^ c^ 

. ._.„owls, __„„.owls-s, _._„owlst, . _„owlstr ; 
sowls, _.._sowls-s, „___sowlst, ;..__,„sowlstr. 



i05 
r^s^'lstr. 



64« Employed Medially. 

The L-hook on curved vowel strokes when used medi- 
ally, is also a large hook, and differs from the same hook on 
the same strokes used initially, merely in the fact that it has 
the small distinguishing circle inclosed within it. As previ- 
ously illustrated, it is applied to the straight vowel strokes 
medially, in the same way. 

Illustrations. 

^^j.idi-wX./all, Q'...ycyu\, yule, ^X\..i^dd\, pull. 

^.r-^X.mawl, maul, ^":'~^mewl, mule, \^^..{d\, foal. 

—^A^dXv, collar, ^-r^^xwoA, moil, /i^\\d\. 

(ly.]d\i, jolly, ,.h toil, toil, <iy...y^'l. 

.r:^.... xl\, rile, «^.... howl, howl, —(^..'kaX. 

/C \i\y Lisle, .,}SAdd\,fuil, ^rr^ m^yl. 

\^...{i\;file, ---<\\Ndd\, wool, No^.b^Vl. 

Most of the foregomg medially used L-hooked vowel 
strokes can be halved ; but ni practice it will be found that 
occasion for halving any of this particular group will occur 



106 

but seldom. It will sometimes occur with forms for i, aw, o, 
oi, do. Those writing a free, bold hand may incline to write 
them of normal length and add t ox d by stroke. An accu- 
rate writer will find it preferable— as he will save a stroke— to 

write fault, ^.... , not .>^. ; fold, \^ , not.L^.. ; fulled, 

^ , not. A... ; flled,^.f^ ... , not^^^J ; toiled, .L). , not.h 

65- EQUIVALENT FOR L-HOOK. 

In a preceding section, the lengthening of any medially 
located vowel stroke, straight or curved, to add r-sound— thus 
providing an equivalent for r-kook—wdiS described. That 
equivalent was devised because in some situations the r-hook 
could not be conveniently written. It is sometimes equally 
mconvenient to write a large hook on a similar vowel stroke ; 
for which reason, an equivalent for L-hook has also been pro- 
vided. That equivalent is a large circle preceding the vowel 
stroke. The l-sound represented by this large circle immedi- 
ately follows that of the vowel represented by the stroke ; as, 

^r\....r#l ; / .. .r^^l , y^\ rd\, rail ; ^ r^l ; -^....Vooi, cool ; 

..]o..Wd\\ \Q.{od\\ /^ .xd\, roll, role; >Q^..fawl. fall: 

Sci^.M, file; k)...f^T; ^ .Jt^\, fuel ; -:€.. rewl, rule; 

..p ...yewl, yule; •^^.. .mewl, mule ; -^^ ... moil, r/ioil. 

In some situations, both circle-inclosed hook and this 
equivalent will be found to join so readily that it will be 
difficult to decide which is preferable. In others, the use of 
one will present a clear gain over that of the other. 



107 



In the following combinations, the large circle will be 
found to be preferable ; 



k/l [kill) 
-r-Q_y. kaul {call) 
^...%i\[gill) 
X:r..M\[dull) 
<d-J tu\t [Tully) " 
..P.^'^.dewl [dml)'' 
^.{d\i [folly) - 

\d ,k(\d\ [doll) " 
.<-^^re\ [real) 
..yP.glX [guile) 
.-rrr^.rew} [f^ule) 
<'^.r/ltv [relative^ 
.y^\...xd\[rail) 
...CN^.t^l [tail, tale) " 

.k^Ae\[dell) 

.<£...xi\ [''rile") 
...>^.boil [Soil) 
.::zP...kd\d [callow) *' 

-^^gdli [galley) *' 



IS easier 



than 






(i,i) 



— ^ 






Y- 



108 

Most of the above vowel strokes are, as is obvious,— 
straight. Coming to the curved strokes, the conditions of 

preference will often be found to be reversed. Thus, ^ r^l 

(n'/e) \s easier than /Z...- .,.; ■■^.. ., fow/, is easier than^....... ; 

A.^. tawl (/^//) is easier than Q^^... ; ^^. fawl (/a// ) is easier 
thanM^. , ^1.., lawl,- is easier than^..) . , ^-^.moil, is 

easier than rrrrrZ).... The practitioner v;ill with experience learn 
to select which form is to be preferred, as following certain 
strokes. 

Half-Le7igtke7iing :—\i will be well for one ro acquire 
such skill in manipulation of the fingers, that lie can safely 
half-lengthen one of these vowel forms preceded by double 
circle. Often, however, a writer may prefer, for greater cer* 
tainty, to attach the /- or ^-stroke. A.* between the curved 
and the straight vowel strokes preceded by large circle, it wit! 
generally be easier to clearly distinguisli a half- from a normal- 
length stroke, when the stroke is a straight one ; thus, there 

is more certainty in writing y'^.r^ld [reeled] than in writing 

/^ ...xd\A\rolled)\—\x\ writing the latter, the expert writer will 

be more likely to feel it necessary to add the ^-siroke ; /^^... 

Double-Lengthening :—P\\\ vowel strokes preceded by 
large circle can be double-lengthened to add /-"-sound ; as, 

/Z:^... . r^lr, roller ; ^"K^ . . p r o w 1 r , prowler ; W {oo\ r, fuller : 

./ r^lr, reeler ; O".' p^lr, peeler: ^. ..pflr, pillar; 



109 



,N^_^«brawlr, brawler; '<l'......^...rewlr, ruler ; ^-7j£.xrewlr, 

crtieler. The advantage of double-lengthening to add r-sound 
is brought prominently into view in connection with vowel 
strokes preceded by both circle-inclosing large hook and the 
large-circle equivalent thereof. 



66* Synopsis,— Hedial Hooks and Equivalents. 

e ,\^...-.. ,L._„f^r, <^«.,^^m^r, ..\d.^.,A.=^ f^'l 

ci L A L-...^t^?r, h ^\^^h-^r.^.Xa\ 



OJ 



.molr, 



/£fl^.z£„.....loir, ,i^^.moil, .^.. "^^^.boil, 



^.-....^„..moir, <r:^.^/^^moil. 
d .S^....^...-.,Ndx, --r^^s^xHdr, Ssii^^^^^^^^a^ 

;r3|...:3\..-..m^r, ,.^^.jZ)C,._„..y^r, <Si.,,,iSl\^rn(?l, ^.dLpi^.y^l . 
90 V.Vb^^r, J^.y^>jddx, A3.=-.»J^»--J)^(?1, ^^-./^C^yooX. 

e /^.Z-^-:^./^LJer, „W— -^.-i^r, J^Z^^S^M, So^. .)>^.r^.{i'\ . 

1 ^.^. mzr, X^/^chfr, -^..^jniFl, n/AAch'A, ^.. 

^ ^JE1.\A S<^W ...f,-r, L^y^ ..W...-.JJ1. 

(ah).dr^l.>-r, ./::C.£~^l^^^..k^ .f//r, U^..^ f^'l, .U^.J^r, 

1 .7Y, 1^,^-1), 



IV, 



L^yav, 



~^yci\, (Initially, 



110 



ow 

d 

ew 




/^~lowr, /^. J^. . row\. 
/ // yewr, -^ --^....mewr, ^(^ yewl, ^t5v --^. mewl, 
aw /*N y^ lawr, /^./^...lawl, 'v_... Wfawr, (q^ ^.fawl. 



67* Illustrations of L-Hook and Equivalent. 

A able( v.). V. Viability 

A abnormal. 
V abriormally. 

^ oy accelerate, / actual 

acolyte, ^ ^acclimate. 



acclaim. 



accomplish 

...^ addled, P Adelaide. 
.. I Adele, A ., affable. 

ad valorem, ^\_ afflict 



Syaffability, .(\ afloat, 
y agile, zj^agility. 



am 



pi, 



Amelung. 



^ 



amplitude. 



_ .amalgamate. 

(;^^^. analyze, _^ analysis. 

yv.. angelic, ...analytic, 

(^^..analogy, ^;>^^.. analogical. 
\ ^^apply, r ..applicable. 
..C applicability. 
,. V apoplectic. 
\^ appeal, \ ^ ..appealable. 

^ ^ Aquileia, Aquilia. 

n^ Assolant. 
.<Z^ as you will, r Q--) 
cy^T^as you will not. ^Q...^ 
C.Z\^s you will not have. 



Ill 



c-zVas you will be there. 
...A ...assail, .^. assailable. 

..J at all, [ at all our. 

r.p Atlantic. 

Atlantic Avenue. 



}^...avail( . ..y. . ), (..^awhile.) 
,...Q^.. availability 
«.>Sa..babble, X ...Babel. 
.\Abubble. ^ 

...A. ball, V^-.^^^altimore. 
balsam, N^ ..balsamic, 
balderdash, .V ...bald. 
.....K.bail, y.^ Beal. 
...V.bible, "^ bile. 
Vy9 beguile, !.-«=— beleaguer. 

..X^ baffle, ..\ baffler. 

V^. Balboa, V>^~^Blarcom 

..\ black, l_^^blackness. 

...S^. blew, blue, V. blued. 
..Aoblast, ...V blest. 
..V^blast, V block. 



..\ bold(.^.), .V^boldly. 

.}^\^.\^.ho\der, boulder. 

.^^^^.^.bolted, V^^^^^boldest. 

^^. bolster, .,N<).. Boole. 

.!V^boil, ^...boil. 

.^5!^boiler, ^*V) boiler. 

...^^brawl, ^<. .^brawler. 

^^... bustle, \..:^....bustle. 

'^.bustler, ^^ bustling. 

V-oJ^ewail, \r:i^ bewilder. 
Vr^bewildered, ..^^^..buffalo. 

"V^. bushel, ...>^...but shall. 

^y^ but you. will, 
^^Z^ but you will not. 
^„A^but you will have. 
'^^y^X^.-but you will not have. 
^^^/\t>ut you will be. 
^yN/^Dut you will be likely, 
^y^^^but you will prevail. 
^^^ but you will provide, 
c^.. calcium('~P.. ). 



112 



t 



.Caldeiivood. 

calamitous. 

t„^^<^. claimed his (as, us). 

rr^ calumet, '-:^^. calamity. 

■rr-j'...,caviL -T--f .. caviler. 
^-^^Vcavalier, —sr-y^avalierish. 
.<;^-_^ calculate. 
i_-,^alculated. 
c_-_^ calculator. 
^— ^calculable, <-r,^r^. clamor. 
c_-Trr7r>..elaimed our. 
^_^-::yCjQlamorous (c^^r^r-r:^) 
choleric, -T^>«rcholeric 



^^cl 

-T-P column,* — rr%>jeolumnar. 
c^^clever, <:-.«^^^tRv. cleaver. 
^.. Clayerhouse,<;THf -clover. 



..culti 




cultivate, '-y^... cultivated. 
... cultivable, ^-^.^culture. 
eliver , (i-rr: ...deal, 
deliverable, J. dale. 



?^' 



delectable, 



ix.d( 



....L . debatable. 
.1 deplorable. 
1 .....deplore ( 

J. diplomat, ...J^.. difficult 

.l^.difficulty, '^-^■...dilemm.a. 
...Jo ..-duel, dual, .l.lrr:^oubIe. 
1 .^/H. doubled and twisted. 
k-.fail,^y(^...feli. 

>^..failurc, V feeler. 

..^^ final, ^^/iRnally. 
...A-Nflame, ^r*... flamed. 
.^.IWre, ..C:^..fleet. 

W^ileece, Sjo philosophy. 

C.^,.flat, .^..flatter. 
. ..V^. flue, flew, V^.....fly S^.. . 
.Ss^fiier, Q^... .float. 
..Svij...flow, S^^^^.floor. 
^i_/ flurry, ^^. .f rom all. 
V"-^ flower, flour^SU-*^' -flaw. 
^V^rolic, .^full. 
^;^_^ from all your. 



113 



^^ from all that you. 

.^l^^^_^ from all these. 
\^o . . from all those. 



...for all that you. (And 
so with other words.) 



V 



«««€v.: glare, c-^ ..glared, 
(-/^..general, o-^>^S^"'^^^' 



glad, 
.gladness 



;]ad!y. 
r^ gleam. 



.<^gladdcst, <^ . . gladloia. 
glory, ^-./^ glorying. 



glories, glorious. 

-^,<^. ^glimpse. 



^ glue, 



glimmer, 
glum, rr 
gullible, 



-f 



goal, 
gull, 
guilty. 



■-.■ fr>..^ gullibility, <,^. gloom. 
J^.hdW, haul. ^:. ...healed 



...heel, heal, ^ healer. 

^holc. '"....^...hold(^.). 
OQ.jail, O^ jailer 




q/.. jailbird, o^ jilt. 

Ofq Julius, ./y...JuV\cL. 

-— Q.Kale. --Q_ Keel. 

Kalmuck, — >,^ keep. 

..kill, -^..killer. 
Cy.„know]edge. 
( . acknowledge). 
/^TS. laughable, /^V.-lbveable. 
/^..^Jevel, Z'^.^. lovely. 
../T^Louisville (lewvl)) 
./r:2..1oyalt^^). /^'.loyalty, 
y^.... Lisle, /^ loyalist.-^ 
/^..Lola, /yiLxiiuu 
^r^y.^ . . ma/um jn sCi 
.^ ..... Malcolm. <rr^.r..malt. 
O-a^Miletus, .Cu^.jTiilfe 
cr:^...militate, (""^ . mulct. 
.cVa. multiple, <ryV>Kmultiply. 
>^.nail, ^.^Naylor (^.J^A 
>^^ novel {■-:^ ), >.jcy:jiovelty 
^>^no/Ie (C_^. C_^. nuljify. 



114 



asterer. 
mel) 



s..5^-.nul. Cli^.. nullity. 
..>^^Paul, >i^...PauIist. 
J^Y/4>allor Vr-...peal, peel. 
...V^.pill. V:x.pile 
^TM ... pile driver, \.3^. play, 
...V.^ace, \ placed. 
>..^ plaster, V^.. pi 
...V pellucid, Vt\ .. pell- 
^^... people, _.\.... peopled. 
..;So.. pleasure, S-rx.plough. 
.5v^ ploughshare. 
v^!^.pole, >-y/. ..pile 
'rf^^^___^.. polar, V...,<rNplumb 

.V->| plumbtree. 

.^r-OPulsifer, a-^^xnulverize. 
,^:^..rail, -^t-rTraillery. 
J^..rta.\ /<!T^...._ realist. 

•iCn realty, reality, <r^. rile. 

r/Z..,. relict. 6i^ relieved. 
i^ZZ released. .i^elate. 
^?/^„. real ism, .^^zr^ returns. 



.roller. 



4^.roli, 
-rrrv. rule, -^r. ...ruler 
.!^....she will be. 
..<^..she will not be. 

^ she will have to go. 

Z. ... shelter, ^.... ...shoulder. 

....J/....social, <^ p. ..sociality. 

. (1 tale, tail, l^clytailor. 

...iv telluric, U<:>..telegram. 

fj^.tell. 4:^...toll. 

f. ...told, ...1.. trouble. 

...J. troubles, 4.^^-^o^^g^^^- 

„-]. troublesome, o...dL!'.toi]. 

j told them, jr .C</told you. 

..i told his(us), i> told it. 

C.^.they will(....(^.). 

/..they will be. 

... / they will be kept. 

./ they will become. 

h they will not. 

.l.^they will not be. 



go. 
never 



us. 



Zv^^ they will not be there 
..J^.they will yet be. 
...J. .they will gQt. 

^~ 

...v:...they will let, 
..\r?... '* " ** 
..Vr-^^^rr-they will agree. 
..tr^they will greatly. 
.V) they will certainly (....L... 
iy ..they will probably. ^ 
...Vv^.. they will remember. 
...V-.they will be brought. 

^.vail, veil, •^-„^^^^' 

...^^. vault, ^^ vaulted. 
..Vr^ validity, ..^.. value. 
..X/Cvalley, \/L|...valid. 

...V''r7N.. vellum, S^ volume 

..V_.;;_^Volturnus, ^^.vult 
.'— Q\^wail, /^ 
..--€\...wall, C% 



. iA^ well, ^^lTI welter 

O " (^^),'r^while((/ ). 

ye wil 



.^Yale, J-^....) 

... ,-^ield, -<^ yielded. 



low. 



yellowish. 



^^^-^ yet you will. 
^/Ja-1 ...yet you will not have. 
^£^/L^...yet you will have 
^rS^you will, you'll. 
). ^l^'^^^ou will not have. (At- 
tach other words, shown 
under "they will," etc.) 
you will be likely. 
^V^. you will be out of the. 
<C/^\. you will yet be. 
/^'^^....yule, <C^^~rCryule-log. 
CT— zeal, dv zealot. 



weai 



.n 



Walt 



ure. 



er. 



./^....ail, ale, r ailed. 

V ^altitude, .,^ alum. 



/< Alma, /- 



.Ala 



mo. 



mighty 



-'^. Ariel. ^^,.A1 

_ _. J.altogether, 'ZJ .,..a.ho. 

„ ^.„,.eel^grass, Ely 



116 



eel, 

^.. .levil 



eagle, 



^^ 



equal. 



elm. 



-^^ 



.„ ...islet, 



evil-eyed. 
.I'll not. 
1. .._,,«! '11 go ahead. 
^A I'll not have the 

I'll not have you 
'11 not have your 
^::!^ril have all the. 
Z^Q_^..l'\\ have the whole. 
_. ^. I shall not. 




I shall not have the 

pleasure. 
I shall never. 
....^^...l only got It. 

..^^..... old age, SZ. oldish. 

^Ay^ld fellow, ^Ay). old fool. 

.^..old master 

^ ^^ ■ 

old mister 



Ulm, ultimate. 

ultimatum, ulcer 

Ultima Thule. 

ulterior, '^^^- Ulloa. 

y^ Au Claire, older 

•^-^^Euclid, ....^^^:.Euler 




68. ENLARGED L-HOOK. 

On Straight strokes in the L-hook position, a large 
hook can be attached. Such a hook is attached to them, to 
represent sound of S, preceding the L-sound ; thus ;— 

^ ..fskl, physical ; ^ riskl, rascal ; > vskl, vesicle; 

_>^. / v^sklr, vascnlar; ...^ pJsbl, possible; ^.j!. ...p^sblt, 

possibility; X- ch^?sbl, c/t^uble , Vi^.. ...p^sbl, peaceable; 

...i^.dt^sbl, dehstable ; ^^^irzlskl, /a^/^; ^V^TT^brfskli', briskly: 
cT .^^^rtsklf, grotesq24.ely : r--f ....gf?spl, gospel. 



117 



69. THE FINAL HOOKS. 

Hooks with inclosed circle, and simple hooks, are writ- 
ten after (at the end of) all the strokes. The sound repre- 
sented by each of these final hooks is always read after that 
represented by the stroke whose termination it forms ; and if 
an inclosed circle be also added, the j"-sound represented by 
it is read last of all; i. e., after that represented by the final 
hook in which it is enclosed. It is sought to employ these 
final hooks to represent coalescing sounds that are of frequent 
occurrence. To any curved stroke, two final hooks are at- 
tachable—a large one and a small one ; to any straight stroke, 
foztr, a large one and a small one on each side. It seems 
desirable . that the treatment of the straight vowel and the 
straigrht consonant strokes, as to the attachinof of hooks, should 
be uniform ; and also that the curved Vowel strokes should 
be treated as the curved Consonant strokes are, in this re- 
spect. Fortunately, the irregularities of the language as to 
terminations do not necessitate or make desirable any consid- 
erable departure from such uniformity. It seems appropri- 
ate to first describe that one of the final hooks that comes 
most often into use, namely:— 



70* THE NvHOOK. 

On all strokes, this is a small hook. On the curved 
strokes, it is placed on the concave side ; on the straight 
ones, on the right-hand or r-hook side-. It can be written on 
strokes of any length ; and on strokes of normal or double 
length to which it is appended, the various initial attachments 



118 

heretolore described and illustrated, can be written. To 
strokes half-lengthened to which this hook is attached, the 
most of those initial attachments can be prefixed. 

71, N-HooK.QN Straight Strokes. 

(i) Siynple Forms. 

..o^ .pn, „..(^n , \. bn, ^, . ^n ; J tn, dTv\ J dn, 

■J - / u <y - / y - ^ ' - 

^n , .. t/. cnn, /n , c/..jn, .oon\ .— ^..Rn, itw; 



"— T> gn. . 6~n ; ^ rn, _ fn ; -^...jn, oin. Each 

of these, as well as many of those under the next heading, 
can be written half-length. 

(2.) With hiitial Attack'me7it. 

\ spn, ^ .s-spn. .0 ,prn, . „o _pln, ...\...sprn. .'.\ 

spin. "^ ..s-sprn "\...stpn, ..\... .psn, ..,.oi spin; .. s^n, 

.... ...s^ln, exn, . .....^ in, s^rn,- ........... s^m; ^...s^lrn, 

...... ...stt^n, _^5n. 

\ . sbn, ... o.....s-sbn, ..o brn, 3 bin, /\ sbrn, . A 

sbln, ..^ s-sbrn, V. stbn, ._\ . bsn, ....^ sbln ; . Sizn, 

. . ...s^ln, .. ^?rn, . .^In, ... .^.. sarn, ^ s.^ln, s^zlrn, 

^ "^ - 

.. ^ st^n, asn, 



119 

..J stn, . ..vL... ..s-stn, ...J„,..trn, ...J. tin, ..J strn, J stin, 

. J. ...s-strn, ...J st-tn, ...J tsn, ....J. stln,- sin, ....,:,sd\n, 

1 r 1 P ^ f '3 

„^..^rn, . ... d\n, ..^...sdrn,.^...sd\n, ...y..s^Irn, ..^. ,st^n, ^sn. 

...J. ..sdn, ...J s-sdn, J. drn. .1 din, ,. J sdrn, .J .. sdln, 

. J. ..s-sdrn, . ...J. .. stdn, ...J....dsh, ..J sdln; .':' s<5n, S(5ln, 

..^.orn, ^In, ..^...s^rn, ...^.:.. s^ln, ..y...,s^lrn, ..^...st^n, ..Y ,.<?sn. 

....cZ....schn, ....^:/^s-schn, ^/..chrn, ..</... .chin, ,.<:/.. schrn, 
schln, zzl., s-schrn, .^^., stchn, ^....chsn, .<^ schln, 



s^n, ..„.,. sdn, ,_.«,.^7rn, iln, S2rn, snn, ^.. szlrn, 

stm. 2sn. 



.^.. ...sjn, <>^.s-sjn, c/. ')xx\, c/. ]\x\, cA.sjrn, ^Z sjln, 

c/^.s-sjrn, c<^stjn, ^/.-jsn, d/. sjln ; s^d^n, s<9<9ln, doxn, 

....... ^^In, *:{... sdoxv\, tC.-^oo\x\, '^. s^<^lrn, .'^.. .st<?^n, (9^sn. 

«-:-p. skn, ^^^ s-skn, <r— ^.krn, <= — , kin, ci — ^ . skrn, «-.-^... 
skln.O. .-'..., s-skrn, <^-=,. stkn, <zr~^ ksn, .^-r^ skin; . s^/n, 
--„ ^.«.s^ln, .,„ ^rn, . ^.., .. ^/In, suxx\, ^^ s^ln, ..^^^~^ S2? Irn, 

St2^n, MSX\. 

.««^sgn, .^?-a. s-sgn, c— ^.grn, c,.^. gin, a—^..'igxn,'^-r>.. 

sgln, <3— ak. s-sgrn, «-r3...stgn, c— ? gsn, cs__^ sgln ; s^n, 

s^ln, ^rn, .. ^...^In, "„ ..''.. s.?rn, ^^.. s^ln, ^._"... s^lrn, 

st^n, (?sn, 



120 

swrn) ...<^^strn, <^... rsn, .C^.x\x\, .. sfn, sfln, 

frn, „„„,.- fin, .,..„.. ..sfrn, ...sfln, sflrn, stfn, 

,!::,_ rsn. 



.:.,sjn, ..Q^..s-s}n, .<^..jrn, <-<^..jln, .^^T^sjrn, ..«sr::T?!.sjln, 

...CTTs-sjrn, .^?=r^stjn, C^. jsn, o-^^sjln ; soin, soiln, 

_.._... oirn, ..„ soirn, .. ?..,soilrn, ..._. stom, ...oisn. 

Resulting For^ns -—This hook— in particular as applied 
to the vowel strokes— supplies a number of simple and very 
useful word forms. Includmo^ some half-leriorths, he have:— 

sent, send, __^.„.^sane, ^^^..... saint, ^.^.^, sainted, sand, 

„ sown, his own, .r^zl^rrSign, ,^r..rr.. signed, sujt, son, 

„ S74nt[\^di\.\x\)\ sunned, ^,-..'^..,, seen, scene, _ seen- it, 

sin, .^,.. .j^sinned, ^...,^L.. scintillate, ...^,^^, stai?ied, ._ s^lnt, 

salient, ........... ^.^st and, ...............stoned, .^^^,^_. Stein, stun, 



stunned, ..._^.! stunted, .....-, stint, „ stinted, ...^ (<2rn) 

Aaron, ........... arrant, .......... iron, .^.,......:siren, ironed, 

[dovr\\.)wko are not, ^..^..^,. urn, earn, ...^.^.^.. earned, [<zow]cern, 

{con)cerned, is earned, _. {lxi\)herein, Ellen, 



Allen, ^^alien, ,.. „. aliened, T.. , ..^. alienate, 

sullen, Solon, who will not, Olin,^ :?- {rt2/rn) 



121 

return,y^''z:zi^..returnable,L..... learn, %rrr-r^. discern, seen, scene^ 

_„ seen it, scenery, J^>>^... retain, X„^^^.. detain, ..^^^plaini 

plane, ^^ planed, ....■!..... sustain, ..^..... suspend, ...^ ..^suspended^ 

„..(s^.. apprehended, -rr:^..,^^..... comprehended, \^.^. plants J^„_ 

planted, \ plantain, \\..splendid, Sr^... splendor, ^Cs. 

resplendent, dr^..,.,respond, <:^y^.. recipient, { xrl^ ..), .....^ J,.. agents 

...\.. agency, {■■/■ )? ''aint, .oL taint, I....L... attain, ,1 _ 

attained, h. .. tone, ...L. atone, a. ...attend, .„.i atte^ttive, .4 

attendance; A. .,.k^.,J. identify; ...s. identified, \ hadnt, /J ....„ 

written, /^ ..run, .f^^.. grant, .<t^.... .grand, .c-^. 



cr-^^.... greened, <rrS^.. grain, <^r-%... grained, <=r:::>.,_,.. 

groan, grown, c— -j^ groaned, <.^ gland, c..,rn,.,^... glean, 

<;...rr4=^..gleaned,c;^^... glint, \^^,. flint, .^"^t^l^.splint, .S^.. flown, 

.f^.. supplant, ^. ,..sibilant,c^^,^A.r^.clean, <^.r^^ry .cleaned, ^=^:f^^T^^ 

cleanest, ^^-^.. . clannish, a~^r^-r>. screen, ^^....Rhine, ^So....r..brine^ 
.\? ...briny, .f=^..shee7Z,\r^frrry.. demean, \r^^.betwee7t,Z%r'^[d bs^n,) 



obscene, serene[!!Xfr^.), unclean (zzf:3?.j, .._Z1... 

...'fJ/?u,ncanny{^~::J^:r^, v.....[ti\s~iex\-dLA),2inextendedyS::^. ....kstd^nt,, 



extant, ^__^ accident, ^^^^^...accide7ital, -rr-f.. ...coon, /J....Joon, 

15 " \ 



°.,.C7Von, <r--^....Schroo?i,\)..boon,^:~^..77ioon, ^..noon, .afshoon, 
\^^..dubloon, .j>...Doont;Tf^...coin,%rr/..des Moines, high noon. 



122 

72* N-HooK ON Curved Strokes. 

(i.) On Consonant Strokes. 

Ns>..Jn,..C..,sfn,..<o..sfnt,.Vo..s-sfn, ^ . s-sfnt,..^stfn, <^.stfnt. 

V^..,vn,.ii...vnt,.%;>..svn, C:>..svnt, vo.s-svn,.. V:>..stvn, .^... stvnt. 

C....thn, .6 thnt, ..C, sthn, 6 sthnt, CT s-sthn, .6^ s-sthnt, 

..G...sthn, ..6. sthnt. 

V^ dthn, (li.dthnt,. C sdthn, <^ sdthnt, C^s-sdthn, 6 s-sdthnt, 
C.st-thn, C.st-thnt. 

J sn,v. J.-snt, J ..s-sn, 9 .. s-snt, y. ss-sn, 9 ss-snt, 

J zn, J.znd, ..J.szn, .^...sznd, J ss-zn, /? s5-znd 

.<>^shn, .<;/..shnt, ..c/s-shn, ,c^ s-shnt, x/ss-shn. 

.^(u.)shn, -?...shnd, «--^s-shn, (the others not practicable.) 

..cy z^jodx\,,<J ..zyoox\di, .cJ ^zyddvi, ..(^.STYddViii, ( '* ** " j. 

/".In, /'...Int, /"sin, /^. sbit, ^s-sbi, /^st-ln. 

/^kwn, <'... kwrid, ^ skwn, iP . skwnd, 6 .. s-slcwn. 

.A..(d.) yn, (f.. ynt, ./ syn, ..^..synt, .(J s-syn, o styn. 

...<r^(d.)ln, (T.. Ind, /"sin, <:^ slnd. 

..rr<^y(u.),.^...ynt ; <ir/.. .(u.)iSyn, %P synt,.-- — ■^hwn^.r — ^ s-hwn. 

xfZ^.ss-hwn, /i?^'"*^..st-hwn. 

.fr:r:?...mn, ...^ mnt, ..r~^...smn,^r>...smnt^ <5~^ ..s-^smn, .^^'-^-Stnin, 

..^^. ..stmnt. 



123 

..-rr*-!^.wn, ..-r-^ wnd, -r"^ swn,d-^ swnd, i^T"^ .s-swn, ^j?-^ stwn. 
..>»..^..nn, >v^.. nnt, <i_^..snn, .<2^.^^snnt, ^^_?..s-snn, ^^==^ stnn. 
.>„^...ngn, .>o. ... ngnd, ^^v..:?.. sngn, s^... sngnd, <;^w-^ ssngn, 
.^.....ss-ngnd. 

In the position of the initial attachments given above, the 

initial hooks can be employed ; e. g.:— .X, , 0...frn, Vi„, l...iln; 

Vi..,...<)..vrn, >o , J vln^ .vthrn, J. srn-, v . , J^dthrn-, Ci«.^ 

...J.dthln; c/. ,.^shrn, ..^,iC/shln; ^..o^yrn, <£l.,.(^yln; 

.cy.zyoom, cJzyddXn, c_^.. nrn, CL?-.nIn, <r~> mxx\,Cr>..m\n, 

..s*^^ ngrn.Cj?.. ngln, <r^ wrn, (iT!^. wln^^r-T^ hwrn.C .3 hwln, 

(...^.wln, ...G^.hwln, /'!^(d)wln, .^„lln). Many of them can 
be half-lengthened. 

From the foregoing examples in this section, certain 
combinations requisite for the making of the series complete 
and uniform, jiave been omitted ; the reason being, that those 
combinations are impracticable, in rapid work ; e. g., large 
circle and L-hook on some of the half-lengths. 

73« (2 ) N-Hook on Curved Vowel Strokes 

in, stn, sign, stzn, Stein, ___.„ sdn, sdnt, 

silent^ irn, iron, Jrnd, ironed, smd, signed, 

^In, find, isiand( ). 



124 

1 ,^.. ...on; .^...,.±son; .^....,±..stdn; ..^....,.r...s^ln; .^.....,r....^rm, 

C 
J.„..,.l^ln. 

S" ,i^.ewn; .^..., .^.sewn,- .^. , ."^.. sewln,- .^...,..^...ewrTT, V„.., 
..^..ewln, ewnt, {comm)tintty,- ...,Yhw\nt, you will not. 

„._..,„, oun, ....._. soun, ."^"^ .. sownd, sound, stown, ^ ..owln, 

sowin, ' owrn, ( ourn, our own). 

^ ddr\', ^.. ,':^ won, soon, ..^,.."^sWn; .^..,..^s^^ln; S^..., 



^^_^ '^^-J? c=:-N.=.^ ^Q_^ 

...^... , „ awn; .^.., _.sawn; . ..^ , stawn; ...Y , 



sawln-, ... , ,. awrn; .':'....., awln. 

„ on, own: .^^...s<?n, sow7t; ........ .^sion, stone; '^. .stoned; 

^-'^^.. s^ln, Solon; oxn; S-r?...^ln. 

*-^ ^znln; , , , .,- anxnX, aren t, are not. 

J ■ ^ ■ , cJ ■ cJ ■ ^ ■ O ; 9 U 

oin, oint, soin, soint, stoin, oiln, sorin, 

_™ oirn. 

The foregoing come into use more frequently when used 
medially than as initially employed ; and ;2-hooked ^'— signs 
(Italian a) more frequently in German and Italian than in 
English. For medial illustrations, there are :— 

-rr^-^.kine,~^rr^r^.. ki7idf-.:r^r^.Kline^ Ss^^./ine, \srr/^. finely , 



125 

,^-2r — >> mJrn, Myron,'\^^_^.... assign, \^...^.assigned,\^^.... dsz-rcint^ 

\ , assignment^ ^<^...rtlrnt, retirement ; Js^.-.-tot, /ond^,, 

y.. fondness, ^^,.pond,'^'~~A...mont, jyo..... pollen ;. ...L.,..k._ 

tune, L , L... tuned, . L. tewnt, opportunity, . /^ puny, ( ^y^-)^ 

/ Jyluny, ( ^_p.. ..iuniness , c-7^~>. ci^ozvii, . <r—€^....crow7ted^ 

(-r^^^^^clown^^r— 6^ clownish, V^. found, ^^^,,^.^. ground, 

aground, r.. canfound, V^^. iown,)r~::::>....down,\r^...downtow7i., 

\^. . brown, y^r^ ..browned, ^TlHt-.TixowTiX., {mound), \^a.boundy 

\^^,^....^^abounded, \z^.^botmded, „ ^sttrroimd, ^.surrounded ; 

.\o, b^^nd, Bu7id(G.)\^ assoign,^^.,^:..aroint, ,. ..oont, 

would 7tot, it would not, ^S... it would not be, ... ,,. would. 

not 7iecessarily, // would not rest ; \i^.pawn, \r^..daw7iy 

(Lj?.), ,.. .sawn,\i^_^.....fawn^\Q^ fawned, \r7>^....spawn^ 

\^^S^.taw7iy,a — <?_^.sc7^aw7ty,c:—jQ^^^. clawn, v_^.... Vaugha7t ; ■ 

/ roa7t, cr-<_^ grown, \^ flow7t, \Q throne, thrown-; 

^h.. Doa7ie, ..p tone, h. ....to7ied, .1. atone,. •.\^...... atoned^ 

I . atonement, Jp. ,.<k tau7it, Vo.: vaunt, .L^. avaufity 

/^^ ..Launt Some half-length hooked yowel strokes are, so 
expressive that occasionally preceding W-sign may be -omit' 
ted, eg,— . .dn\., wont; ? . <^nd, wa7ied. 



126 



74. Ol^ EXCEPTIONAL S-FORMS. 

N-Hook is placed on these exceptional forms, in analogy 
with the foregoing illustrations , as,— ... fsn, eisen (G.), 

^>^.. fsn^.V. fsrn,^A::?. fsln,-^ msrn,-^£). ...msln, ^---i^.msnt; 

-r<':^.rsn,.<^r:^...rsnt, /V rsrn,/^ rsln,.^ rslrn, . y^, 5.. 

eisenbakn[G.),...^.........ts\nA, Iceland, . Icelandic, .. J".. .Icelander, 

Ausland, -^a^.. reseittf ul y,,y/ reason , ^ y. reasonable, 

^....Jsnty \,.,^~^^^..spiegel'eisen^ 

75.. Combined Circles and Loops. 

I. Small Circle .—Sound of S, following that of N when 
represented by the hook^ is indicated on the straight strokes, 
Vowel and Consonant, by closing the hook dind making a com- 
plete circle of it; thus •— . ^ pns. \ pnts, .. . ens, ^nt(d)s,. 

.TT— ^ kns, ^ns. J tnts, (Xnts, etc.; on x.\\t curved onts^ 

by writing the circle distinctly inside the hook , thus :— 

<r':^...mns,: ouns, <a..mnts. ounts, ^ dthns, ewns, 

..(o..dthnds, _ .ewnds. Many word forms result from this 

addition, not only in the representation of the plural, as » 

...end, ends.; c>.... pen, \ ....^^tnsX pence) , W vein, V^ veins, 

<Ov swain, c:~&v swains, ^^.orphan, „._ ^orphans, \5_r?. fawn, 

S«-^. fawns, .^.. vaunt, .Vo. vaunts, —but also in the formation 



es, 
ances. 



127 

of independent words : as, ^:1^... , hence, .W ...fence,^7ZV.. 

expense, .^..suspense,— p.. condense,/„„.V recompense, Vj...... 

diligence, ( ...l^dilioent), 6/^reliance,^/::^ alliance, ^...., 

>r-/^.... nuisance, fsns, incense, , V offense, Vsl.73?. 

events,. >».. evidence, o,__j3....(con)sequence. 

(2.) Large Circle is employed analogously to the last 
preceding ; thus :—.W.. fences, ""''V^. offences, j^... ten 

..|) ...dances, \j) ..fancies, fancy's, N|? prances, /^^. 

.c-^. glances, V-^. ..Dunce's, i^-^Q.. dunces, V»^.,(con)vinces, 

.TjI^/^^^^ rices, winces ;— these all being on straight 

strokes. On the curved, n-ses, is differently represented ; 
e.g.^f'^^Z^.. allowances, r_^^.. ... appliances, V?-;?.... bounces, c:;^^'^^.... 
jounces, J... ounces, i-::^... trounces. The large final circle 

on the curved strokes, represents simply s-s, and no involved 
^-sound. 

{3..) N st-Loop :—T\\\'s> is a small loop in the N-hook 
position, and is used on straight strokes, only. The jZ-sound 
is read after that of the n. The following illustrate its use:— 

•rr7==?. against, -t7=p.... canst, -Tf?... constitute, — ^ constituted, 

d ...enhanced, ..>^^evinced, ...^...^experienced, .}::\. fenced. 



glanced, ^...influenced, instance, „ instances. 



128 

/^- j^ • ^ c u r ^ • 

,. ...instanced. ,.'r\^.....instance siae ot the Court, znstewt, 

Institute, "^..,,^.,.instead,_. fnst^t, instate, /!A..,Z>Teinstate, 
C/.-.instal.'^rh^.., instalment, ^ej. ianced.'''~/^minced,<'"^vvanest, 
., winced, ,..„ ....^.understand, ,..„ ,..f^... understood. 

(4.) Nstv-Loop -—This longer loop is also used only on 
straight strokes; e. ^., clT:^=^...,Dunster, /Tr^^Lienster,^"^ . . 

i nstru me nt,OL ....instrumental, 



imster, mmister,/'-'^ 
Munster, ^. .^.Sangster. s5_/:^ongster, smister. 



<:L^-' 



76* Illustrations of N-Hook. 



... ...account, accountable. 

^^^Aaron, ^ Allen. 
..^.x^ad vantage. 
...^^^advantageous. 

^'i^acquiescence, ...?^... agent. 

...x. agency, aquiline. 

agonize, —^....against. 

f^.. Allan, Q_^^. analine. 
..<-_^analine, /^.... alone. 

...L. atone, L attune. 

.....l.at one, ljl^^^...at one. 



' ..at one tmie 

Arkansas,^3^Akenside. 
^(^^. applicant (..^. ). 
..^^J___^ appliance, r^.appliances. 
A append, v ., .appended. 
\...Appenzell, rs,.,.. appointee. 
vVr^appoint.v,^^.appointment. 



y9...around, J?^J..... Aryan. 
V-assign, Va^j^^ ....assignment. 
.V:.^..assignee, .X^..assignable. 
Wassignability, \ ...l.assent. 



129 



...assented. .j.„..attend. 

.1 attended, i^ ..attendance. 

ji . .attentive, .^ attentively. 

t^.... Avenue, .v^.. Avon. 

awaken, ...• awning. 

as not, ei^.. as no one. 

vSp-band, V ..banded, 
\.. balance, \.. balanced. 
,\^ bind, Vb.... bound. 

\---ibegin, began, begun. 
.."Vr^boundary, \^. bindery 
,S... blind, xWblinded. 
....^...Benton, %> bon ton. 

Sj...bland,-V.^.^.blind. 
...?>^.blend(t), V. ...Blount. 
,...V^. blunt, .V-|'..blunted. 
..\j.... blown, '^^Boylston. 
..\^,,.,^onaventura {\^...). 
. ^^^-^r^-:! Bon ni castle (S...rk)..), 
..\. brain, Vrr^brown. 
....^■'^br, 



■awn, 



^ 



bruin. 



:? 



...Brandon, V-rra... Bruns. 

,.,.caM, .,^ cannot. 

. candid, .-ttti^.. can do it. 
.—^ ...cannot be there. 
.tr-^./cannot be done, 
^..candidate, — p.. canto. 



— ? Ldiicer, •— n?.( 



can say. 



^^- 



sh( 



can .snow. 



rrr-j. can shape, t--^... can she. 



V 



Connecticut. 



contained. 



..— J. .-contain, -« — 7. 

,--s^.... contour, .-r^ contort. 

-TT-:^... contrast, ^^.. controvert. 
r^i .contradict,-^) countervail, 



consent. 



"K 



consign. 



^rr:^J=^, consignee. — r condign, 
cjl^ consignor, -^..condone, 
conduit. -r-T.... contoit. 



:^T-|>...i-ujiuuii, -r—p. 

I^tttt:^ con tact, -T-p. contend. 
c....^ .L conceal,c~7?.concealrnent 



"conceit, 



^ 



conscience. 



130 




.consequential. 

... ^L^ conscientious. 

.. .-^^...conscientiousness, 
—^contest, "~T- contested. 
— Y contestant, .r"F^ontesting. 

:— 3 conusance. 

convey, — p .. convoy 

v.. .confirm, — conform. 

intr)^ ^y^ cynosure. 

.-T->rrr:^... countryman. 

TT^^^rrr^ijN^ o u n t r y m e n . 

jLdeign, i^.den, 

.J Danton, cL . detain. 

.J^^^detained, i^.. dental. 

... (t...^ determine-ation. 

-Lfdenote, L, denoted. 

.Jrrrtj.dun, J'^^down. 

irr^... down stairs (1-^...). 

\^.^...de novo, L<?.denude(...J...). 

.J/|density, L^^denial. 

(rrre/denier, J ...p don't. 



U.do not, J done. 

.Ii^.drawn, .J-^ drown. 
J^drain, ..jp... .drone 
.J—^. design, (l...j^.decision. 
. t disown, p disov/ned 

X^. distend, .. J\ distended, 

.J disincline, ]__. disinclined. 

. ^ d id you not go. 

.J did you not have. 

.} ... did you not know. 

1 did you not know of it. 

I ...do you not. 

I do you not have, 
do you not see. 

Eastman, !J... eastern. 

eastern, east end. 

East and West. 

? eastbound, e'en. 

end, r^..! entity. 

...|.. ended, enter. 

entrance (^.-P..). 



31 



_ ensiofri: ,-:r:6',,excellent. 

rnr^ excellence, ..^-..^.eccen trie. 
establishment, ,.,„., est 



even, . ...evened. 
" .r^, event (S^ ), c>:,eventual. 
^"^ eventide, Vier^,.evening. 
"TT^venly. Z.,..^. 



.E 



wen 



4). 



...evanescent 
ever present L. • •) 



.Vp fan, M .M. fancy.^ 



icy. 
.Ij;^,,..... fanciful, Vg^.V. fence 

>«i feign, \\. feigned. 
...V>v{eint, ^..\^. faint. 
„„W.fen, -W^.fin. 
.S^^TTTofun, \^.. funded. 
Vrt).. found; V:x^.!s/,. founder. 

Vr>^.fundaiTiental(ly). 
.-Wj?.,.-Fontenelle. 
.,^o^_ip<<^^Fontenoy. 
.>g.fond; Y .W^.iondi 
,V^...flaunt, 



iness. 



Vox? 



„\lo .« flown, >si?:^...«Flynn. 
V-j..flatten, V^.... flattened. 
\r>^.flounder, W^ flinders. 

-W^.. finish, Vs/. finished. 

..Vr:^. ..finisher, \r:!_^finishing 
v.. forlorn, V.... foreign. 

n/. foreign er.V^ fore and aft. 

\/.Vr:>..foreign power. 

^^^''^..frontier, y^ friendship. 

.-Jurnish, W-:....iurnisher. 



flint. 



.^ franchise, .r^..French. 
.../^.. Frenchman; C^^ friend. 
S^^-TTtifreeman, js* ..Fronto. 
>|...foeman, v-r^.-.^.ior we can. 



v-:r>-^or we cannot. 
Vr^for we meant. 

for we may not. 
or we mean. 
Vr-Tx^ioY we must not. 
(Add other words, joining as 
in previous sections). 




132 



-er^— ,gain. — o.-gamecj. 
=r-^..gaunt, 

<^„giant 
^=:p^gondolier.(-rr^^) 
.^:=:>gentleman, c/ ^gentlemen, 
.^.^.^-orlean. ^-^^rx-^o^leaned. 
.£=r^ gland, ^i-,==._-,g1anced. 
a=r?^glint, ^-r->_gone(.=2-.). 
sr^.grand, .c==p__granted. 

c-75. grandee(c2~)- 
ir^,_ grandfather, 
iz!?_:grandsire. 
s:!r:^.grown, groan. 
crOground. c—r^Zj^ grounded. 
c/« Geralnt, to,=^Germanic. 
,^::^German. /-^ Germanize. 



•=L.gun,— ,^ap^Gunther, 
*=r^«Gunnison. 
s=^^gunny bags. 
,J^.happen. ,'^_.happened 
.X^happiness. happens. 



^...Han 



ce (A.); 



Hants. 



^ ^Jiasten, Hazen. 
Chastened, /i^Hentz 



.__hastens; 



\ 



.hence. 
.^Il5^_.hewn, ^i.:=_h 
.henceforthL. —. ). 



ewer. 



henceforward. 

U- A ^ 

_hinaer, ^ „ 



^ 



-herein. 



hereinafter. 

->-,^ hindrance, .-.„hindered. 

™-_hind(behind). 

-, hfnder, _k=^Viindermost. 



hicrhlpnH 

__highness. 



A 



.Hind 



man.- 



i^Hilton. tiykilprin. 

,IIIJ.>Ji olden, J Holton. 

Holman, .hnly man. 

„>^Holland, . ^Hollander. 

_^^holIandaise(F). 

.^^^^.Holstein, hundred. 

_!!Ilii. hr^lpen, <IJ.„Hone(__.). 



133 



(!.. .hundreth( *^.)^ /7^.. hunt 



Sr^human, ^...humanity, 

zZS^ humane; .:^..^.., ..hymen. 

_:^...hyphen, /^.,.. hypnotize. 

f?..I meant, ^^Ji minded. 

jI.\ wont do it- 

^ ..Ixan I cannot. 

f...i cannot do it. 

ibl cannot doubt. 

irrrol cannot determine. 

(Note .-—The learner should 
practice on phrases, as illus- 
trated in previous lists,— ad- 
ding to "I" the various verb- 
signs and ordinary connec- 
tives ; as, I did not, 

."^r:::! do not know, etc, etc.) 

_ I will not(:^.). 

I learned^ ... I landed. 

{or J..)Inez, Ionian^ 

.......interest, .r^..msist. 




msu rmoun table. _ 
....!D>....intestate. 

intercalary, JU intercede. 
Fntercessor. 
/^^..,interchange(y^. ). 
iptercommanicate. 
intercommunicant. 



A. intercostal. 



yV 



indenture, 
urate, ..l. induce. 



.''.indent 

ind 

„ Indo-European. 

. .^r;2LT^ I ndo-Germanic. 
. /^..infringe. 

,...s/^, infringement. 

infrimger, - 




...in media s res. 

.-^...independent. 

....■>-f independence. 



.indicate, ..^Z^.. indicated* 



.v.. indubi 



table, 



-t 



indeed. 



134 



in debt, in detail. 

..,..f^indolent, .»L... indolence. 

^ \indomitable, ..Jr:N.in doubt. 

.^ineffectual, ._„.infant. 

.J infancy, .„_.....infantile. 

in good repute. 

.....in good standing. 

_ ingratitude, „»_„„jngrate. 

.rj^.. inhale, .....\... inhabitable, 
^..jn point of fact(..-i:„.). 
.in the main. 
....,.-^.UJ.n the meantime. 
....„,.,_,„.. in the one case. 
...„,.^3.-.inimitable. 



mtao^lio 



.infuriate. 



v.«._ inter(.,„„..), \^.„ interfere nee. 
.«««-^g^interfere, 
.--..-.^....intercellular, 
X.>.™^....interpendence. 
J!l}^...interfoliate. 
.Q.Interfuse. 



nterim, ,.^.^ mterior. 
„.«„.interject, _..L...yiterIine. 
.--,,JL.interlace,._,.lL interlinear. 
^^ifCf. interlude, ,JL..interIucent 
...jL^nnterlocutory. 
...^.-.».«_. integral. 
...^.mtegrity, ...Jbj^intermit. 
^.««,«^-. intermediate. 
™=^-.c.«.»^,u n te rm ed 1 ary . 
..«.„„««..^.-intermarry. 

..^....l„intermeddlc(..««. ). 

<i • ,^ • 

„j::i^ 1 n te rn a l,.,»»Js.??j n t e r n e cine. 



:Mnterregnum. 



._=„..«..interrogate. 

^^^^ interplead, ..^^..interpose. 

,„,..,«_int erven e. 

^klXintertwine. 

_Jo.in time, A-«~..intrinsia 

.Jljntolerant(._k?),.«™« intimate. 



intractable, ..^...intrude. 
^„.i...introspect, |^inundate* 



S' 



135 



innuen 
inventor. 



do, !^. ..inveigh. 

inventory. 

.. >^.invest, .M inveteracy. 
.....involuntary, /..injure. 

injury, ^ injuriously, 

„ insure, .\...„ insurable. 

.tT. insurance, insured. 

,. . JJntramural, <L...introvert. 
_iintrust, ..i^jntroduce, 

_«^4....in suit, ...1 msotiaance. 

^s/..]o\\n, <>^ Jane. 

w«/.June, / judgment. 

rrrr^.Kane, — c^r^r>. .Keene. 
..ro. kind r:^..^...kindness. 
-:^i»_/Kentucky, —y^. kindred. 

,/?...land{/:^ ), /I landed. 

j*L.-learn, / .' learned 

./Tl.lend, /T? loaned. 

/?^entilhon. /^/^...Lent. 

lonely. ^.Irr^^. lonesome. 

.loneliness. r\ /^^lender 



^ 



lend one, ' learn one. 

ci.. London, / ^Londoner. 

Cjh-^. . Lyman, ' lineman. 

C\^ .. maIignant,C>-yfnalignity. 
<'->^.magnificent. 
O— ^ malignancy. 
-TTp.. mandamus(^ ., .). 
<r-v— ,. may gain, 
<:?-^....may contain. 
<r;5.ma!n, mean, mine, (Vowel 
can be inserted, where need- 
ed ; as,<3y..main). 
.^^... meant, mend, mind. 
<r^i^.meaning, -:::^_.<'..mountain. 
<:rTVr2)smufacture(rTr-^. ). 
.<r:p..maintain,-^...TnairLtenance. 
-T::^n3.moment,^r:>-r|yinomentary. 
-7>-o monument,.rrr^movement. 
c:y?^ . munimentt-TT^-u,). 
^r:^>><jmunificent. 
-:r^.r:yn uni fi cence. 



136 



magnetism. 
.....magnetize, 
.man, rc:3^_..,.r''3>xTnen. 
^r>:::>mankind, -''>n-vrr>m inimum. 
Montezuma, -rr^.Mendoza. 




^.million, 
mulllon, 



-I JVIonday. 



>C^ milliner. 
Oo^ maligner(Or3^. 

..CX^. muItifo!iate(-r:^...„). 

„symine, ^^ ,.>,^.. .known. 

v,->-ri?nun(a!so, for "none"). 

Newman, "trrf.... Newton. 



Newland, 



"1 



nuncio. 



:w'..lNewiana, -— r^„.. 

N olan, -^-;r::;:^nuncupative. 



^ 



nuncupatory. 
nunrsry. 

Oh I can we. 
...zT?..0Bktn, -....^.... often. 
....«J.„Odin, _„-..^ offender. 
-...,„ii^oftener, ,.^.J^... offense. 



U 



„.,omen, 



oftentimes. 



of your own. 
Z^open, ^r!^....opened. 

._«...._^„ or in, Orrin 

organ, „ organs. 

-Illj organize, „^.J..organized. 

J^lU.organist, h organ tone. 

„ L. organ tune. 



on your own. 

„.._^.Owen, Oh when. 

..^^^.oxen, C:-.,,^^U ye men ! 

„\..pain, ."^ ...paint. 

\l:>d penetrate. 

^^..j^^.pent, penned. 

.^. .. point(often J^s... in phras- 
es ; as, ..L. at the point of 

the : i at that point). 

X^..pending, ^rr^ pound. 

\„.pent up,(.^:^„.), \„pen. 

.JyC!!lZpendulum. 

.,^^I>^-..pendulous. 

..V-plenty; ^A,..plentiful. 



137 



/l^.quaint, ^ « queen. 

<!?T_.quantitive, /f^._ quantity. 
Ci^X^quantum jneruit .\^->/\>A 

^ (/quandary, / b/ Quintard. 

y^S rain, reign, /'.^. .rent(d). 

remainder. 

?^„remnant. 



renounce. 



remam, i 
y-j .reminder, 
//T^ renown,/ 
/ ..^ rnownsnt, renouncement. 
....G<1.^. renunciation. 
^.. renegade, /^"^^ runagate. 

>l/Rhine, A Rhenish. 

<::d Rhone, -<3^r^ Roman. 
-<^rune, ruin, -<r^....ruined. 
y^Ryhnd, ^<^„.Ryman. 
..JL^taint; J ,...i..tend, attend. 

_.JU.„- tantamount, I ,... taken, 

.L.token, Jnr:^. turn(..l/'). 

-..cLroton, tun, irv^-.tyrant. 
Jrt^Jurn aside, cL Turin. 
^J=-runion(tr), <?-^... unionist. 



..^...united, \ universal. 

.^ universe. 

( ^L United States.) 
\j>...vantage(lr. ), V/.-.vantaged. 

.>».valiant,V_. valitudinarian. 

virrrriValentine. 
CfjCr^'Valentinian. 

.^^...vendor, V^::!.. .venture. 
W^veniai, .v^..... violence. 
-V/l... Violently, W:j. .viodance. 
^^.vintage, V?....violent(\/!.). 



V°' 



ens( 



-H}^' 



710 1 ens, volens) 



^..voluntary, .^^... volunteer. 
, .^..wane, wain. 

went, wend, 

...X^waning, --^ went, wend. 

'^^..wen,(vi/hen.j 

<r-p. . wended, :.<r:^^^\y ending. 

-:r— ^ when, --— la. whence( ...\.). 



<— p. i when did you, 
-— p J.when do you. 



138 




<r-^^,^when can you. 
.when can your. 
..western, :rr~:?.....whensoe'er. 
.rr^Tgy. whence are. 

win, .] window. 

_....iT7:>winsome, ......wind. 

„_..l...window, windy, 

_.. A winter, wintry, 

.<:r:^..won, one(M— :^...). 



..^...wont, „.J.vWont do it. 
(A^^/^ ,•— Sometimes 14^ ca.n be 

omitted; as, T^ he wont 

(ont) do it), 
^.yonder, /^...your own. 

.^{^... Yunnan, (^. Youmans, 

..C^^:r'....you have known, 
^..U\....you have been. 
.6:r:\^...you have not been. 



77. THE SHN-HOOK. 

5'/^;^- Hook— to represent sounds of Uan, tion, cian, 
sioj2,—'\s written large on all strokes, straight and curved, 
vowel and consonant, to which it is attached. Its position 
on all straight strokes is opposite to that of the N-hook ; on 
r?/r2/^^ strokes, its position is the same as N-hook, from which 
it is distinguished by being written of larger size. It comes 
into very frequent requisition. From its size, an ^--circle can 
be easily written within it. It is not applied to certain of the 
curved strokes, for the reason that the sound it represents 
never immediately follows any of those strokes : for instance, 
th-shn, dth-shn, ^-shn, ow-shn, are combinations that we never 
hear in correct English speech. In such cases, this large final 
hook is used to represent other sounds:— it is too distinctive 
and too easily written to permit the employment of it to be 



139 

sacrificed. The various initial attachments can be prefixed 
to the various strokes, Vowel and Consonant, to which n-hook 
or n-hook with inclosed circle is attached ; while occasionally 
one of those strokes so added to, with or without initial at- 
tachments, can with safety be half-lengthened. Strokes can, 
of course, be double-lengthened, with shn-hook attached. 

78* Illustrations of Shn-Hook. 

» I . On Straight Strokes. i 

.\j.pshn, - _^shn, \)„..bshn, , ^shn, lj..tshn, .^shn. 

.U.dshn, .„ ^shn, .c^.ch-shn, __2-shn, ci;_ jshn, ^.^(5shn, 

.^rrrrQ.kshn, _ z/sh n, -rr^-. gsh n , „...^shn, ^c^j--shn, ..^..rfshn, 

v^^jshn, oishn, {J-shn and oi-shn being unimportant). 

I {a). Resulting Forms :—^ ^. attraction, 1.^1„attractional, 

action, j^_^.,.,. admonition, <\.. .-^abrogation, \/I!r.subrogation, 

,l_^n/attrition, „jLz>..traction, \| subtraction, L^^., a vocation, 

«.«..=^,auctioneer, — =»-„^„xonnection,— ,-?rQ„{con)cussion, — h^,,>^:2, 
rr:=rP.^Caucassian,cr:2creation,c^::=rSxorrection,-^=>ccontrition, 
. it>-r) .dt-^rshn. detersion, L^~.— denudation, 1;2 ...dentition, 
.\..probation,\A.. approbation, V/p.prohibition. /^I^rescission, 
-J... ,..lr::jradition, Jrr^traditional, _4-..<^t)jection, i^.. occasion, 
irrr^... occasional, ^-^-L occasionally, VQ.» Prussian, 



Russian,<:rTrr^..Grecian,\3...patience,\n^passion,\^..^passionate. 



140 

[d) Same, with Liilial Attachments :~\j,.„^xz^Vi\\on 

exceptional. V^-..,C-:\ exhibition; J-^. station,- [y^ 

stationary, AJ... suspicion, ..\J...,C7A expression, .."ZM 

suppression, ...AJ. ..(con)sideration, ..L^,.? satisfaction, ..ot.J, 

session, *^....,(..<^-^..)sio'-n!fication. 



2. On Curved Strokes. 
[a). On Consonant Strokes :—SCy....h\\Vi, SQ.....vshn, L. 

Ishn, C........k\vshn, O. s-shn, ...(J z-shn, ...CZ...sh-shn, rrr^......[\x.) 

y-shn, ^Z^ m-shn, >>J?....n-shn, ^>JD...ng-shn, ..O..mb(p)-shn. 

A^^/^; -Observe the omission, from the above, of<~:^., 
Ll.., _v..(d.], ..W..(cl.) The large final hook on each of these 
is an F- or a V-hook ; illustrations of. use of which, will 
appear later. 

[b). .On Vozuel Strokes :~ ^.,^2i\^'s\\x\, „...., .^„...ewshn, 

ds\\x\, „-oishn (but the last is never correctly spoken). 

Note -—Observe the omission, from the above, of _..,..., ; 

k„,^.(d.); '^(u.), £.(d.), A(d.). ,3u.) ; -^... ;-:2....^., 

On each of these strokes, the large final hook is an F- or a 
V-hook, not a 5/^;?-hook ; such arrangement being made 
because of the fact that with the possible (rare) exception of 
^...,^..06, 5/^;^-sound does not immediately follow those rep- 
resented bv these strokes, while F- or V-sound does fre- 



141 

quently follow them. Illustrations of this will also be pre- 
sented later. Of use of this hook on the curved strokes, the 
following are a few 

79,* Illustrations. 
., auction, - .auctioneer,— :r^^,caution, v)_.fashion, 



\\fashionable^,3y? fusion, vj^,... nation, v_D.. ,. .national, ^^_J_„ 

nationality, „ mternational, ._ information, jr^...invasion, 

V^invasions, V3..in visions, N ..... profession, \../!^rofessional, 

\,.,provision, \„../:.., provisional, ^ s^.,.., revolution, _ 

revolutionary , ,(,..>K jocean, ^....oceanic, _..^.« oceans, 

'rr7j[^-.(con)clusions,cr:'3|^ , e.-^. .^.exclusion, LrX3..seclusion, 

.Ss^. valuation, A devolution.V^,.,.., .^...evolution, /^ ....motion, 

""T^... emotion, .emission, Cy.. ^.....session, —s_^ ,-,—,,-—>. 

can(oni)zation, TTTTL .. confusion. ^^ 



80. Shn-Hook Following S-Circle. 

For the ready representation of shn-'^owwA following n- 
or /zy-sound, the old phonography provides a convenient sign, 
a small so-called *'back hook"; in the tracing oi which, the 
writer was taught fo carry the pen, after it had formed the 
circle, through to the other side of the stroke, where this small 
hook was formed, The device is adopted here ; and its use- 



142 

fulness Is increased by its being applied to the vowel strokes. 
The followinor will serve to illustrate the use of it.— 

(i.) On Consonant Strokes ■—\., position, V,..^-ps-shn, 

opposition, \. pns-shn, co?npcnsation, h ds-shn, decision, 

.h\.Ax\^-^\\x\,{con)de7isation, ...^...(^ks-shn, accession,—:^ kns-shn, 
concession (: — ?), ~:—e gs-shn,— © gns-shn, organization, /^....... 

x^-^x\, rescission, S^ vs-shn, is^ .,.fs-shn, physician, ....^^ 

imp7'ovisation,\ (:2s-s-shn, association, 0.. ss-shn, cessatiojt, /Z . 

Is-shn, ' kws-shn, acquisition, ^'''~^... ms-shn, musician, <C^... 

ws-shn,<T:^....hws-shn, ^..e- ns-shn, >._^.,ngs-shn, ,.b>...ths-shn, 
,. .Ik...dths-shn, .-^...rns-shn. 

{2.) On Vowel Strokes :— ^s-shn, ^ns-shn, .... 

<:?s-shn, ....... ........ews-shn, , (9s-shn, d?^s-shn, t^^ns-shn. 

These are given as examples. As examples of the applica- 
tion of the prmcipie to the vowel strokes, these may be 

added •—„. iN^d^ns-shn, [con)densation , ,.,s^s-shn, cessation; 

^,.,.lr^ls-shn, realization ^ ....(^ks-shn, accusation; — -\^^,_j2y.. 

kaws-shn, causation , . /^,...-p^s-shn, position ;/Z^. rn-2/ns-shn, 

renunciation{/... .......). 

Several special detached signs to represent sound of 
sAn and coalescing sounds, will be explained in a subsequent 
section. 



143 

81. F- AND V-HOOK. 

Primarily, this hook— which is the same in form and 
position, whether used to represent sound of F or V— is a 
small final hook on straight .vowel and consonant strokes, 
placed in the position of shn-\\QoV on those strokes , i e , 
opposite the N-hook position. Secondarily, it is a large hook, 
on those curved strokes, vowel and consonant, mentioned in 
the two *' Notes " in next to last preceding Section, in con- 
nection with which strokes the use of this hook for skn-\\o6k 
would be of little or no practical advantage, while their use 
as F- and V-hook yields important results. The use' of the 
f- and v-hook when primarily employed, i. e., on the straight 
strokes— may fitly be first described. 

82« Primary F- and V-Hook. 
\ V 
J Examples ;— \) pf (v), ^f (v), .\i.. bf(v), ^f (v), ...u...tf (v), 

_.Jf(v), i...df(vl ^...d{{y\ Z..x{[v\ ^...t{{y\ /..chf (v), ^.^ 

ff(v), ./.jf(v), ...^^^f(v),-_-...kf{v),T".^f(v),.^...gf(v),— ^„ 

.f(v), ./-... jf(v), ...-^..oif(v,. The above strokes can of course 
be half-lengthened. 

Some Resulting Forms:— aft, Afghan^ ......:...„ 

African^ ^S^.. aft of the, S^... abaft, : \....^ ...above, ..^ y.„ 
^zbrvyt, abbreviate, I . ..advocate, ..l.....^.^.. advocacy, \r^^...beef, 
\rrT^X.\--)^^^'^^'^y \^-brief \..,\^. brave,, \i braver, Vr=>„ 
Br'uffyX^bekave, Vy?- behoof .<zrT:^.craft, ^^rr^crafty, <rr^^ 



144 



crave, <:r::7^.. craved, <;:r±...cravingy c„.r.^^..^.cieave,c...^r^..cleft, 
clove, c^rr^ ...cloven, ——^...coif, .r...:.i ^.cover, — -^-rr^ covert, - 
covered, —r79J...{-rrrrr^.)cavtare, -r-r^.-^[rrr^..)cavern, -^......caverns, 

^rrrJ. . cavcmous , — rf Cavour ; \^... deaf, \^... definite, ..,.1^ 

defend, \^.......%r^.define, \s,r^.... divinity, v^... deference-, h^X, 

deface; SdA^ivisor, \a.. dividend, %rr::::^devotir, ...l^.. deft, i^^^^ 
deftness, l ...daft, l^.daffodil, \s,,j><^Dapkne, \s...j><^Daphnis, 

.\r^..deficie7zt, \rrJ deficiency, \^ deprive, \^ deprived, 

Is.^^^. depraved, .Ir^... deceive, .X^... deceived, X^deceiver, .p. 

disaffect, \ disaffected,- \\r^disaffection', YS^z:^. disavow, 

\^^>/disavowal, X-rr^^.dove, Dztff, \^...,.LrS:>^discover, L^.., 
.V.^ discovered, \r...... defect, .I/..1?.. drive, .t... .drove, \trr:^driven, 

.\r^r-r^drivi?ig, l draught, V. drift, %i^... driftwood, ...eft, 

..^....efficacy; ,}?.... efficient; 1,...^. .....efficiency, ,...f.. 

(^shnt'l) efficiently, , ..every, ?s...„.^....ever, ,.y...^. effect , 

J,.. effectual, .^.^..Eve, {^-..........seive, Seaver,) 

\<^...fief )y^,.fife, five, L^...J^im, fifth, ^^^^ fifty, 
— -^. gave, 'rrr?.....give, --rr^.... giver, 'rrf.,^.gaff -r-|^ ,, ^gaff top-sail, 
.^TTT^.gvn-r, governor, "rrr^.. ...govern, -rrrr^.... .governed, —rrP...... ,rrr\^. 



governynent, <=-T'.....,'=^':r^..graft, <=r~^:.grave, '^rr^^^raven, ^^rrf...^., 
^...^... •r ". .. grieve, grief, <^—f.... grove, <^~~ri.. ..groves, <- „c....\i:,„^..glove. 



145 

c^ ,<^~.^=^ g/oved, /gywQS, ^^ . haft, (>^.. , heft, c/.. . ... , 

heave, ^\j ,^...kove, ^^^v-— y^ioven , ^^^~^^.,.. huff, 6~f..., 



huffy, improve, .. unproved, improvement, 

imperfect, ijnperfection, ^~\ imperfcctible, ..^^.. 

imperfectibility, I have, fve, I have it, I have not. 



.^rr^ ..I have no}ie[known), ^~^\^ / have 7iever, ^^../ have 

noticed, ."^^J have not be^n , ,. f have not knoion, 

I have none, '^ .../ have enough, ^^^ .. / have naturally^ 



\I have neither, ..Ivor, ^ Iiy, {\^ ivory), <y .jove^ 

^ Jehovah, ^]d^.y\,jnvial,<^Jaffa- ./ Jeff Davis, 
^C^ juvenile, —^y Kaffir, ^^^.lave, t^. left, /^.. lift, l\ 

loaf, /....v. ,Joafcd, ( love, t^^. loved, f I life, -^~^nay have, 

^r:ro..miff, <r~^ ...move,^^^^i-^.muff, -—^...nave, knave, >^.. knife, 
-^.u^''nifty\ {^^-jfy^'sniftf , 'i-,.^^ sniff ,) ^~—^.,:^.... novitiate, 
..„ ...over, i^.Ophelia, ...%n*.. over again, \j—yOver and over again, 
\o. proof, prove, y> proved ( i\^ap proved), \^.... preference, 

yj2 proficient , \^. proficiency, ^Xr-x^ providential, \\ 

provident, V— y^.... provincial, W^ province, "^r-—^ Providence, 
^^^...re{t, I'cft, y^' r^vd, raved, y\i rave, ^ ....xi{\., rift, 

^f^.....xiv\\, rivulet, ^ xvx, river, x. x{-xe, referee ^Z"'.. ...xev, 

reeve, /Z~f... reeves, Rives,yf7. .xe{\., reefed, ^^..raft, ;Y?y?, -^''I^, 



146 

'(^^....{.'/Sss^ rafter, ^.. nw, rive, <z^...grddv, groove, ^\«2.... 

prove, ■^. r<5(9V, remove,/.. xtii, roughs ^..,,/Cr ncR, roughly^ 

{/IZJ.. ruffle), ySu..rove, ^<^^K..,{.^...)rover, -^^ih.^.'.rovtug, O. 

rs-2/rVj reserve, W..^ .. ..rs^v, receive, O. received, /.\>.. reproof 

reprove^/.....:....:reprovedy.\rri?.7^eprievej y...:,\savory se^f 

surf, served, sift, seive, :,°ZZ\..stffer, _ 

sufferance, „.. stfferer, .: serve, \.^.Jaffy, .\r\. taf'ail,^^ 

...i^.. Tefft, Lrr^.... .tough, V:.^. .toughness, L:/....,.\r:^..,totigher,' 
^tmprofitabie, unproficient, y^Z^uiprovinciat^ 



Z^cJiprovidential , ulvular, V?~;;>...z^zW(F.), <:r:^..,.!^.., 

wave, waive, weft, 6.. ....whichever, which have, o^.... which 

have not, ^L^... which have no7U,urrr:r\/which have 7tever,^^~^%^ 

which have not bee^i, U wove, yrz^woven, <J^_^ ...^ Xavier, 

ye have, -/Z..... ye have it. 



83* Secondary F-V-Hook. 

Examples:— , ave\^.^.....dehalf^...but you have not, 

sr:::::^.but we have,\^rr^:.but we have not,\r^..hit I have'^^f^.. 



>0 /?/l/"/»*-M X. / 



hut I have so much,\:7:^.ht-o\Nt-Y,btit out of ^^^.Boffin,^ 

but you have, \^. before you have,y. but they havens bttt they 

have 7iot, ^. ...but they have nothing, -r^....calf -r::^.,.. calves^ 



147 



zrf/co//e7^, y ...did they have, . \ do they have A. .do you have, 
Xr^do we have, I doff, \r^ , \Jfive, c^.Shive, ^X>...hoof 

„„ / have, -.^..^ / have so much, ^y^.... (approximate sign), / 

have you, ..^ ...it would have, ^^^"^..2/ would have gone, ^^. _ 

// wotild have been,/"^^ laugh, -^\>:>.7Vof „.sJ. thtef Kj.... 

think of, thing of, .\J..they have, \x^ .they have not, \jf....they 
have you, Kx they have your,ij—^ ..they have all there is, 
v>-Q. (approximate sound,— srst) they have atUhorized, 

(j^_^.they have the whole, Vh:^, they have offered, ^pn zve 

have that,'^~T^....we have them, ^"^ , ..we have the whole, J 

which they have, ^ ...which you have, ^^.. .which we have, 
., /^ .which would have, Ohrrfyou have all this, (jtr'^..you have 
all these, Qr^...you have all those, G-r-rr^ you have not that, 
Qj^^you have the whole, O^^^^^you have the whole of it, 
\:^><r^....you have the most of it, Ln^__^ ..you, have the whole thing. 

84* The N-Shn and M-Hogk. 

The office assigned to the large hook in the N-hook 
position on the straight strokes, remains to be described. On 
some of the strokes itJs an n-shjt hook; thus,— sJ.pn-shn, 

."tT-./n-shn, vo!,...bn-shn, ^n-shn, u...tn-shn, . . .^n^shn ,■ on 

others it is a i-/^;2-hook simply, thus ;— J d-shn, *t _^-shn ; 



148 

on others it is an w-hook ; thus :— ^...rm, ......I'm, TrrT)...km, 



.2^m, -rr-> ..em, em, 



^,r(^?;2//6^i';—v^~r\^ convention, c~~\.(ks-pnshn)expansion, 
..\J.. suspension, <i detention, .t^.. retention, .\ subvention, 



„.\ . ( .\NP..)prevention, ^rr^T^.mention, rrr-T^comprenension, 'X ... 

apprehension, (st^n-shn), extension,. .r—i ,-:r:^. combination, 

_ (^n-shnt)ancient',u..i tension; ...L.attention(Lc).continuation), 

„. NP...Fanchon(approximate), y... stanchion(approximate), ..vj 

expansion --r-^ mansion, <^. ..mansions, -^ contention, L).. 

sedition, XJ.sudation, --^ (n^-shn) notion, .-rr-f... Goshen, J...,. 

erosion, <^>55.remain,X"\ remorse, /^L. remedy, /<.. Ramsay, 

^..(fmt-^t) imitate, ..(j. imitation, ....l^....immaterial, .IrT. 

immateriahty,^. Rameses, ...'a.... immure, ..°i immature, 

x:^,,.<^^^^rim,../^r| rimmed, X'^. ream, /^-^. rum, "^^....emotion, 

/I^./L.-^.ignominy, — -x... comity, accommodate, ^tt-->...... 

">... comfit, .L-^... discomfort. ' 

85* Other Illustrations of Shn-H 



HN-nooK. 



abstention 



V>' 



abstentation.Vo , 



action. 



actionable. 



K, 



addition . [ _.,... I^. 
acTmirationl Q 



149 



admisslonl^_^^, I^^^J 

admonltionl <^ 

administration i. , 

adunibration| , 

affirmation^ , 

back actionX^..., 
calculation ,c,„.„G.^., 
cautioa-Tr?»J7 causation:Trr 
capitalization.— 3s/V 
capitulation -rrty^ 
celebration .^.^O 

characterization cTT^TTT^ .., 
coagulation 
codification 
collaboration 
conclusion.f^rr/f'. , 

correction < ^ .- ?.. 

condemnation 
culmination, 
decision A.., .3^, 
deduction i-r-^, 




delectation .Irrri 

dedication L^, 
deliberation.Vv^..-, 
desolation v..., (;l^ 
dialectitian(rVT/. , 

disposition ...V , 

dissolution A , 

deception. ...L... , 

derogation . I 3, 

distribution, 
dislocation .1;.. 
disproportion 
disaffection. ...ir-^.., 
disfiguration. ..L—^, 
defection Irrri 
defalcation Cl... .->j. , 
deflection. i-O^ -^, 
denunciation.A_^ , 
dentition J^^, 
detonation. .L3.., 
devotion .1^^,.... 



150 



division i ...., 
dififerentiation .n.. 
disaffirmation.. |^^r::> 

eventuation , 

evolution 



eradication 



emulation ^^ 

e-visceration... 
fashion .SO.... ,..S>f , 

'^ 

flagellation... >^...., 

fluctuation >^ , 

formation .Ss—^^ 
foundation. >! . , 
function.H^., functional.x3. 
functionary. . S^^ ., 
generation. .^r;^.., gentian. •C^/ 
genuflexion.. .■fCSTv-v 
glorification «;^.^L2), 
Goshen.— f.., 
gyration. 



"/^ 



interjection 



^ -^ 



mi unction. 



<D 



mjunctionai 
interrogation 



,-^ 



^ 



interruptiQrt. 

. . . /^^ /^^ 
inquisition , , 

investigation....^...., ., , 

irresolution , 

irrsubordination , 

junction. C^.. , 

just position .A_., 

juxtaposition...'/.. ., 

lam.ination-./^ , 

latitudinal^UI^., .^. ..., 

levitation/^V .., location 

longitudinal../^-^, 

lumination 

lustration .(^. , 

magfcian.^^... , 

malediction .C~^lLp 



motion/O, musician,--!? , 



-^ 



nation .vO. , national: 
nationality V-i?..., 



negation 



negotiation.-,,.^— I 
notions.^...., s^. 
notional 






ri 



objection..! ; occasion 
opposition.v ... , 
perfection. \r-^, 
position... V , y^ • •> 
possession. .C/ ..., 
petrification 
preparation 
presupposition. X.W.. 
proposition \ ., 
probation ...V ..., 
probationary. ..^.V^, 
provision. .\ ... , 
provisionai..\ Z, 
provisioner, provisionary...? 
prorogation 



1^ 



151 

* purification.^^... , 
putrefaction.V ...., 
recognition^^.. ./^ 
relaxationiA: 

relegation (Z. .. ., 
reinvigoration /C.srr^ 
renovation./ ..\j ^s.» 
rescission Z^ ...,Z^..., 
revision/v) , 

revelation. .'/'^l) , 

revolution ,/xl. , 

revolutionary .^...., ...^., 
revulsion ./^.. ..-)..., 

satisfaction .p _. , f , 

session -O^. J jvsituation 

specification. ..)Cij., 
subdivision. ...S^..., 
subordination. .\/^::r^., 
subrogation .V... , 

syllabication .rr:% .L..\-rDt 

systematization, .top 



162 



traction. ,.Lo., tribulation. .L./t^ j unfashionable. .3j[.v..., 
transaction... (T. , ..p , unification ..^.^.,^.^... 



transposition. i.fe.. ...... 

transition., j^...,. J<; . 



unmcation . 
valuation v^ . , 
violation . .VA, V3, V/ , 



86- DETACHED SIGNS INVOLVING SUN, 

As a final sound, s/i^i, closely coalescing and combining 
with several vowel sounds, is of frequent occurrence. Several 
detached signs are set apart to represent several of those 

combinations. Those signs are, <. for d-shn ; > ^-shn, 

.A...evv-shn. and v ..u-a-shn. They are written below the hori- 
zontal, and tollowiiig the slanting or perpendicular, strokes, 
whose sounds these combined or grouped sounds follow. 
They are applied thus ;— 

association, ) , 

!_ delectation, ..h^ dt-^"r-^?shn, deteriorati 



„.. asseveration, 

v^ . - . , ^ . 

_...<.. emanation, l ^?jr-a^shn, exaggeration( .7. ) 



^l-mnt-/?shn, alimentation, "\. 

ion, 
dran-ashn, 
examination, .^^^^ illumination, 
lamination,./:^... retardation, J.^.....cessation( ..:..),. ^....^. accession, 

<i;^.... Hessian, ...^ secession, .rrr^. ..knst-ewshn, constitution, 

( A....ewshn, word-sign for constitiition ; and hence, ^....... 

constitutioyial : ttnconstitutional] ; .La diffusion, lU-:^...- 

diminution, Vr"^... domination ; ...."' or ...sa...., suffusion. 




163 

Shn- occurs probably more frequently in combination 
with I than with any other vowel sound, but the shn-hook 
usually attaches so easily to f-stroke, that no special sign 
seems needed to represent the group f-shn. We have, for 

instance, l^-7T^i^ definition ; J_^.dglt-f, deglutition; 

f-nn-i'shn, inanition ;'^vp... prohibition ;/ .rT^.Tccognition ;-rr"3<^.. 

rendition. 

The foregoing signs for ^-shn, ^-shn, ew-shn and u-^z-shn, 
are among what are usually denominated Suffix Signs, of 
which, as well as of Prefix Signs, there is a considerable 
number. Some are conncctible— as will be seen hereafter. 
Before describing these, it will be well to describe the 

87. LARGE HOOKS ON EXCEPTIONAL 
FORMS. 

On exceptional S-Forms, the large hooks seems to be 
most useful, when the sio;ns are of normal length, thus ;— on 

.....(u.), ??2-hook ; on ...^....., shn-\\Gok ; e. g.,-rrX...ik-svn, ^.. 

r-sm, <r:i. w-sm, /^AJ.r-s-shn, -^^.^.r-sr-shn, A d-sr-shn, 

d) d-sl-shn. On the remaining form, . (d.), it is also a 

shn-\\ooV,-~e.g.^ J^.. d-s-shn, z^^;)... d-sl-shn. 

Illustrations : — ...Q ..axiom, (f? . axiomatic, .■^...C custom, 
istomary,-Trr4.... customer, .1^'^. ..decimate, T."^.. decimated, 

..f..rf-.... decimation ; \.. ( . '^.. )presume, jy.\. presumable, ^.. 

{.<r^^..)resume ; ...... . . accession, (.. ^...accusation), ^.^■. 

(7 ~Co ■'■ <- 



154 

processional \/^ ..H)... desolation, ( A.,.. /O) sometimes ..n...., 

dissolution), .V , . r improvisation;^^. ,.\A..absolutIon;/:\l).,., 

,fr:::^^rescission ',yX^ resurrection ; Ao..,>n.. .vacillation. 

88. SHADED LOOPS AND ELONGATED 
HOOKS. 

These are but few in number. They are :— 

1. Sp and Spr Loops .-—These are the St and Str loops, 
shaded. They are used on only the k, it, r and t strokes ; 

thus :— K<^.. rsp, 2sp, ..^. rspr, zspr, /nsp, 

mspr, .r^r^.ksp,-— ^=Q...kspr. From them we have:— ....-<:^.. respect, 

/^respectful, --^.....^.. respiration, frsp, in respect; 

irrespective, inspection, , mspiration. 

2. Elvngated Hooks :~Ks a general rule, anyy^W^?/ hook 
can be elongated, to add sound of tkr, but care is needed in 
writing such hooks. In lengthening a hook on a curved 
stroke, and often on a straight one, a little bend \ in the hook 
will facilitate the forming of it. We have, e. ^.: any other; 

....(...at any other; IJ done their; lr7;r>,...dovvn there; in their 

(there); ... ...own their; .u... to have their. A^-hook can some- 



times be added; as, .(/'....to have their own. 

Initial Hooks on straight strokes can be elongated. 
When thus lengthened, they imply preceding s-sound :— as, 



165 

Z'skr,-rr:^=r:::.k-skr, ./^...swr; \/^ ..{-s^nx, forswear ; 

, ^^/i-krb, inscribe ; \.. . unscrupulous : T7r uninscribed. 

It will generally be found easier to close the elongated hooks, 
and make loops of them where they are used medially ; and 
:3^ so closed, they will not conflict v/ith anythmg else. Loops 
are not, in the ordinary treatment, prefixed to medially 
placed strokes ; hence, such loops may be treated as the 
equivalent of the elongated initial hooks, for indicating pre- 
ceding j'-sound, in the two cases above noted. For most 
of the straight strokes, however, a still easier mode of repre- 
senting r-hook with preceding j-'Sound is available ; that, 
namely, of the 

89, SPECIAL MEDIAL LOOPS. 

The easily written, expressive medially-placed vowel 
signs previously described, have been secured by a sacrifice 
of medial use of i"-circle as employed in the old phonography. 
To in. part compensate for such sacrifice, j-hook and the three 
vowelly treated exceptional .^-forms have been devised. The 
Special Medial Loops afford a means of representing several 
combinations oi sr in a very expressive way . thus,— 

I. Skr, by (in addition to the mode described m the 

last preceding section) :^=>rrr.-.,.l.„<: e. g., ^JUr. t-skr, (Tasker), 

^irr.d-skr, ^-w^ Madagascar, J— ^ tusker, o~J. husker. 

(._..„...-. Oscar, ^r^. ..risker, .--r-j^.. .whisker, involving the 

previously described mode), 



156 

2 Sir, by ^ ,.)....,. J^..{3i\\ unshaded); ^.^., /J. ...r-str ; 
^rn^...k-str • — -/ m-str ; J^.,..t-str ; ^...j-str ; _^...ch-str ; ^...., 
g ^/.y/^r,-:.:,.;?^ .,: o , <~.Custe7\ T:nz^.... castor, ,^.^.Easter, /r-r^.... wester, 

6";!^^, by L.,^^-=•(both shaded) ; ^. ^.,x2^.....„r-spr ; ..._.L..., 



3' 



f-spr (inspire) ; ^^^....^'^^^S.-. grasper ; Sl^^_d-spr ;,^r:^^...hw-spr ; 
j^...v-spr, ^i__ tr-spr, /C3. J-spr(Hsper) ; x^z-spr: .<^q3..^ 
exasperate, ci^^..kl-spr, ^.^, fld-spr(feldspar). 

4. 5^r, by .^,5^ (all shaded): ^ ^.,sJ-i.^^.t-sdr, 
T:rrr-^,.-k-sdr,-r::::^.. m-sdr, .V^^ v-sdr, ^^^..mb-sdr, Zv^.«(imb-sdr, 

ambassador ; ^^^.,.-„,,.''A,.p^^_deside7^attim ; -"-zTr^.-^jnay {con)sider : 
M..to {coJi)sider: \l.....do {con]sider:Z/^outsider: / .::Z^. ^.reconsider: 

/-^. . -^ — J 

^ .^.^inconsiderate: „^,__.-_, .__ .^^nnconsidej^ed. 

5. S-dTHR, by^.(u.),^^..(both shaded); e. g.,fi^... 
r-s\.\\r,1^. .■.i-s\.\\r(is tkere),"^^.^ but is there, '^.. ...but as (has) 
there : ^J^^..but as there is,'^.'^^.„goes the^^e, .., .^J guess thei^e, 
..,3_^.„.. ^.^who is there, ..As/....2uJio goes the7^e, ^ .^^^jjjJio gets there. 

It will often be safe to half-lcnorthen several of these 

special signs: e.g., V^.,, have considered,/ j^.^^^right straight 

along, ^..^...^.... right straight back, ..^^.^^.inspired, __. J^nscrittable^ 



157 

- inspiratory,/^.. ^respiratory; or. to double-lengthen them; 

e. ^., ->J..inspirer ;x^...,respirer ; ...M.. destroyer; .M...._ 

blusterer. 

6. For Stl, another form, besides broadened /-hook,^.„ 
is a convenience; and for that combination, „.^_,^..,4?=T::^s,-.(all 
unshaded) are selected; e. g.,-r^....k'St\, cast/e,^:—z ^.,^z^.^ 

crystal, .^..J-^t\, festal, ..^^,v-stal, vestal, yL^,^^.^. pistol, 
^^..],.^ postal, ^...... ,.\s ..postal-card, \^Xj nestle, AlL.^ 

trestle-work, „__ ...instalment. ^ 

Obviously the several final attachments can be written 
on most of these looped strokes, as in paragraph 2, above; and 
''con' dot, more particularly described in the next section, may 
readily be prefixed to any one oi them. For example, we 

have; k..Y<? consider, L.«.._/6' be considered, ^^\%Jo conspire, 

to construe. 

90. THE INDEPENDENT ATTACHED 
LOOPS. 

These constitute valuable, and heretofore but little used, 
stenographic material. They can safely be employed of three 

sizes, a. , O....^.C/.. ; and each of them can be shaded on the 

down-stroke side, to imply an added sound. They are used 
thus :— 



168 

1. The smallest, initially, medially and finally, for 
*' scl/\' thus :— ........itself, .<^.. himself, ....... ...herself, ......... ..ourself 

{£i....): --?:.myself (.<r^.. ),• /...whoseself ( .CL- ). 

Note :—T\\t plural ''selves,'* seems to be best repre- 
sented by sis, which may, of course, be written in various 

ways ; as, ,.._,.-...,.....5^.. ourselves; Ad.. ,0..., rC. themselves; p(^ 

S:rii?...yourselves (or /^.. :.-.,.. S^.eiur-sls), (^^...oos-sls, whoseselves. 

As to you, your, it may be remarked, that ew and ewr signs, 
alone or in combination, more unequivocally represent them 

than jK. yr, do: (^. g., 3^...,ewt-ilt, more certainly expresses 

utility than ^.,,_>^/-f//, does. 

Coming between two strokes, this smallest loop, tmshzd- 

ed, is occasionally used for simple s; shaded, for sp ; as, 

^..,...rsk, risk,^\^.xsv, receive, y^^\^^..rswT, receiver, /^_...L.,/^.....} 

rescuer, y^... rspkt, r^^/^6/; /^...\ rspkt-bl, respectable-, <=-77Zp^.. 

cori'espond', <r:z^. .kr-sp-nnt, correspondent ,<^T?r:::^..corresp07tdence, 

It is possible to strike a circle inside of one of these loops, of 
whatever size the loop be ; thus \—^^^^^7^xs-dx, restore ; but 
use of an 5-stroke, most frequently one of the exceptional 
S-Forms. is usually preferable ; '^s,y^^r^...xs\.-dx, restore. 

2. The medium sized ^^/^shaded one is employed to 
represent ns : the shaded one to represent nsr. Initially, 



159 
we have ^j;^r.-:-r.. Anson : ^i7\...((^ns-pt),anticipate ; encircle , 

ensiform ; ^ answer ; •7>-»-<-..answering;^5):torfV^.answering 

"^ — T ^ 

affidavit; <;?v. answerable. Medially d^nd finally, we have, 

e. g„ ^.insecure, insubordination, m his position, 

--^ . . -""A? . . . ^ °- 
O in his possession, . ^ in his -business, in his case, 

„... in his condition, / insincere,... incendiary ,"-3^. 

<- — oswainscoat, answer, ..\. answerable, ^...unsur- 
passed, ... O. unsurpassable. 

3. The largest sized ?/;?shaded one. Is used for i'i", shaded, 
for nsl \ .£. g., ... accessible, _^_^accessory,-l,^^. ...decisive; 

—^t excessive, -^;i exasperate, -^v^exasperation, 

.... . incessant,'^. ..^\.inaccessable, ^^ possessive, .-. unsus- 

pectmg,— -^ cancellation, insulate, insulation. 

i?iS7xla{\^.), T^^ insolvent, ., .^..insolvency, Anselm. 

91^ OTHER PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES 

I. Ing, ings ; con, com, ^^^.— The attaching of different 
meanings to differently located similar marks and signs, is a 
famihar device of the old phonography, which it is not thought 
wise to discard. For example, a small dot placed before a 
stroke, represented the prefixes con, com, cog : a similar dot 
placed at the end, and in the direct line, of a stroke, iitg : all 
of which are herein retained. However, in most situations 



160 

in which it is needful to represent co7i, com (it being often 
safe to leave them unrepresented), probably >^-stroke on the 
line IS the best sign of all ; ^, ^..-rrr-rv.... committee.— rrn confine, 

rr^TT... confound, -rrrrr^.. confidence,— r-\^.. confidential, —\/v> con- 
fidentially. -rrr-i. ..convene. As cog generally precedes ;2-sound, 
—and is often pronounced eliding ^-sound—.T^rr-o. usually dis- 
tinctly enough represents that combination ;— as, -rrrr^... cogniz- 
ance, (/..Jrecognizance),/Z|.. recognize. SomeLimes^-r-->wilI be 

best for con, and ^t:-:^ (km) for com. The expert writer will 
readily decide for himself which, among two or more optional 
forms, is best for his use in any given situation. For accom, 

written m a position (just under the line), will be found 

to answer all requirements; e.g., in ,,.,_^.... accomplish ; 



accomplishment. For accom7)iodate, either or 

can oe used, the latter being, of course, the more certain. ' 

We have, then, the initial dot as a prefix for con, com, cog, 
2,ViA final dot as an affix for ing. Two such dots when written 
close together represent "/;z^i-;"— however the sign ngs-^.,^, 
being attachable, will generally be preferable ; though it will 
not always join well to preceding strokes. Simple ^.^ is 
also often preferable to the dot for i7ig. For i7ig~a and i7ig-the, 
works on the old .phonography have provided special sio-ns— 
all of them unsafe for our use, because liable to conflict with 
half-length vowel strokes. It is useful to represent these ;'and 
we select for i7tg-a a small circle, for ing-the a small detached 



161 



loop, for mg-tkr a larger detached loop, each of them to be 

written in the '' ing'' dot position; \.\\\xs :—%.. doing a, I 

doing the, s^... knowing a, ^>^... knowing their. 

Illustration of the Foregoing :--^. j-rr-r^-fs^.. comprehend; 

\j-..—r7:^ comprehension ; L ,.___, conduct; |j,^-p. condition 

(|j condition ; word sign, without con-diOX ; | addition) ; 

.— r-^ comity, —->. comedy ; ^., . accommodate; — -p / 

commendatory; .1 doing, I , L^j?... doings ; \.,V^ being; 

\...,\fcj>. beings • VD^ ,-rr-^ conversion,* Ss^..ir-r:?\conversation; 



conofressional. 



2 Contra, contro, counter .-—These are generally best 



represented by -nrs... or-rTrrT^T; as, ^rr^. con trad ict,-r-7^rr^ controvert, 
—ttT^. 'countervail,— ^...counteract. Sometimes it is safe to 



omit the whole or part of these ; as, A controversy, 



.^ 



controverted, .A^ controversial. The dot can be prefixed 
when thought necessary. Latin contra, a familiar legal term, 



IS written r-ryr.. or 



3. Magna, rnagni, magno, magnan, 7nagni/ i—z^-y-^"-^ 
/CS-^; as,<>?-pmagnitude,^r:%^magnificent,<7>rT>rr^ magnani- 
mous ; y7v,^-«>_^magnanimity,/r:^.,^,/"^^^^^ magniloquent. 



162 

4. Circum :—A. small circle, placed before a stroke; 

thus:— f.v^..,...^l circum Terence, =TV^. circumscribe, ^^r:^. _ 

circumnavigate.'-:-^ "^circumnavigation ;— sometimes „...,. ...s^rk; 
as v.. circumvent, .X^ circumambient. 

5. Thr. t/irs, tkr-on ; skn, skns :-¥ or representation of 
tkr, a dot placed after, but not In the direct line of continued 
production of the preceding stroke. Is sometimes useful: for 
tkrs, dthrs, a small circle, and for thr-dx\ a large circle, all 
in the same position, relatively to the stroke; thus :— .L....t-thr» 

to their, \.l.....,i^tether, [°...,X^.tethers, .' in their, in tkere^ 

..attain their, -r-?.. contain their, — j> co7ttain their own, 

^.....in their own, \^..to their own, \2 have (of) their ow7z, 

in other, .' altogether, '...ail to go there. Where, 

however, strokes for any of these combinations can be easily 
and quickly written, they afford as satisfactory a mode as any 
by which to represent them ; as, }.in other, .../-•• ^*^ their, 

in there, /^..rathe7% .//. rather than, ...(..., ^^r^ there any. 

As additional signs for shn, shns, a smjall detached loop for 
the singular, and a larger one for the plural, both In the same 
position, are employed: 2cS>,\:rTr^... prevention, ^^.. allusion, 
f\^ allusions, but occasion for using these will not often 
arise. 

6. Ship, ships :—¥ or ship as part of a word, the stroke. 



i 



163 

^......, sk, attached or detached, is usually employed , and for 

skips, aJ . shs. To /C...'. , lord, ^...., 5>^-stroke does not 

readily join ; hence, in lordships it is detached ; thus. /I < .. 
On .0^ ., wr, for worship, the stroke should be attached, 
(^ , also, in workmanship, whether writing \\.(/\Zoxcyl^ 

7. Inter, intra /—These have already been illustrated 
Examples have been given of representations of them by 

and . , . . They may be still more briefly expressed, in situa- 
tions affordmg favorable joinings, by ( it ) .— Ij introduc- 
tion, inten^ogation, ...\^. interrogative. Interrogatory is 

better written by using /e-hook.— It is not possible to 

give positive rules for all instances, the judgment of the 
note-taker must be constantly employed, in the writing of any 
shorthand that is possessed of a flexibility sufficient for rep- 
resenting spoken sounds in all situations. 

8. Sound of W2, hw2, alone or as part of a word, may 

be represented, initially, by ,above the line ; as . .„ why; 

and it can be joined to a succeeding strokes, thus :— I .white, 

X.xvide, .\whitest, \. widest, V...widely. For greater cer- 
tainty, it can be shaded to represent hwi. 

9. An\ the article, may often be added by ;2-hook ; as, 
A.afa^, S^^from an^ A....to an, \.....by a7i, \^....,...!^,.over an. 



164 

92* INSERTION OF OMITTED VOWEL 
STROKES. 

After the main outline of a word or phrase has been 
written, a vowel stroke can readily be inserted. It should be 
written about half the normal size ; and, its form being pre- 
served, it will be immaterial whether it be placed after (or 
under) the beginning, the middle, or the end, of the preceding 
stroke. The preference of the writer is likely, however, to 
be, to have it nearest the iuiddle of such strokes. It is used 

thus :— /^^ ring, /?"^^^. wrong, /^ ...wrung, /\^^.rang. So 

flown, Ni^:^.. flame, SCS fleece, \lr~>.. flume, V~^.frame, !>/... 

power, .\Z^.pure, - ^ . ..coke, - .^ kick, .. ..cake, . . ■ . .. 

cook, .cr7ps^^..crop, crpv .grip, .^^.aperture, -r-J......Q.o\oXy-jJ... 

collar, ..-rr— /^...cooler. As representing a sound coming be- 
tween two others, the short vowel stroke can be struck 
through; as, .^....bill, .ZT^ learn, ..<r^ eternal, "p^. vernal. 

93* INDICATING 5-SOUND AFTER CURVED 

STROKES. 

This operation— whose effect is equivalent to that of the 
5'-hook on the straight strokes— consists in shortening such 
curved strokes, and so sharpening their curvature as to give 
to them nearly the form of a half-circle ; thus \—.<Z...ths, C... 

dths, Z>..ss, 3...^^, \J....ns, C\ ms, cs.ws. The principle 

applies to vowel strokes as well. With consonant strokes we 



165 

have, G^ S^^-^^ ^^-istake ; CVrrrrr^ ..mistaken ; (V^....,(\rrrr::^:Wissa~ 

hickon : (X^.... waistcoat, Westcott ; ..p system [mox^ easily 

written than U-rx.) ; 3!....zs-tnt, existeitt, ^3 ..existence. With 
the vowel strokes, we have, d... Austin, \ Ossipee, ZY.. 

osprey, ..J^. .Eustace, ....; housemaid, Hausmann, 

houseroom, iceman. The hand is readily trained to the 

forming of these, and use of them will often obviate the lift- 
ing of the pen. 

94. INTcERSECTlON OF STROKES. 

A slight saving— in the long run of considerable value— is 
effected by striking a stroke through a preceding one ; the 
07te thus strtick throtigk being treated as a vowel stroke pre- 
ceded by i"-sound : ^.^., >«U7.,. along the sandy shore, __L-,. at 
sunset, ..^r:^.. at sunset hour, Tx^do you see, ^ ever since^ 

'J sZf... f rom son to son, -r^Cr.have since, ../. he was seen, 

he only saw, ..^ he was the son, .)^..., in that sense, T^.ih 



./. ne was seen, .C2^2> 

lie uiiiy baw, ..c Hc wab iiic buii, ..v..., m that sense, ...... ' 

this season, .::::^S^in the center, .1/1'. it was Sunday, "T^ 



new 



pursuance (of), ^--cil^.never saw, s^... liew scenes, ^^--^^^ 

signs, six. ...not so bad, >J^ . ^..not so good, ..z:^. we wiH say, 

...4. we will see, .</..rA^.yOu will be silent. 

In very rapid work, this possibility of. not prefixing even 
the easily written i'-circle, will count for something. 



166 

85. REPRESENTATION OF H-SOVND 

In most cases in which it is needful to represent the 
aspirate, the <p form, readily connecting with other strokes, 
will be found to be preferable to the >^-tick. However, the 
hook can be attached initially to any stroke, the position of 
such stroke not being affected by such attaching ; as, ^^-rr-hk, 

-'— ...hg, ^— >. hm, -r-^hn, _ hf, t^.. hrt (hit), ^.. hfdn 

(hidden], ... hip, him, hymn, .. . hum, Hun, 

hind, ... hoo (who), hoof. As already illustrated, the 



tick can be used initially or medially for Ae, finally for Aim, 
(but not initially, except with se//-]oop, as in ^. himself), and 
medially and finally only, for i^Ae. //-dot is, e. g.^ . hft :^..hind. 

Special Sign for Hrt /—Occasionally it is desirable to 
represent Art with precision, though as preceding rt the 
sound of A can usually be omitted. As /^-stroke (.^.) is 
not written half-length for kt{d), the strokes being added(/^L.), 
this half-length can be used for Art ; thus :— _<^ heart, ^:.. 

heartfelt, .^':^ Hertado (^^ ), (^..hearty, £^.hurtful(<ra,.....). 

///-5?^>?2 .-—Occasionally it is desirable to represent.//:/ 
sound fully ; as can readily be done by thickening the 
i'-hook on upward-r; thus :—^.S.. Helvetia -.Cy^.V. Helvetic; 

.C/^)?r?r.^.i^... .../.Hellennic ; C^. Hellenes ; ^.... .^^hellebore. 

While need for this sign will not often arise, it is-desirable that 
our apparatus of expression be complete ; hence this device. 



167 

96. ADDITIONAL SIGN FOR AW (AU). 
Initially, some writers may find it easier, when certain 



strokes— especially strokes with r-hooks— follow, to write 

(h. u.) than either or -.. .^ For initiafw^^, this heavy 

upward stroke is unappropriated ; because, though this stroke, 

when medially employed, is ^'-stroke, at the beginning 

the 2^;^shaded form, not the shaded one, is used for a. The 
shaded one can therefore be employed, at the beginning, for 
aUy aw ; it can be v/ritten. half-length or double-length, and 
the various hooks, circles and loops ordinarily attachable to 
the curved strokes, can be attached to this, when it is used for 
this purpose. When r-hook or /-hook is prefixed, instead of 
shading the stroke itself, the hook can, if the writer shall pre- 

fer, be shaded on its down-stroke side ; thus : awr, 



awl awrt, ...'? awr-r. The following illustrate this use 

of this stroke :— awning, ^^^^ saunter, ^.^..... 

Alden, .^l.Alton, ..^!^^ ^^Aldine, Salter, 



altar, .?.,. awr-r,(order) ; ordnance, ordinance. Whether 

this or one of the other forms be used, is, of course, a ques- 
tion of convenience of direction or inclination of stroke, and 
ease of junction with following strokes. 

97* SPECIAL SIGN FOR dr. 

It is easy to give ^A-stroke a backward direction so much 
more oblique than that which is usually given to it, that the 
two will be readily distinguishable. We employ this more 



168 

oblique one for dr\ as following a number of strokes, use of it 

secures easy junctions, not otherwise obtainable: e, g., -rrpr ... 

care, -rr-rp^ . cared, --p^ carest, -r;:^....care ot", -^ care of the, 
ffrrr^.ht carest for the, j>. fair, fare; v . farest» fairest, 
V,. fairest of the,^ . ...fairest of them all. An r-hook can 
be prefixed to this group-stroke, care being taken to preserve 
the sharp backward slant , as in V?. . bearer, Tr--^.„carer, K^^ 
fairer, L tearcr. An enlarged hook can be used for yr ; 
thus :— ..V> b^r-yr, barrier,— :-rr^ carrier, V/^.farrier. 

98. REMARK ON APPROXIMATE SOUNDS. 

Several examples have been given, of employment of 
strokes for sounds closely resembling the exact ones, when 
those for the latter happened for any reason to be less easily 
written in the particular situations; for example, stroke for o, 
where aw was the exact sound occurrmg, or the reverse .—this 
applying with the greater frequency in the representation of 
vowels. As to the consonants, the expedient is also occa- 
sionally advantageous, as in... ^. , SiW-sr^-ashn, for authori- 
zation', use of .J...., zyoo, for you, in <^ when yo?i. In 
cases such as the last mentioned, in the writer's thought the 
sign should retain its true sound,— zyoo m the last example , 
srs in^that next preceding ; and in .. J^ . , for at all, the vowel 
stroke ^ should be thought as dl, riot avjl. Among vowel 
sounds, the i (which is represented by the most easily written 



169 

vowe! stroke) is, in actual pronunciation, approximately repre- 
sentative of several other sounds, especially ^-sound and 
^-sound ,— these two seem easily to degenerate or slide off 

into I. Engineer can usually be safely written ^'^ , engine 
..r^... These suggestions have reference most particularly to 
the exigencies of rapid reporting. 

Frequent omission of k, especially in ex^ has already 
been referred to. Italians speaking broken English, very 
naturally omit— following the analogies of their native lan- 
guage—the /§-sound ; e. g., they say ^s-pl^nd, not ex-p\and , 
^s-<^mple, not ex-d\np\e ; and the fact is very suggestive. It 

is safe to write \...for explain, \^. {ox explanation^ !^^ for 
explanatory, p. zs-tens, {ox existence, '3. ,.iox existed, 3._....-for 
exasperate, ^ o for exasperation. 

99. APPLICATION TO OTHER LANGUAGES. 

Obviously, for Latin, Greek and Italian, but slight if 
any re-arrangement o{ the vowel or the consonant signs is 
needed , but a somewhat different adaptation of some of the 
prefix and affix signs would occasionally be advantageous. 
However, for such representation as the practical stenogra- 
pher is likely to require, no re-arrangement seems needful. 
Some shorthand authors have advised, that in writing, for 
example, Latin words, the words be written as they would be 
pronounced in English, with no reference to the correct 
Latin pronunciation. This may be good advice for a writer 
who knows nothing of the pronunciation of Latin ; but for 



170 

one who knows something of it, no reason is apparent why 
he should' not represent the correct pronunciation, when the 
signs at his command make it as easy to do so as to represent 
what is incorrect. By this system, he can represent the exact 
or very nearly the exact pronunciation, whether he pronounce 
according to the old system, or the modern, which is used in 
the laro^er coIleQ:es at this time. 

For most completely adaptmg the system to reporting 
in- French, a re-arrangement of the prefix and affix signs would 
be desirable ; but for the ordinary purposes of the reporter, 
use of the d-shn sign ( . .^.. ) for d-si-aw7ig^ of the u-a-shn sign 
( .v.. ) for the peculiar French-^7 sign, and adopting the small 
sign, ^....,to represent the ordinary nasal sound, will be found 
quite sufficient. C/^-sign can be used for the peculiar German 
sound of ch, in ich, dch, etc. 



100* REPRESENTATION OF NUMBERS. 

Except for a few simple words like '.cr?...one, ...L.....two, 

..<irr-^.six, J. ..ten, Lp, twenty, ,,^..hundred, .!:?>.., (thownd) 

thousand, C^..... ^rrrJ^million, \.\L....billion, ..l^.....trilIion, with 
their plurals, and added th, ...(...., the Arabic numerals, both 



for whole numbers and for fractions, probably afford the best 
means of representing numbers ; though many attem.pts have 
been made to improve upon them. Half may be expressed 

by L..., , d{, or by ,..^..,.M..,— the last three as for final 

syllables of compound words^ like^3?..,.-j(. , behalf. Quarter 



171 

is written "^T^/L (kwr-r); quarters, ..7ZJ/L.. For large whole 
numbers, the author sometimes uses decimals, sometimes 
fractions; as, 5.2 ..-^:V^,.> or 5,; „.<--v^..., for 5,200,000. 

101- PUNCTUATION AND MISCELLANEOUS. 

Except in cases in which an ordinary punctuation mark, 
such as a period, might be mistaken for a shorthand sign, 
punctuation of shorthand notes should be like that of ordi- 
nary manuscript. The comma, the semi-colon and the colon 
are the same ; the interrogation and the exclamation poiitt 
the same, except, that instead of the dot, a small cross in 

form of an "X" is used, thus : ^..^^ ; the dash and the 

hyphen are written double, thus: ==,=== ; t\\& parenthesis double 
when necessary, though when written smgly, it will almost 
always be perfectly distinguishable^ if written boldly and freely; 
the period is either a small X, or a straight line double the 
normal length, on the slope of upward-r if written upward, 
of ch if written downward,— and the writer can use which- 
ever of the two seems easier to him ; capitals are indicated 
by the ordinary double u nderscoring of the printer or proof* 
reader, italicizing hy a single underscoring; and either single 
underscoring, or a perpendicular mark on the margin, usually 
the latter, is used to call attention to any particular passage. 
In reporting debate, the surname of each speaker should be 
written at the beginning of the notes of his remarks, and 
it should be either underscored,— and if underscored, with the 
underscoring line slanted slightly upward toward the right, 
as, \rr:L.^ Baker— meaning that Mr. Baker makes the remarks 
immediately following the name as thus written,— or inclosed 



172 

in a circle-such circle not necessary to be carefully made or 
to be entirely closed. To indicate an iiiterritption or any 
break in a sentence, a double dash should be written, where 
any indication whatever is needed. To indicate applause, 
the word 0..^. can be written, and either underscored, or in- 
closed in a circle ; or, if preferred, a script a, inclosed in the 
same way,@^ and " laughter*' can be written, and similarly 
underscored or encircled ;— the point being, with all these, to 
clearly distinguish them from the language, notes of which 
are being taken. In debate, it is not necessary to begin a 
new paragraph with the name and following remarks of each 
speaker ; the name, so encircled or underscored, constitutes a 
sufficiently distinct demarcation. Where a debate goes on 
for some time between two speakers only, the remarks of 
the two can be distinguished by letting the notes of those 
of one speaker come out to the left-hand margin of the 
paper and extend all the way across; indentmg those of the 
other, leaving a blank space of from one-half an inch to an 
inch between the left hand margin of the paper and the 
notes. In reporting testimony, questions and answers are,— 
according to a device introduced into this country many years 
ago by a skilful English stenographer who wrote the Gurney 
S-ystem— distinguished in the way last described, —the ques- 
tions being written from close to the lefthand margin, across, 
and the answers beins: all indented or set in from the marein 
by a well defined space. Where, however, a question is very 
short, occupying only part of the line, the succeeding answer 
may begin on the same line, separated from the question by a 
clearly recognizable blank space, or by a long period mark 
inserted just after the question : the remainder of the answer, 



173 

if it shall overrun the one line, being indented, as described, 
with the clear blank space at the left. Should the witness 
ask a question— as, for an explanation— his question should 
be indented, as though it were an answer; and a remark of 
counsel to a witness, though not in form a question, should, 
as to situation on the page, be treated as a question,— that is, 
brought out to the left hand margin. In reporting testimony, 
the stenographer will find it to often happen that a phrase or 
clause will be exactly repeated, by w^itness or counsel, and in 
such cases, it will often be advantageous to indicate such 
repetition by an ordmary ditto mark— ^^ ; thus avoidmg the 
writing: of it. ' Some of the above, as well as the manner in 
which titles of causes should be wntten, and how appearances 
of counsel should be noted, will be illustrated m the exercises 
and illustrations, to be produced in both ordinary letterpress 
and in shorthand, in the closing pages of this work. Illustra- 
tions will also be given of the manner of noting objections, 
motions, offers, rulings thereon, and exceptions to such rul- 
ings by counsel agamst whom they are made. 

102. EXAMPLES OF LEGAL TERMS. 

In the United States, in most of which the appointment 
of official court stenogrophers is provided for by statute, the 
amount of shorthand work done by expert stenographers in 
connection with legal or quasi legal proceedings.— reporting 
testimony, judges' charges, arguments, proceedings of legisla- 
tive and other committees far exceeds that done by such, 

in connection with all other matters. Outside of publications 
like the Congressional Record or newspapers that for a time 
become organs for fully presenting legislative or other pro- 



174 



ceedings, but a trifling amount, relatively, Is done by such 
stenographers for newspapers : it is only occasionally that a 
newspaper, even one of the large dailies, publishes a cornplete, 
verbatim report of even a great public address. There is, 
therefore, propriety in appending a list like the following, of 
terms of frequent use in legal proceedings ; the same not 
being by any means exhaustive. Every law stenograpKer of 
large experience knows that each branch of the law,— patent, 
criminal, probate, medico-jurisprudential, admiralty, corpora- 
tion, commercial, etc.,— has m.any words and phrases pecu- 
liarly its own ; and as lawyers in the great cities drift much 
into specialties, so there is a tendency, in those places, for 
stenographers to do the same :— the chances, of course, being, 
all other qualifications being equal, that that stenographer 
who has had the largest experience in connection with any 
particular specialty will— especially if the matter be difficult- 
make the best report, of any proceedings in that particular 
department of the law. 



abbreviate .\^..., 
abbreviation.^......, 

accept^^ ^.., acceptance^ , 

accident , accomplice. 

account. ..^^,^_^.., accountable. 



accountability... . , 

acknowledee.-ment^^,^....:., 

acquiesce_/<..,acquiescencey'..., 



I 



Act of Congress, 
act of God_^, administer 
administration.r..., 
administrator .4-... — ^ 
administratrix..]-—^ 
admiralty 1^^..., admissionl^ 
admissi-ble,-bllity, l.... ,1^ 
admit I , admitted fact]. , 



175 




bilateral. VY', %. , 

bill of exchange X^^icTT 
blllofIading\A/> 
bill of sale.^lo 

books of account 
British territory^ .. , 
burden of proof 




cancei,-lation,--f,— f , 

7^' 



candidate —p, candidacy 



advertise, -mcnt |^.. , ■ t ■ • . 
affiant I ., affidavit, l . , 
ambiguous,-guity,'\^,">w/, 

annual , ); annuity , 

appellant.N. . . , appellateV^ 

appelleey^^^ arbitrate , 

arbitrary , arbitrator ^ 

argue , argument , 

articles , ditto of war , 

artificial person ...'^'^^^, 
assign'v^, assignee^ , 
assignmentV^^^ assigns V-;-» 

assumpsit! , attest .1... J. ., 

attestation. .1.^.., attested .<L.., 
attesting witness .L^/>rr^ 

attorney 1/^^ attorn. I 

attorney and counsellor 

auction.. , auctioneer 

^ward^^..., baileeV^....., 

bailment.Noj bailorV..,V. X" 

l3ankrupt\^., bankruptcy^^ ., citiLzenskip.„<! .triviLV., 



carrier /.^r^z^causc -^_^, 

capacity rr-r>/^ causa 
certificate, certify, 
certified copy, 
certified document 
cessation. .9r{.^, cession ..,..C/* 
champerty...-c^... y 
charter party 7 7j ., 

'^^ 

citizen y 




chart J^. , charter, 
charterer 



176 



Civil Court.^^T;' 
civil justice.. >^...., 

/ a 

Civil junspruaence ^^^, 



ClVlJ 



p roced u re Vx..^^ 



client 



cliejiteh' 




client and counse 

coercion 

coercitive 



commence, -es 
commencement, 
com merce^....^r--b 
commercial — ^^~^- 



■ V 




competency -->y , ^. 

composition 

compromise 



communicate, -tion, ,. 

communicative 

conclusion 

conclusive 

conflict )— ., conflicting 




conflict of laws.r^^r\^^ 
consent .......,-77-^., contents 

1 



contract 
contractor 



contractual. L^ 
contradict, -ed 



contradiction.TT-,. ,-7^^ 



3 "V 



contradictory. -pv^, 
contributary. 
contributory -r-^/y 
contributory negligence.rnsy/^ 
co-operation, -ive.rTrf^.., rrr^fv, 



corporation..5rr^\^ 
corroborate.'^r 
corroboration 
corroboratory c—TTf^^ourt 
courtroom..rr^r7^ 
Court of Queen's Bench 
court martia 



credit<;r:r:j, creditor 




credible,-bility. 



1^'T 



1-77 



crimma] 
criminality,' 

cross-examine, -ed c—e., = — e^, 
cross-examination c—f. , <= — p^ 

custody ...-r^., .rrr-/l., 

custodian.^— /^I, 

damage t— ^ , deodand<Lj> ... 

debenture .1,!), decease i^«p 
deceitful A, decree, -d V — ,1^, 

defect .Ir-, ;defective U >W 

defend W, defendant V^, U^ 
defendant's counsel .^~^., l^ 
^/^/ credere, OKo^^/^ 
deliver 1 .1.., delivery U , Xf , 
depend L. , dependency I , 
description.!^. ...,=r— t/..,-tivecr-T< 
<leposit...lL^.., depositor.L^^., 
detinue. L-^., detriment..io. . , 
devise...!^... devisee ..v. 



disprove,-ed^.k ,.ir... ;..... 1>^^8L..,- 
disseizen.Xrb.., disseizor.J~4. , 



distinct. %" , distinction ...U^.., 
divers .l""^. , divorce v — ^ 
document-, ary L-^>., i — o^ 
domicile vnS., 

donatio mortis causa,A,^^^L~^ 
donation Vs>, donor h , 



drunkenness 



k^ 



...^ 



disseizor.J~4. , evasion 



rcss , „. , 
easement . .., election. . 
eject ,^, .. , ejectment, 
embargo 
embezzlement 
eminent domain 

enemy , enmity 

entertam...O.. , enter , 

entertainment. .U>., 
entry , entrance . ..., 

.. v/ . W 

equities , equity 

equitable .^\.., 



estop. ..., estoppel 



eviction, 



178 



evidence V| 

evident.V , , 



> evidenced\|. 



evidenced. 



excise ... ^j^ 

examination ». . 

exaniined ., examiner. , . 
examination in chief ., 
examination before trial . %) 
exclude .. , exclusion .. , 

execute , executed ^...., 

execution . ., executively. , 
executor . l-^^_^., La 



executory 



ly. 



exist 



)... 



X 



existence p.. ^,- existent p. 
expiation<:r-A^, expiration 
expectancy 



expediency c~>...... L^\ 

expectant heirs y^. 

extent y extension .. 

extensive , extinct.-rr-^ 



exTmction.t-^Tib, ..., 
extra-territlonal.rt,. 



Ip 



foreign..s/....., fiducIary..S| , 

foreign junsdrctIon..vX;;?....,., 
foreign lawV...., fixtures,. .W^...., 
formal ^O... forfeiture >^.. J, 

forfeit,-ed. >^. ,....>y^ , 

fraud^,C^..., fraudulently, 
function^^^ functionary\v^, 
general average.^/ , /^ ..., 
gift«^.., guaranty -^. ,— ^. , 
gratuitous<r-g, gratuity.c-^^^,^ 
guarantor—^. guardianc-i.,.<y?r 
guardian ad litem 
handwritinsf 



heedless, -ness . ,.0\^^ 
heir^.A; heirless^^N^-o, 
hosde^C hostility ^ .., 

husband,-ry , . . 

husband and wife ^ 

identical..., ., identify... 
identification v3, 
identity^- -<C 




.gnorant ...„.., Ignarantia...'^. 

aiega],-ity... , „.-..., 

illegible..^.., 
immoral agreement, 
impeach..^. \, /..., 
impeachment ^^.., 

impute -.„., imputation , 

incompetency j. , 

incompetent J 

incorporeaL ^ 

indeceaL.X, indecency . ' 
indemnify ..}r~\^ indemnity Z^. 

infant , infancy....^, 

infer .!...., inference Jr 

inferential..^., infirm 

inform , information 

' Injure .../, injury„.<^ 
jnsure_r\._, insurance,,.^..., 
interplead ...-.., interpleader \i 

interpret ^interpretation „ .... 

interpreter , introduce.™.*^, 



179 

introduction ..v...., judicial .i^.,, 

joint and several «A 

■ A- ' , y ^^ 
judiciary A . , / » 

judicial notice^..., 

j u ror /^ ciL", j u xf ^.(^ 

juryman.^. , Jrr:^ ^ 

landlord/^, ^., 

jura in re alienq//\ 

Jus posessionis -^^C^ 

JUS possidendi \^r>^-^ 

jus privatum X. - . 




jus publicum. .4 
language,,^^_^.. , leading./^., 
leading question/^*'^ 

leasehold/^.. yL^ , 

legislate/^... r, legislator/L.*?^ 

legislative <\ / , 

lex loci/^.. .. ., lex fori L W_^ 

license C ..... lecensee/ , 

limit C.......y limitation/T . ,^./_ ..^, 

liquidate/^ .,^, liquidation./^.. \j 



180 



liquidated damages/. .. \r-y 
'^^^lunacy/^/^, 



lunatic/ 
maintain 



1 



, maintenance 



^ 



major ^-^ , majority.^-^ 

malum prohibitum-^^ ^. ^V ^ 

marital right 

marriagC/^-v^ 

merchant t:"^^,/' .'=r-r-rj 

messager^'l^messenger^"//; 

mercantile.^ 



maxim 



^-"^ 



merchand 



isecTT/- 



T 



misrepresento/\...., rVV' 
misrepresentation c/vj 
mistakc.ou:^- mistaken 
mistake of fact,i%^. , 
mistake of law Or:-^ ^r^^ 
mortgage.<rvy, mortgagee<r>-^ 



^ 



mortgagor 



mortgage lien 
municipal .tt: 
municipality 




neofliorence 



^-^..., neglect. 
neofli2rent.>.rr!6T->, nesfotiate.- 



negotiation >rr^.,>-'rtf*, 
negotiable.>.rr:--^, . >-_^rf. . . , 
negotiable mstrument.--:-r-^, 
novationv^( >ri*.^.. innovation), 
new trial. 




non-retroactive 



notarys^, A notarial 
notary public.s»^.A, 
notices^. , notify 
notification. .>rTrf|. -3 
notified. .-rtr .„, 
nullify.C^.C.^-^ 
nullityO^Cl^ 
obsolete... ^,..J., offend. 



offender ...,, offense /^^, 

office , officer..^,^.^,.. y\. , 

official y..^., onus .,rrr1L. 

opinion , oral ., -v 

owner ,..._.., ownership. 






181 



parerit.\/l, V.., parenta 
parallf! ^^ , parliament.^). 
parol.. V/ payroll.V VtT' 
party Vi. , partizanV^ 
partner. .\,^, partnership.f^w. 
penalty ^ 



pena 

personal contract 

plead ingsV^..\..., power..:; 

postag■e.^!57.- , 

post office 

prescription 

prescriptive. .jC. , \ V 

pn'mary.^^'^ principal X. 
prediction^^y^, predication^, 
privilege..^. , private .\. ., 



.lO 



privilege communication q. , 
privity\/,(provide\. ,V), 
proceeding V^ X^l , 
productionV^ ,^ , 
producc.Ji.... , promiseV^-^ , 
profert in curiam.. \j_5>^21^, 



promisee..vo>..-., promisor., 
promote r-.\^rr7v^, proposal .^ 
prosecute .^ 
prosecution 
proof, prove.v. , \ , profit. ."Aj.., 
profitable!^\., proved.\;.,.,\o..., 
publicV , publication V ., 
public recordA.X"! 
punish.\_, punisher 

punishment.^ ?^ 

purchase \. , purchased 
purchaser y... .\^— 
quasi-contract /T^Vrrr^ 
question. /^,cr~7„.^ 

questionable/^.^.. / , 
ratification/ L—r^ ratify^ 
record^. I, recorded -^"^ , 
re-exam inCy/^Twro, refresh/s, 
reject/^, rejection.<<^^, 
release.c^.- , releasedo^. ., 
relevant..of^. relevancy.£-<!!L, 



182 



rtmcdyy^Y* remediless.r^^ 
repair />, repealy^-r-; 
representation /.\a-.,/^f^, 
representative../ Vf...., 
repudiate/'^., repudiation/.J, 

repute/....,/ i -,reputation./ , 

rep/ort/^e,^ report! ng/.\CT^ 
repugnant/L^repugnancy/U-5 



sovereignty 

special Sp., specialty \p^y 
specific Yx-., specification.AAO.., 
statement of fact k? .., 

status ,f_^., statute.j , 

subvention 
succession.' 



rescissio 
residuary 



retract/ U- 



rescind 
residence /v., 
restitution......^^. ., re 

retroact/T^.retroactive /^X. , 
reverse /...? , reversal/^.d., 
revise/ \i?, revision /^vD, 

rule-^ ruling^-^CCT^/ 
sanction, y-y servant , 



scnvner' 



sei-ve. 



scutaee. 



, service 



:n. 



7 



servitude. .. X , signature.._^_!^ 



sign manual 
sinde<S,^, sinooilar' 



successor 




s u cceed ing<v^Tr^ 
surety^^, suretyslTip^;2j^., 

sufferance... , suffered... , 

taxable. .L^...., taxatiorL.dL ^.^ 
tender, ten<)r.4.^^^-<tenable_L^ 
tender years^^i.-.^-^ 
tenancy .nL^., tend€ncy..J. J/ 
t e rrftoiy .-3<^ . ,_-i_;:^>^ 
terri tonal A^.. .^...I^^. .. , 

territoriality A. ^ .J^j^y^ 

terrorism^Jr.^ . \^^r~^ 
testament..)^.-, testamentary fef 



183 



trade! trademark.^^"^ 

• 1 1 
transaction. J>., ...p.. , 

transition XP, esP, 

treatise .l...,.K^, trial. .K,^, 

transfer^ , transferable 

translate . . V. ..... translation 

transliteration...^ .U ,... V^.\j 

translator )d^i.,...Kr.l, 

trinoda necessitas .A^^y>J^yA^ 

uniform <^. , unilateral 

uniformity.. 

uniform rule 




ir 



usefuh 

varyv^, variance 
varying.VZ^veracity..V.,.., 
void ^. ..,S^., voidable. ..-L. 
ward/^.. ,r:-r«\ wardship..^ 
warrant^/^ warranty' 
ife, ...,...V-., wives...^...,...\o, 

lful..<^, wills ^. 




wi 
wi 



., wii 



witness , , 

witnessed , wltnesseth \ 

writincr/l. , written./j. , 



writ 



wrone 



Note to Sfxtion 97^ P- 107 :— ADDrnoNAL Sign for KW. 

The shaded stroke corresponding to that adopted for 
dr^ is employed as an additional sign for KW. Like dr- 
stroke, it should be slanted sharply back. The various 
hooks, etc., can be attached to it. But notwithstanding the 
increased facility the employment of this stroke affords for 
the representation of this sound, it should- still be remem^ 
bered that /§-sign alone often most easily, and with sufficient 

accuracy, represents "it ; as in/ request y.....t.... requisition. 

This special sign will be found advantageous in several situa- 



184 



tlons ; e. ^., ^^___Acquidneck,><„.. acquisition^ ..aqueduct, 

_^ equity, ^ equitable, ... ...^^^?/2V<2j-, ^ aequitatem^ 

^...backward, ^^^... backwardness, >^... breakwater, <iJ^.quest» 
^?C quick, -i^ quickest, .^cl.o quirk, <|^. quo wavra 



7ltO. 



103- EXAMPLES OF LEGAL LATIN. 

The following are a few of the numerous Maxims of the 
Law. They are inserted, to illustrate the use of this 
** system " m the writing of words other than English. To 
most completely adapt it to such use, not only would some 
word signs need to be arranged, but the prefix and affix signs 
would need— as could without difficulty be done— to be 
appropriated to the representation of the most frequently 
occurring prefixes and terminations of the particular language 
to which the adaptation was made. However, for the pur- 
poses of stenographers reporting those who, speaking Eng- 
lish, occasionally Interject a word, a phrase or a line from 
another language, no special adaptation is necessary. The 
pronunciation illustrated in the following list is not the most 
modern ; it is more nearly that still employed by the greater 
number of practising lawyers. Obviously, if (referring to 
Roby's Latin Grammar, Preface. Vol. 1, p. xc, 4th Edi- 
tion) one wished to write the pronunciation of veni, vidi, vici, 
as wek-nee, wee-dee, wee-kee ; of cemio as kerr-no ; of crevi as 
kreh-wee ; of _/ asjj// of c always as k, and never as s ; oi t 
as / and not as j"//,— he would find this system equally well 
ndapted for such purpose. 



185 

In the following examples, some phrasing is employed : 
but one thoroughly familiar with the system would readily 
discover how each word could be written separately. The 
extent to which such a writer could safely phrase, in writ- 
ing sentences of another language, would naturally depend 
chiefly on his familiarity with that language. 

ae'quitas sequitur legem, ^wr^-r'y'^equity follows the law). 

argumentum a simili varet in lege, .. ..'^^C. \p^.../L5^.... , 

(an argument drawn from a similar case or analogy fails 
in the law). 

causa proxima, non remota spectaturr:--^._^.>^^^;>...i^\^ 

(the immediate and not the remote cause is to be con- 
sidered.) 

caveat emptor, -rrf ..... (let the purchaser beware,) 

\ ^o - ^ V— ^ 
cessante causa, cessat effectus. ....r-rr:^_^. ; , the cause 

ceasing, the effect must cease). y, ^ 

commodum ex injuria sua non habere debet,-^ ... ^.. .fT-s^.. 

.CJs s^r -JrTrv- , (no man ought to derive any benefit of 

his own wrong), 

contractus ex turpi causa, vel contra bonos mores _nullus est. 
— A...... ...L;rT^^^_j?k..-7rAj)^:i5\ contract founded on a 

base and unlawful consiaeration, or against good morals, 
is null). 

cujus est solum, ejus est usque ad coelum.-rrC ^...^'='^:..^ 

.}^'^...Z..^.....y (he who owns the soil, owns up to- the ^Jcy). 



186 

de minimis non curat lex,dL^,^.r^sY?,.^ r\-^ (the law does 
not care for trifles). ' 

dilatlones in lege sunt odiosae,dL .. .<?r^ *"~~... , (delays in 



law are odious). 



ex dolo malo non oritur actio, ..A -^"^ s^ ...V^... , (out of 
fraud no action arises). 



ex nudo pacto, non oritur actio, .Tt L^ ^ I , (no action 

arises on a naked contract — without a consioe ration.) 

ex turpi causa non oritur actio, k^^rr'^,.^.^^ l_^J^(no action 

arises out of an immoral consideration). 

exceptio falsi omnium ultIma,c:TX^i^y.r^X-^ • • » (a false 

plea is the basest of all things). 

exceptio probat regulam de rebus non exceptio, crrij^^/^Trfc^ 
J--^NY'SIV^(an exception proves the rule concerning 
things not excepted). 

bIs,N 
powerful than words). 



facta sunt potentiora verbls,>^ .^^>y?...W^ (facts are more 



falsus in uno, falsus In omnibus^<2^ J^^^ .%.,-£:l.., (false in 

one, false in all). 

ignorantia facti excusat, Ignorantia juris non excusatf^^Ao. 
Q..^.(rZ>^.. . ..(^ ..., (Ignorance of facts excuses ; igno- 
rance of (the) law does not excuse). 



187 

in pari delicto melior est conditio possidentis, c^^J^-'^^^'^Ai.. 
~Vv5X?<^, (when parties are equally in the wrong, the 
condition of the possessor is (the) better). 

injuria non praesujTiitur, .■^.r:r-f A-^....^ (a wrong is not pre- 
sumed). ' 

judex aequitatem semper spectare debet,c/.'^5o .v^ ^^~~V* 
(a judge ought always to regard equity). 

jus ex injuria non oritur,^^ . /%/.-^^^'^\ , (a right cannot 
arise from a wrong). 

lex aliquando sequitur aequitatem/ ...£ - ^^^TT^.. 

(the law sometimes follows equity). 

lex reprobat moram, <^.,i:MV .,-r:n5|. , (the law dislikes delay). 

locus contractus regit actum»xr!^_^-2_:^^r^J:2i^_' (^^''*^ place of 
the contract controls). 

malum non praesumitur.^r-g^ -^.\ry^ (evil is not pre- 
sumed). > 

mors omnia solvit,<r:^ , (death dissolves all thijigs), 

necessitas non habet legem,S.^SY=?\ 'Ss^^ — . (necessity hasjio 
law). ^ 



nemo est haeres viventes,^_^r-p.., ,Vv_^ , (no one is an heir 

to the living). ' 

nemo punitur pro alieno dehcto,>:r-?^.V. %.^.. T. v^ <-.„., (no 

one is to be punished for the crime (or wrong) of another). 



188 

nemo tenltur ad Imposslblle,v._#^pi i , (no one is bound 

to the impossible). * "l ^ 

h^ ^^ A 

omnis exceptio est ipsa quoque regula, kt^ j^. /\^^ ., 
(an exception is in itself a rule). ' 

optima est lex, quae minimum reluiqu.it arbitrio judicisr^/X^ 
q^.^-zS^^<>C^f >^ - ' (that IS the best system of law 
which confi^s as little as possible to the discretion 
of the judge). 

perspicua vera non sunt probandal^\\^s^\c^ ., (plain 
truths need not be proved). ^^ f i 

potior est conditio defendentIs\LpO \ t^^ , (better is the 
condition of the defendant— than that of the plaintiff). 

pnncipia probant, non probantur.V^ V^^ \ua^ , (princi- 
ples prove ; they are not proved). 

privatum commodum publico cedit.V — T)\_r V » (private 
yields to the public good). 

proband! necessitas mcumbit illi qui agit,V.^^s^ ..^ a^^ 

../. , (the necessity of proving lies with nim who m.akes 

the charge). 

quae inter alios acta sunt nemini nocere debent, sed prodesse 
produnt.^r^Cj^'^^,.,^^^,^^!^ (transactions be- 

tween strangers may benefit, 'but cannot injure, persons 
who are parties to them). 



189 

<}uod necessltas cogit, defendit,*^ :^..ls^ ... (what necessity 
forces, it justifies.) 

quod per me non possum, nee per alium.'^y'^^r^rr^^Y^.s^ ......„, 

(what I cannot do in person, I cannot do by proxy). 

reprobata pecunia Hberat solventem,<\^ .Vr7p//:';^^^^....Ii..,>^^ 
(money refused liberates the debtor). ( 

res judicata pro veritate accipitur,./^^^:^^^Vv.._^^/:\^ .>, (a 

thing adjudged must be taken for truth). 

respondeat superior,:^/^.^^., (let the principal answer). 

sensus verborum, ex anima legis,...W^ (^.^..Jr:^.. ...., (the 

meaning of words is the spirit of the law). 

sic utere tuo ut alienum non laedas, Jb .^. .^r^^./^i ......... 

(so use your own as not to injure another's property), 

testis de visu praeponderat aliis,(L^l7r| "V ...(r^ , (an eye 

witness outweighs others). ( %A 

utile per inutile non vitiatur. | .^ ^^^ s^ .>» . , (what is 

useful is not vitiated by the useless). \ 

104, MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 

In arranging the order of the exercises that follow, the 
attempt has been made to place the simplest at the begin* 
ning. A key to them is printed immediately after them. 

Annotations, instead of being printed as foot-notes, are 
Included in the letter press,, in brackets. 



MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 

I. 

IN PHONOGRAPHY. 

1. THE COL DE LA FAUCILLE.— Ruskin 190 

2. CHIEF JUSTICE MARSHALL.— Judge Story 195 

3. LAW OF EVIDENCE.— FiTZ Jas. Stex-hen 198 

4. SELECTED TESTIMONY.— 204 

5. HARVARD LAW SCHOOL.— Judge Cooley 207 

6. IN ADMIRALTY.— Selected 209 

7. LAW OF POSSESSION.— O. W. Holmes, Jr 213 

8. SURFACE OF SKULL.— Gray's Anatomy 216 

9. LIMITATIONS OF MIND.— Dean Mansel 220 

II. 

THE SAME, IN COMMON LETTER 
PRESS, 223-243. 



190 
THE COL DE LA FAUCILLE.-^»i^/^?;«. 









^ 






.\,r^.>^.r~f.l.:!/. 



.W 



^•,.^z:f!J>?.^fl.^,....^......Vt|..|.L:^.f...kk:^:::..^.=...<:^ 

:V.c v-^ V,. 



-^/, 



,^..u\...^.^..w. r..i...\^..or>....-...>^Ni^. 

..:l.'^.|.wcok-/j..,.ci;.:^i^^.V.:^./:;^.'r:^..u..-^.- 



191 






.-z:^ 



^:^.^.k:..r..<).^...v..•.''.i:^3e::^rfi^.^<::s^-^.^ 



^^ '■'■'■'^ 



.H.-/.rr.kL..^4.. 
.\^.^...i^^..s_...../z 



<^f 



^.. 



«•••••« ■i..,..^..43^....«.«.».».-.l...tfrl.... 

... .Vr>r .>:UA../:...*<|./.Wr,...a .V-^.4.>f7rrr.t.,^frf^..<r^^..... ...... 

,r^..,:^.,.k..NzSn^../2...,..w::r:.f^.:Z::).LU.?kr».r.: 




^.^^.i{c4^i^ 



192. 



n.. 






(.^.fe.^yrzr^.LZ^. 




.c-..:./z:.a>.,4v.S^. 



/L 



'^:- 






^..\.w.-.\^.6^ 

^.V..../^..L.fe7.trs, 






V 



^^ 




v>^.^.^^. 



'^- 



.^. 



■H 










193 



^ 



■7- 






yj"^ 



z/^ e^ 



^^,</^:.^;..r>. .^^..W..':^.. 



•,L.w..tl..\-.^.',L 



.L/^4^^'^..'-^^_ 



v 






zrr 



K 






^ 



.kJ 






"^\ 



.Lr7=n>!?V-^^..?l; 






4 



/ A 



.^.V.!.....;. .^■^ 



_!^w 



•K^"./^. 



.^ 






3-' 



./^..v^:Lc:.'-::lkV-..l.j..^^....:L.)../c.,t:"r^^, 



194 



^ 



W.wl.L^:^ 



^.^^/^^.:..c..^>.c:i..,^..^.l■r 

.t^.^4.^.n..L„..^.::^k:c.a..v^..A^..,.,,:.^.(j..^. 

..^.;,4,x:A.....^.,..r^cv^./^;..<:.,.?a..:: 

.<.^.^;..S^l.l:..3._-r:./.<:.,;:^,^.;..:j^.L.-^)./r^..}:.. 

..<^ .^^...■>..<-)..^./^..^.i':..2.a..i..:.^^ 

;..kc>.7^'.j/:..').:2..fe:.^,..id^Vf-^... 



V-' 



!/■ 



^^n-^-"-"vi-^ 



^.........o.^,..^..^^^.^,,.,..! 



C-/ 



^r 



A. 



....-r^Sli. 




.<:...:.c.s^,.s^,.N^.u.:...:'.,,::;!r 

l..<k^.A......4.^.;..:.^v^j.>^.v......<f...^^.l..l..i...\. 

/v..;..4..cL........w:j.,^-=-.|.i:^.,.A'A ^^ 



,li..±:.,...i^.^.^..|.W:.:2:z7.c-.....<9.rW; 



^-^ 



A 




K^ 



M 



Z\^^.:.. 



C-, 






CHIEF JUSTICE MARSHALL.-y?^^^ 5/^0^. 



.l/x:.^W: 



■^- 



196 



^^Ml^^^J. 



<.^^x\^ 



/T^. 



Z!a 






d:.:./^..L^:\.f.A,..CG/..i./7l...l^.^s^..'..9r.s^..u,!L: 



z::k..u^^....^z.w..' ° " ' 



s,r<.c^± 



.W.S,. 



/•/I 



L^,..i/l..kC/1, 



V— 5. 



r:'^^.\...^.^ya.^(/::' 



;^ i^-^-^^.^^^-i/:.-^-^- 



/L-, '^ 



j_vr3..../rr..s.. 



•^ 



ry. 






s,:^^^k.^/^^W.::::^^i:.^-'^.<-s, 




i..«r^.. .«^k. 



A^^^./.^.<^.^„.L^/.r\^ 



L.. 



t^ 



^■>s'"^-'--°-^"^'^^-^-^^-^'^V 



.../3„ 



<..Z./^../.r-.:Kko ^.J.\^^\-r.,-,.^^ 






i^..x,^/.:...4^.r!3.:S:^,.A/:y^.L,:;:,,On.- 



^^ 



..r,.f...-cv— .^T:73<'..<ry.A......,......-r3».....«Vft 



-"■'' ■^-— \/ 









198 



.*^.>,.^.^.n^.,.£l.:.^..v..^^>../:.:?::v:'.A.r:^\:.^£Lr\ 

/r^.,..6.:'.'::3...../^..^/;....,:^r^^U.L(^y,....^,.J^^ 



..<T^.^.-S. 



*/■ 



A- 



THE LAW OF ^\'\Y)^'HQY,.-Fitz James Stephen. 

r:/:n.^i,.r^'.V/:::».)./i..!;,-..^..ar....."./3,Ss'^<7..).^^ 

l..,k;.^..^.:.X^■'■■■-■.■•■°^■•^■^.-^\^4;•••^■^7■■ 



vj.^.^.:.^/^.:..^ 



r.^..L. 



^, 



199 



f 




,bi.-.t:::c.,L2.^^..e:.\r\^.^..L: ^ 




.^...fe. 



::? 



■■/^ 



¥ 



■^ 



■J 







\u 



.^.-n-,. 



.^/.^^\i^. 



■»-v 



200 






^^^. 



,\^..z.,..:v:.:-./.M.:...k.\:.iA>..'i\...rr.'ri,.ef.i.>..yi 




::^,A<w^^.4./^.::^..iV^.VA.:.i^ 



::!^.czr:.i^.x.v^rc^.c^. 




.> 



!^L^2^...s^.„.:^./.:^:4^.>^ 



4^ /-— V] 



201 



:W^..{V,...<..,<^cr;.^v^..v.°z.zr::^^^ 



\. 



y/.:^d;. 









u.{:lTT).!r:::..lL.:^j^\^4y.::^.4?.::".^..i^jj^ 



ir:.....^..iA..U.,.l'.}^... 



^w = 



.irCt/j:4;C 



(^.n^......f:i,^.:l(.a^l,^^.4.^c4.. 



/^ 



£5(,.(. 



.V-.r^..k^.^Cr^^r^^.-.r^.^ 



j..^,..^Sf....l 

N/c...-::.!. 



Z-^:.^. 






S..Z7.. 



,^. .^^ . O. / :rrf:|^rn^yy. . °. . Wr*. . 4->^L S 



■%• 



^. 



,^. 



^':^A....^.,:r.u./..::^..L^. 



.^. 



A^ 



v^-v- 






y^- 



\ 



'^ 



.k,'.r7;\.^..!cr:r».:..Vp.C...°Il 



(v,i 



:::?..\.^;.LU....4^. ^ 



n- 



.^. 



.J..J..4./. 



■v^^-^ >'^-'^- 



;c:^ 



202 



,r..,rr:..i:r..::.V.-..<r...r>..l:::i^..U 



x.Zl.U\oi....v,.(.^^4.^-l.i^^../:„^^^^.^..i. 



X:.^.j:::tr..r:^r::.:.i>.,..^.XVf 







r*-v 



.(,:.:v 



^i 



.^. 






c/^ 



^^^-^"L^. 






/ 



203 






..c:<z:;.Ai./a.^r".(/cr..\r*r 




f\y 



,\../^x.,:.-7..T.;. 



.s^..iy. kr..-^ 



^ 



itz:^.\^l^<.^^£:l^/L..,.L\^.\^ 



■...=7, 



..l:^.Ji.4^t/:.k.:v<:s.^,a..^..!^.....|^..:1i.-?.s^. 

^■l°-^.^^.u. .-..-. 



204 

V7. ? ' 



Jiai 



^a^n^^^i^. 



r-J,L.-a/ ..,., 



J 



f^- 



L/.. 



^-r?. 



^ 






^ 



^.x 



.^. 



^- 



^ 



a:i^..:1^..^ 



.-^Hj 



y^.'s7:^^f,.^.,./::^...kL.. 



k,/ 






/ ^ 






L 



M 



^ 



^^> 






i; 



V 



.l::i:;2:V:.r^l 



^^ 



.v.. 



•/d 



.v^: 



47^....4.^__/ .-.:. 



^H - 



l.k.rr^}^.C^.U 



/ 



'"^h^^^m 



"ifrnz 



K 



I ^% 'M 



■/(i 



^fc 






(^ 



nL./a..::.,z:)...^..' 



205 

,</c.zi..Z..:.zn.°/:..').3. 



-^^^ 



.^, 



9^ 

r..u.. 



(.. 



^^^■- 






^^^..<^/^...^. 



..../I 



i./:^A^l,^.:r^.^..:.^..A^ 



.z"^ 



,x> 



fm<i.s.^;. 



-^-"^^yl I A- 4 



^ 



... I.Zj^j. 



.^../:>...N.,-..<:0,..-..\.lV 



\ 



I 



\^1 



A. 



.^^..Ib-..d 



r""^ 

..(../^.....l..-..v> 



(/ 



x^'-^x 



.^. 



y^ 



:.'s^...Lrrt:.)y.A\:/z::f). 



(6 



i,,v4. 



.zrzi....^. 



^ 

o 



trT.J.Zr..!.. 



/- 



/r:"^.).' 



X/.....l.^...-rr:^....nSv^.l.y- 

:..\^.../v„.4^-ro..v^. 



t 



^.N/./o^.^..^./" \^^ 



>^.v^ 



206 



/r7z^)LU.A^^/.:^.i 



>^ 



s.a. 



t/ 



^/„.£::rV/^i^..^. 






\|L,./!2..l^r4?./.^. 



L 



k^- 



^ .^...?<^r7^5<: 



.L^...^^.... 



U, 



^Yi-^ 



<-// 



Kf 



/' 






..'r^ire.r^'A'^ 



R^/'S^-'^-l.^y^ 



-*< 



<^./r:=..:..=:-tJAr: 



x... 



J.:^.^ :W 



A 






.1//1.. 



t^- 



,v:^.^. 



"C 



207 



HARVARD LAW SCHOOL.-Judge Coo/ey. 






f.....Uz:.C 



..^>^^...S...^.^......fc.. ,.Y^Z../.A.-:^.... 



.^. 



/y 



...v^.V, 



-^rl 



.-r 



z;H>:...b; 



^ 



208 



k 



cz..-a^..U..v.(j 



i,.Lr2.,s£?^./..i_%/^:.^..'2l^./.-::.s. 






.^^^....^^.A^.,; 



C-^ . 



c^ 



\'( 



^ 



,'^> 



,v.,\./r.^*s: 4^z^.,=rr',V|..^-..rj.^,-..L: 



<;'r\ /^ 



^ 



i^^^.r^^.t^'^. ., ko^.:^..rL..,l^ 



1- 



■^ 



Z3.. 



I.L' 



r^ /-^ 












^ 



209 






r^r^^. 



■__n 



^ "^^ 

,-A.c //^ 



.v.v::^ 



.^, 






_/^ 



V 



.<^^ 



^^. 






.s^...:.i.^...^.: ^/ 



.-^ 



--"■^4, 




/^ 



IN ADMIRALTY.-^^^^W 



..<{.rr^..L^.....^^..w..^.^V!w...ck2 






210 













,u. 



^1-=..=. 






v.Vv;!.:^ 



211 



/^.^:.4;;^..l.V.\:.i-^.:r\/:::'.UfC:^-i>^ 










i^-y\-.'^.f:./..^..V 



r^.^.j...l^u^i,\av..w-..^^Xi,^.^..,.^.:.k 



\ 



<~^-\ 
^ 






r^ 



^U^/:.<^X1,.^,.1^,| .^.-.,,..G^..^.l^, 



212 

r.Jo..w../l,.L: 



^S./.^..U..Z.C..-..l.:^..l.^^-. 




^^"^-1 /r^v<<'^J..U-...^^.l...L^.M^VV.^..) 



s^...^.lr:..^.v^J...^.^..^.^^.....-^..■..V7>\ 



^. 



/^ 



^..>^_.^.u.^.k.^^..u.ij,|-,^/a..^. 



i-^.s^-^.^..i,,4^:T-^4.^...:^-.^.u..^.^. 




213 






LAW OF POSSESS I ON. -a IV, Holmes, Jr. 









fc^^. 



\ 



L. 



.Vi^ 



% 



.i<r!^. 



r^ 



214 



].//'.{irK:^.....^..LT:.^....^.x.-..^..t. 



.2^. 






W 



cA 



V^.S^..:^:,^..^^:^!,:!-. 






i:......:D>..v..^..i^:^,..^,v.....t^..L(..L.. 



,^^^...v<.. 



4.^..f..4^u.(.. 

/^.,.i/<;^.^.r...t/:r:s...^ynr. '::.{&t\J^.. 



/..^..■..k,!^.....c.:^.-:^i-_<i-."/^ 



^/^ 






.u.^.^..u..\^..vr...i-. 



215 



^^^.V:^". 






yy / 



:f.J..^^!:^.:...C.,.'U^.}..^,.-:i'..l...::) 



..£:^_..^^v/1|..^.<UCA.^..^r!X.^.i^.,.L..'^^.rl. 






^.\. 



L^ 



^ 



I 



L.O.. 



3ir.v^/i_.u..(..\. 



i..^/.,.-..^..^ .K..V.S,±<:pC^.<>4..n..v^'.^-!-.^X. 



L.-C-- V 



.S,..(. 



■^ 



.:^..z!..l.^.:^...u^.::X..r^.;..::.^. 



.. ^, 



.v::.:.v.r:)..Li:ir^..k./:>^v...4::'..V-----^-^^^ 

/:^..^..:i:.:.:f.^f'/~;:.,..:^._..t\..*s.'...'^ 



216 



SURFACE OF SKVLL.-Grays Anatomy. 



a.u...,^.:..^rw:-./::v:p: 



■■•^-\^ 









\.\^. 



•-^ 



;.^A■^•••■W^^. 



.rr?.v 



i-./^.3^^V... 



..V-7:0.V^\. 






-*>. 



,.^A. 






s. 



>.L, 



/A 



\ 



\^ 



V 



.>.zu:"..c..::^.-. v.«^..\x^.i,4..^..k.i>^v.c.:^ 



\ 



A 

.0^/^ 



t:v^....;...\r^;./:?.:../l.^..v^^./z^;./:l.^ 






.^. 



."A 



/I 



'^^■■■■^- -^^ 



217 





/2/.V^-!/'-v.°.--^^^^-X 



s,w^\.^.i^.V•.^..^.Y:v^\.^C\..../:r:v.rl^v 






=^ 



^) 




,.V\.^.>h^i;,<?^k.feyW:!./r^:>:if..^.<s^... 






218 



"> 






V 




/^V" 



"-fu 



c^ 






.s.ai 





/I 



.^./^.•.".n^.!^-^ 







\^ 



^-^, .wO^ ^/_ , .wO^ 






.=-^<? 



V3 



,;^--/V^ 






^...^ 






219 






^^/^Ir^..-L^^^.^..:^..i3^<^ 



■■^' 



K.^X 




Lkirx..M.2C.^.:'::.^ 



"--J- 









.^.. .'.%.. 



:^:\.'^j.k\:..,k^Z'::^.^A.^/.^^,,_^ 











^/ 



/'.^./r:";..--:.CLzL,k^A..\Zi>iL^. 



K^ 



>j 



ssr3«^3>^j 



LIMITATIONS OF MIND.-Dean Mansel. 



.^ 






^^S.-4-H.^-, 



I 



.k.c...s.tEs;Mf' 



.r.. 



-lU 



«?■ 




221 



.rAi4../..::..7..C..x:7..L:-.......-.-t. 



•••••• -CM^i^ 



/ 

L. 









^^V^..-^..'.V^..'^...'...^..W?./.W>. .C_f..TTT/...S^...O\.S^. 



..(/r^...^.....vf..^... 

n/>4..,\s._..,.._...,.....K:..w....^..^^vi... 

^A..,../..rtv..<r>^.W..-..-no..<^...,<^. 



:^, 



.\ 



Lg..:..^.w,. 



^■■/■■■\- 



k 



■^ 



r^ly 



:.x..J^.^\:^. 



/. 









^ 



/y<^. 



..<r:> 



222 



■/..^l 



^2? 



•^.u. 



(■■\i^-^--^-^^/-^-^ 



V/ 






-^ 






^ 



^ 



f 



^^^■V — ^ 






w-v-Zv^^^.-^..^::^ 



(^ 








•^ 



-^ 



.^r<;^.ov^LAM^.(':' :.i^...~^=^.<^:.£^ii.l.^ 



^ 



..^..cy.L^.:^i^^^ .^ . - 



■<i;- 



%^/-^^^Vh^ 



.-^ 



•i>Vr>)^ 



f°^^>^^^-/^^^^-'^"^t4— ^^^ 



"1- 



.W^N 



p-^. 



rc^: 



^ 



/V 



....^. 



7 



k 



228 

THE COL DE LA FAUCILLE.— John Ruskin. 

Level plain of little interest to Auxonne. I used to wonder how any mor- 
tal creature could be content to live within actual sight of Jura, and never 
go to see them, all their lives. At Auxonne, cross the Saone, wide and 
beautiful in clear shallows of green stream — little more, yet, than a noble 
mountain torrent ; one saw in an instant it came from Jura. Another hour 
of patience, and from the broken yellow limestone slopes of Dole — there, at 
last they were — the long blue surges of them fading as far as eye could see to 
the south, more abruptly near to the northeast, where the bold outlier, almost 
island, of them, rises like a precipitious Wrekin, above Salins. Beyond 
Dole, a new wildness comes into the more undulating country, notable 
chiefly for its clay-built cottages with enormously high thatched gables of roof. 
Strange, that I never inquired into the special reason of that form, nor looked 
into a single cottage to see the mode of its inhabitation : 

The village, or rural town, of Poligny, clustered out of well-built ojd stone 
houses, with gardens and orchards, and gathering, in the midst of it, into some 
pretence or manner of a street, straggles along the roots of Jura, at the open- 
ing of a little valley which in Yorkshire or Derbyshire limestone would have 
been a gorge between nodding cliffs with a pretty pattering stream at the bot- 
tom, but in Jura is a far retiring theatre of rising terraces, with bits of field 
and garden getting foot on them at various heights ; a spiry convent in its 
hollow, and well-built little nests of husbandry-building set in corners of 
meadow, and on juts of rock ; — no stream, to speak of, nor springs in it, nor 
the smallest conceivable reason for its being there, but that God made it. 

' Far' reiiriag, I said, — perhaps a mile into the hills from the outer plain, 
by half a mile across, permitting the main road from Paris to Geneva to ser- 
pentine and zigzag capriciously up the cliff terraces with innocent engineer- 
ing, finding itself every now and then where it had no notion of getting to, 
and looking, in a circumflex of puzzled level, where it was to go next ; — re- 
trospect of the [191] plain of Burgundy enlarging under its backward sweeps, 
till at last, under a broken bit of steep final crag, it got quite up the side, and 
out over the edge of the ravine, where said ravine closes as unreasonably as it 
had opened, and the surprised traveller finds himself, magically as if he were 
Jack of the Beanstalk, in a new plain of an upper world. A world of level 
rock, breaking at the surface into yellow soil, capable of scanty, but healthy, 
turf, and sprinkled copse and thicket ; with here and there, beyond, a blue 
surge of pines, and over those, if the evening or morning were clear, always 
one small bright silvery likeness of a cloud. 

These first tracts of Jura differ in many pleasant ways from the limestone 
levels round Ingleborough, which are their English types. The Yorkshire 
moors are mostly by a hundred or two hundred feet higher, and exposed to 
drift of rain under violent, nearly constant, wind. They break into wide 
fields of loo^e blocks, and rugged slopes of shale ; and are mixed with sands 
and clay from the millstone grit, which nourish rank grass, and lodge in oc- 
casional morass ; the wild winds also forbidding any vestige or comfort of 
tree, except here and there in a sheltered nook of new plantation. But the 
Jura sky is as calm and clear as that of the rest of France ; if the day is bright 
on the plain, the bounding hills are bright also ; the Jura rock, balanced in 



224 

the make of it between chalk and marble, weathers indeed into curious rifts 
and furrows, but rarely breaks loose, and has long ago clothed itself either with 
forest flowers, or with sweet short grass, and all blossoms ihat love sunshine. 
The pure air, even on this lower ledge of a thousand feet above sea, cherishes 
their sweetest scents and liveliest colors, and the winter gives them rest under 
thawless serenity of snow. 

A still greater and stranger difference exists in the system of streams. For 
all their losing themselves, and hiding, and intermitting, their presence is dis- 
tinctly felt on a Yorkshire [192] moor; one sees the places they have been 
in yesterday, the wells where they flow after the next shower, and a tricklet 
here at the bottom of a crag, or a tinkle there from the top of it, is always 
making one think whether this is one of the sources of Aire, or rootlets of 
Ribble, or beginnings of Bolton Strid, or threads of silver that are to be spun 
into Tees. 

But no whisper, nor murmur, nor patter, nor song, of streamlet disturbs 
the enchanted silence of open Jura. The raincloud clasps her cliffs, and 
floats along her fields ; it passes, and in an hour the rocks are dry, and only 
beads of dew left in the Alchemilla leaves, — but of rivulet, or brook, — no 
vestige yesterday, or to-day, or to-morrow. Through unseen fissures and 
filmy crannies the waters of cliff and plain have alike vanished ; only, far 
down in the depths of the main valley glides the strong river, unconscious of 
change. 

One is taught thus much for one's earliest lesson, in the two stages from 
Poligny to Champagnole, level over the absolutely crisp turf and sun-bright 
rock, without so much water anywhere as a cress could grow in, or a tadpole v.'ag 
his tail in, — and then, by a zigzag of shady road, forming the Park and Boule- 
vard of the wistful little village, down to t1ie single arched bridge that leaps 
the Ain, which pauses underneath in mignificent pools of clear pale green — 
the green of spring leaves — then clashes inlofoam, half weir, half natural cas- 
cade, and into a confused race of currents beneath hollow overhanging of crag 
festooned with leafage. The only marvel is, to anyone knowing Jura struc- 
ture, that rivers should be visible anywhere at all, and that the rocks shc.uld 
be consistent enough to carry them in open air through the great valleys, with- 
out perpetual 'pertes' like that of the Rhone. Below the Lac de Joux the 
Orbe thus loses itself indeed, reappearing seven [in page ig2 " seven " is 
made "several"] hundred feet beneath. ***** 

The old [193] Hotel de la Poste at Champagnole stood just above the 
bridge of Ain, opposite the town, where the road got level again as it darted 
away towards Geneva. * * * 

But my own great joy was in the early June evening, when we had arrived 
from Dijon, and I got out, after the quickly dressed trout and cutlet, for the 
first walk on ro:k and under pine. 

Among the greater hills, one can't always go just where one chooses ; — all 
around is the too far, or too steep, — one wants to get to this, and climb to 
that, and can't do either: — but in Jura one can go every way, and be happy 
everywhere. Generally, if there was time, lused to climb the islet of crag to 
the north of the village, on which there was a few gray walls of ruined castle, 
and the yet traceable paths of its, 'pleasance,' whence to look if the likeness 



225 

of white cloud were still on the horizon. Still there, in the clear evening, and 
again and again, each year more marvellous to me, — the derniers rochers, and 
calotte of Mont Blanc. Only those ; that is to say, just as much as may be 
seen over the Dome du Goute from St. Martin's. But it looks as large from 
Champagnole as it does there — glowing in the last light like a harvest moon. 

If there were not time to reach the castle rock, at least I could get into the 
woods above the Ain, and gather my first Alpine flowers. Again and again, 
I feel the duty of gratitude to the formalities and even vulgarities of Heme 
Hill, for making me to feel by contrast the divine wildness of Jura forest. 

Then came the morning drive into the higher glen of the Ain, where the 
road began first to wind beside the falling stream. One never understands 
how those winding roads steal with their tranquil slope from height to height ; 
it was but an hour's walking beside;?' the carriage, — an hour passed like a 
minute — and one emerged on the high plain of St. Laurent, and the gen- 
tians began to gleam among the roadside grass, and the pines swept round the 
horizon with the dark infinitude of ocean. 

All Switzerland was there in hope and sensation, and what was less than 
Switzerland was in some sort [194] better, in its meek simplicity and 
healthy purity. The Jura cottage is not carved with the stately richness of 
the Berne-se, nor set together with the antique strength of Uri, It is covered 
with thin slit fine shingles, side-roofed as it were to the ground for mere dry- 
ness' sake, a little crossing of laths here and there underneath the windows its 
only ornament. It has no daintiness of garden nor wealth of farm about it, — 
is indeed little more than a delicately-built [in the shorthand page "wrought" 
is, by the author's error, written for "built"] chalet, yet trim and domestic, 
mildly intelligent of things other than pastoral, watch-making and the like, 
though set in the midst of the meadows, the gentian at its door, the lily of 
the valley wild in the copses hard by. 

Whether we slept at St. Laurent or Morez, the morning of the next day 
was an eventful one. In ordinarily fine weather, the ascent from Morez to 
Les Rousses, walked most of the way, was mere enchantment ; so also break- 
fast, and f ringed-gentian gathering, at Les Rousses. Then came usually an 
hour of tortured watching the increase of the noon clouds ; for, however early 
we had risen, it was impossible to reach the Col de la Faucille before two 
o'clock, or later if we had bad horses, and at two o'clock, if there are clouds 
above Jura, there will be assuredly clouds on the Alps. 

It is worth notice, Saussure himself not having noticed it, that this main 
pass of Jura, unlike the great passes of the Alps, reaches its traverse-point 
very nearly under the highest summit of that part of the chain. The col, 
separating the source of the Bienne, vi'hich runs down to Morez and St. 
Claude, from that of the Valserine, which winds through the midst of Jura to 
the Rhone at Bellegarde, is a spur of the Dole itself, under whose prolonged 
masses the road is then carried six miles farther, ascending very slightly to 
the Col de la Faucille, where the chain opens suddenly, and a sweep of the 
road, traversed in five minutes at a trot, opens the whole lake of Geneva, and 
the chain of the Alps [195] along a hundred miles of horizon. 

I have never seen that view perfectly but once — in this year 1835 ; when I 
drew it carefully in my then fashion, and have been content to look back to it 



226 

as the confirming sequel of the first view of the Alps from Schaffhausen. 
Very few travellers, even in old times, saw it at all ; tired of the long posting 
journey from Paris, by the time they got to the Col they were mostly thinking 
only of their dinners and rest at Geneva ; the guide books said nothing about 
it ; and though, for everybody, it was an inevitable task to ascend the Righi. 
nobody ever thought there was anything to be seen from the Dole. 

Both mountains have had enormous influence on my whole life ; — the Dole 
continually and calmly ; the Righi at sorrowful intervals, as will be seen. Bui 
the Col de la Faucille, on that day of 1835, opened to me in distinct vision 
the Holy Land of my future work and true home in this world. My eyes had 
been opened, and my heart with them, to see and to possess royally such a 
kingdom. Far as the eye could reach — that land and its moving or pausing 
waters ; Arve, and his gates of Cluse, and his glacier fountains ; Rhone, and 
the infinitude of his sapphire lake, — his peace Ijeneath the narcissus meads of 
Vevay-his cruelly beneath the promontories of Sierre. And all that rose against 
and melted into the sky, of mountain and mountain snow ; and all that living 
plain, burning with human gladness — studded with white homes, — a milky 
way of star-dwellings cast across its sunlit blue. 



CHIEF JUSTICE MARSHALL.— Judge Story. 

On the 31st day of January, 1801, he became Chief Justice of the United 
States. Splendid indeed as has been the judicial career of this eminent man, 
it is scarcely possible that the [196] extent of his labors, the vigor of his in- 
tellect or the untiring accuracy of his learning should be duly estimated except 
by the profession of which he is so gieat an ornament. Questions of law rare- 
ly assume a cast which introduces them to extensive public notice ; and those 
which require the highest faculties of mind to master and expound them, are 
commonly so intricate, and remote from the ordinary pursuits of life, that the 
generality of readers do not bring to the examination of them the knowledge 
necessary to comprehend them or the curiosity which imparts a relish and flavor 
to them. For the most part, therefore, the reputation of Judges is confined to 
the narrow limits which em!irace the votaries of jurisprudence ; and many of 
those exquisite judgments which have cost days and nights of the most elabor- 
ate study, and, for power of thought, beauty of illustration, variety of learning 
and elegant demonstration are justly numbered among the highest reaches of the 
human mind, find no admiration beyond the ranks of lawyers and live only in 
the dusty repositories of their oracles. The fame of the warrior is forever em- 
bodied in the history of his country, and is colored with [by] the warm lights, 
reflected back by the praise, of many a distant age. The orator and the states- 
man live, not merely in the recollections of their powerful eloquence or the 
deep impressions made by them on the character of the generation in which 
they lived, but are brought forth for public approbation in political debates, 
in splendid volumes, in collegiate declamations, in the works of rhetoricians, 
in the school books of boys, and in the elegant extracts of maturer life. 

This is not the place to enter upon a minute survey of the official labors of 
Mr. Chief Justice Marshall. However instructive or interesting such a course 



227 

might be to the profession, the considerations already adverted to sufficiently 
admonish us that it would not be very welcome to the mass of other readers. 
But there is one class of cases which ought not to be overlooked, because it 
comes home to the business and bosom of every citizen of this country, and is 
felt in every gradation of life, from the chief magistrate down to the inmate 
of the cottage. We allude to the grave discussions of constitutional law which, 
during his time, have attracted so much of the talents of the bar in the Supreme 
Court and sometimes agitated [19*?] the whole nation. If all others of the 
Chief Justice's juridical arguments had perished, his luminous judgments on 
these occasions would have given an enviable immorality to his name. 

There is, in the discharge of this delicate and important duty which is pe- 
culiar to our institutions, amoral grandeur and interest which it is not easy to 
overestimate either in a political or [a] civil view. In no other country on earth 
are the acts of the legislature liable to be called in question, and even set 
aside, if they do not conform to the standard of the constitution. Even in 
England, where the principles of civil liberty are cherished with uncommon 
ardor and private justice is administered with a pure and elevated independ- 
ence, the Acts of Parliament are, by the very theory of the government in a 
legal sense, omnipotent. They cannot be gainsaid or overruled. They 
form the law of the land, which controls the prerogative, and even the de- 
scent, of the Crown itself, and may take away the life and property of the 
subject without trial and without appeal. The only security is in the modera- 
tion of Parliament itself, and representative responsibility. The case is far 
otherwise in America. The state and national constitutions form the su- 
preme law of the land ; and the Judges are sworn to maintain these charters 
of liberty, or, rather, these special delegations of power by the people, who in 
our Government are alone the depositories of supreme authority and sovereign- 
ly, in their original vigor and true intendment. It matters not how popular a 
statute may be, or how commanding the majority by which it has been enacted, 
it must stand the test of the constitution, or it falls. The humblest citizen 
may question its constitutionality; and its final fate must be settled, upon grave 
argument and debate, by the Judges of the land. 

Nor is this the mere theory of the constitution. It is a function which has 
been often performed ; and not a few acts of state, as well as of national 
legislation, have been brought to this severe scrutiny, and after the fullest con- 
sideration, some have been pronounced to be void because they were uncon- 
stitutional. And these judgments have been acquiesced in and obeyed, even 
when they were highly offensive to the pride and sovereignty of the state itself 
or affected private or public interests lo an incalculable ext^t. Such is the 
homage of a free people to the institutions [198] created by 'Ifeemselves. 

Such men as Chief Justice Marshall are not the ornaments of every and any 
age ; they arise only at distant intervals, to enlighten and elevate the human 
race. They are beings of a superior order, belonging only to centuries, and 
are designed by the beneficence of Providence to work deeply and powerfully 
upon human affairs, * * * * When can we expect to be permitted to 
behold again so much moderation united with so much firmness, so much saga- 
city with so much modesty, so much learning with with so much experience, so 
much solid wisdom with so much purity, so much of everything to love and 



228 

admire, with nothing, absolutely nothing, to regret ? What indeed strikes us 
as most remarkable in his whole character, even more than his splendid tal- 
ents, is the entire consistency of his public life and principles. There is noth- 
ing in eiiher which calls for apology or concealment. 

Whatever changes of opinion have occurred in the course of his long life, 
have been gradual and slow : the results of genius acting upon larger materi- 
als, and of judgment matured by the lessons of experience. If we were tempt- 
ed to say, in one word, what it was in which he chiefly excelled other men, we 
should say, in wisdom ; in the union of that virtue which has ripened under 
the hardy discipline of principles, with that knowledge which has constantly 
sifted and retined its old treasures and as constantly gathered new. The con- 
stitution, since its adoption, owes more to him than to any other single mind, 
for its true interpretation and vindication. 



THE LAW OF EVIDENCE.— Fitz James Stephen. 

All law may be divided into substantive law, by which rights, duties and 
liabilities are defined, and the law of procedure, by which the substantive 
law is applied to particular cases. 

The Law of Evidence is that part of the Law of Procedure which, with a 
view to ascertain individual rights and liabilities in particular cases, decides : 

L — What facts may, and what may not, be proved in such cases. 

IL — What sort of evidence must be given of a fact which may be proved. 

in. — By whom and in what manner the evidence must be produced by 
which any fact is to be proved. 

I. — The facts which may be proved are facts in issue, or facts relevant to 
the issue. [199] Facts in issue are those facts, upon the existence of 
which the right or liability to be ascertained depends. Facts relevant to the 
issue are facts from the existence of which inferences as to the existence of 
the facts in issue may be drawn. A fact is relevant to another fact when the 
existence of the one can be shown to be the cause or one of the causes, or the 
effect or one of the effects, of the existence of the other, or when the exist- 
ence of the one, either alone or together with other facts, renders the exist- 
ence of the other highly probable, or improbable, according to the common 
course of events. 

Four classes of facts, which in common life would usually be regarded as 
falling within this definition of relevancy, are excluded from it by the Law of 
Evidence ["except in certain cases," omitted from p. 199J: 

1. Facts similar to, but not specifically connected with, each other {Res 
inter alios actae). 

2. The fact that a person not called as a witness has asserted the existence 
of any fact {Hearsay). 

3. The fact that any person is of opinion that a fact exists {Opinion). 

4. The fact that a person's character is such as to render conduct imputed 
to him probable or improbable {Character). 

To each of these four exclusive rules there are, however, important excep- 
tions, which are defined by the Law of Evidence. 



229 

II. — As to the manner in which a fact in issue or revelant fact must be 
proved. Some facts need not be proved at all, because the Covirt will take 
judicial notice of them, if they are relevant to the issue. Every fact which 
requires proof must be proved either by oral or by documentary evidence. 
Every fact, except (generally speaking) the contents of a document, must be 
proved by oral evidence. Oral evidence must in every case be direct, that is 
to say, it must consist of an assertion by the person who gives it that he direct- 
ly perceived the fact, to the existence of which he testifies. Documentary 
evidence is either primary or secondary. Primary evidence is the document 
itself produced in Court for inspection. Secondary evidence varies accord- 
ing to the nature of the document. In the case of private documents a copy 
of the document, or an oral account of its contents, is secondary evidence. 
In the case of some public documents, examined or certified [200] copies, or 
exemplifications, must or may be produced in the absence of the documents 
themselves. 

Whenever any public or private transaction has been reduced to a documen- 
tary form, the document in which it is recorded becomes exclusive evidence of 
that transaction, and its contents cannot, except in certain cases expressly de- 
fined, be varied by oral evidence, though secondary evidence may be given of 
the contents of the document. 

III. — As to the person by whom, and the manner in which, the proof of a 
particular fact must be made. When a fact is to be proved, evidence must 
be given of it by the person upon whom the burden of proving it is imposed, 
either by the nature of the issue or by any legal presumption, unless the fact 
is one v^'hich the party is estopped from proving by his own representations, 
or by his conduct, or by his relation to the opposite party. 

The witnesses by whom a fact must [is to be] proved must be competent. 
With very few exceptions, every one is now a competent witness in all cases. 
Competent witnesses, however, are not in all cases compelled or even per- 
mitted to testify. The evidence must be given upon oath, or in certain ex- 
cepted cases without oath. The witnesses must be first examined in chief, 
then cross-examined, and tlien re-examined. Th.eir credit may be tested in 
certain ways, and the answers which . they give to questions affecting their 
credit may be contradicted in certain cases, and not in others. 



The problem of discovering the truth in relation to matters which are 
judicially investigated is a part of the general problem of science, — the dis- 
covery of true propositions as to matters of fact. 

The general solution of this problem is contained in the rules of induction 
and deduction stated by Mr. Mill, and generally employed for the purpose of 
conducting and testing the results of inquiries into physical nature. 

By the due application ol these rules facts may be exhibited as standing 
towards each other in the relation of [stroke should have been on the line] 
cause and effect, and we are able to argue from the cause to the effect and 
from the effect to the cause, with a degree of certainty and precision propor- 
tionate to the completeness with which the relevant facts have been observed 
or are accessible. 



230 



The leading differences between judicial investigations and inquiries into 
[201] physical nature are as follows. — 

1. In physical inquiries the number of relevant facts is generally unlimited, 
and is capable of indefinite increase by experiments. In judicial investiga- 
tions the number of relevant facts is limited by circumstances, and is incapa- 
ble of being increased. 

2. Physical inquiries can be prolonged for any time that may be required in 
order to obtain full proof of the conclusion reached, and when a conclusion 
has been reached, it is always liable to review if fresh facts are discovered, or 
if any objection is made to the process by which it was arrived at. In judi- 
cial investigations it is necessary to arrive at a definite result in a limited 
time, and when that result is arrived at, it is final and irreversible, with ex- 
ceptions too rare to require notice. 

3. In physical inquiries the relevant facts are usually established by testi- 
mony open to no doubt, because they relate to simple facts which do not 
affect the passions, which are observed by trained observers who are exposed 
to detection if they make mistakes, and who could not tell the effect of mis- 
representation, if they were disposed to be fraudulent. 

In judicial inquiries the relevant facts are generally complex. * * * 

4. On the other hand, approximate generalizations are more useful in judi- 
cial than they are in scientific inquiries, because in the case of judicial in- 
quiries every man's individual experience supplies the qualifications and 
exceptions necessary to adjust general rules to particular facts, which is not 
the case in regard to scientific inquiries. 

5. Judicial inquiries being limited in extent, the process of reaching as 
good a conclusion as is to be got out of the materials is far easier than the 
process of establishing a scientific conclusion with complete certainty, though 
the conclusion arrived at is less satisfactory. 

It follows from what precedes that the utmost result that can in any case 
be produced by judicial evidence is a very high degree of proliability. 
Whether upon any subject whatever more than this is possible — whether the 
highest form of scientific proof amounts to more than an assertion that a cer- 
tain order in nature has hilherio been observed to take place, and that if 
that order continues to take place such and such events will happen — are 
questions which have been much discussed, but which lie beyond the sphere 
of the present inquiry. However [202] this may be, the reasons given 
above show why courts of justice have to be contented with a lower degree 
of probability than is rightly demanded in scientific investigation. The high- 
est probability at which a court of justice can under ordinary circumstances 
arrive is the probability that a witness, or a set of witnesses, affirming the ex- 
istence of a fact which they say they perceived by their own senses, and upon 
which tliey could not be mistaken, tell the truth. It is difficult to measure 
the value of such a probability against those which the theories of physical 
inquiries produce, nor would it serve any practical purpose to attempt to do 
so. It is enough to say that the process by which a comparatively low degree 
of probability is shown to exist in the one case is identical in principle with 
that by which a much higher degree of probability is shown to exist in the 
other case. 



231 

The degrees [shorthand sign, p. 202, 1. 5, is by mistake written "degree,"] 
of probability attainable in scientific and in judicial inquiries are infinite, 
and do not admit of exact measurement or description. Cases might easily 
be mentioned in which the degree of probability obtained in either is so high, 
that if there is any degree of knowledge higher in kind than the knowledge of 
probabilities, it is impossible, for any practical purpose, to distinguish be- 
tween the two. Whether any higher degree of assurance is conceivable than 
that which may easily be obtained of the facts that the earth revolves round 
the sun, and that Delhi was besieged and taken by the English in 1857, is a 
question which does not belong to this inquiry. For all practical purposes 
such conclusions as these may be described as absolutely certain. From 
these down to the faintest guess about the inhabitants of the stars, and the 
faintest suspicion that a particular person has committed a crime, there is a 
descending scale of probabilities which does not admit of any but a very 
rough measurement for practical purposes. The only point in it worth 
noticing is what is commonly called moral certainty; and this means simply 
such a degree of probability as a prudent man would act upon under 
the circumstances in which he happens to be placed in reference to 
the matter of which he is said to be morally certain. What constitutes 
moral certainty is thus a question of prudence, and not a question of 
calculation. ***** 

The grounds for believing or disbelieving particular statements made by 
particular people under particular circumstances, [203 J may be brought 
under three heads: — those which affect the power of the witness to speak the 
truth; those which alTect his v/ill to do so; and those which arise from the 
nature of the statement itself and from surrounding circumstances. A man's 
power to speak the truth depends upon his knowledge and his power of ex- 
pression. His knov^'ledge depends partly on his accuracy of observation, 
partly on his memory, partly on his presence of mind; his power of expres- 
sion depends upon an infinite number of circumstances, and varies in relation 
to the subject of which he is to speak. A man's will to speak [p. 203, 1. 3, 
shorthand sign is tell^ the truth depends upon his education, his character, 
[" his courage,'' omitted in the shorthand], his sense of duty, his relation to 
the particular facts as to which he is to testify, his humor for the moment, 
and a thousand other circumstances, as to the presence or absence of which 
in any particular case it is often difhcult to form an opinion. 

In judicial inquiries the facts which form the materials for the decision of 
the court are the facts that certain persons assert certain things under cer- 
tain circumstances. These facts the judge hears with his own ears. He 
also sees with his own eyes documents and other things respecting which he 
hears assertions. His task is to infer — (i) from what he himself hears and 
sees, the existence of the facts asserted to exist; (2) From the facts which, on 
the strength of such assertions, he believes to exist, other facts which are not 
asserted to exist. 

III. Each of these inferences is an inference from the effect to the cause, 
and each ought to conform :o the method of Difference ; that is to say, the 
circumstances in each case should be such that the effect is inconsistent (sub- 
ject to the limitations contained in the following paragraphs) with the exist- 



232 

ence of any other cause for it, than the cause of which the existence is pro- 
posed to be proved. 

IV. The subject of judicial investigation must generally be, for the rea- 
sons already given, to show that certain conclusions are more or less 
probable. 

Y. The quesrion. — what degree of probability is it necessary to show, in 
order to warrant a judicial decision in a given case, is a question not of logic 
but of prudence, and is identical with the expression, " WTiat risk of error is 
it wise to run, regard being had to the consequences of error in either di- 
rection ? " 

VI. This degree of probability varies in different cases to an extent which 
cannot be strictly defined ; but wherever it exists it may be called moral 
certainty. To draw an inference in those cases only in which it is true, is a 
matter of the utmost dimcultv. 



SELECTED SPECIMEX OF ORAL EVIDEN'CE. 
[204] X. V. SUPREME COURT. 



The People, ice. 



vs. ':Fe-y- S, 

Railroad Companies. 



79- 



Appearances : 

Mr. Sterxe for the Complainants. 

Mr. Hinsdale for Respondents. 

J. Carson Brevoort, recalled and further questioned by Mr. Sterne, 
lestiiied : — 

Q. Have you any knowledge upon the subject or any information of the ex- 
istence of the Brooklyn and Jamaica turnpike, and roads crossing the Brook- 
lyn and Jamaica turnpike, anterior to the occupation thereof by the Brooklyn 
& Jamaica Railway ? A. I have no personal knowledge. I have it from my 
father-in-law, and from documents. 

Q. Your father-in-law was an old man? A. An old man. He lived there 
from 1772 — on this turnpike. 

Q. WTiat information have you derived from him in relation to Brooklyn 
and Jamaica turnpike and its early history ? What information have you derived 
from your father-in-law, or from any other source — old books, or documents — 
from which you can testify as to the early history of those roads between 
Flatbush avenue and the City line, including the Jamaica and Brooklyn turn- 
pike, between those points ? 

Mr. Hinsdale objected to anv statement bv the witness cf the 



233 

contents of documents, unless it be first shown that those documents 
are lost and cannot be produced ; and that such fact does not yet ap- 
pear. 

Objection sustained. 

Mr. Sterne : I propose to prove knowledge and information he 
has derived from old men who have lived in the neighborhood, and I 
claim that that is pertinent and proper testimony. 
Mr. Hinsdale : I do not object to that. 

Q. What information have you derived ? First, confine yourself to in- 
formation you have derived from your father-in-law. A. He lived in Brook- 
lyn from the time he was born in 1772. 

Q. Until what time ? A, Until in 1847. 

Q. What information did you get besides that? A. His father and grand- 
father had lived in the same house previously to that. 

Q. l205] Did they both become old men ? A. They were both old men 
when they died. One was named Leffert Lefferts, and the other Jacobus Lef- 
ferts. I can state farther that Leffert Lefferts, Sr., was county clerk at the 
time of the Revolution, and all the county documents were kept in the county 
clerk's office — in fact, in his residence ; that office was kept in his residence ; 
and he employed a clerk named Rapalye. Most of the county documents 
were carried off by the said Rapayle, and have never been seen since. Some 
of those left being Court records, and being thought of no value, were exam- 
ined by General Jeremiah Johnson, and Leffert Lefferts, my father-in-law. 
Of those, all that related to roads were selected and bound in a volume, and 
entitled " Road Record," which was preserved until recently in the county 
clerk's office in the county of Kings. 

Q. Where is that record? A. The record is slill there, I believe. I 
found on this record references to old roads in Kings County ; — the oldest 
refers to the Brooklyn and Jamaica road. 

Q. You take your information from the record ? A, Yes, sir. 

Q. Give the date of it ? A. The oldest reference I can find in that record 
relating to the Jamaica road was November 12, 1699. 

Q. What is the title of the book you found that in ? A. " Road Record," 
small folio. My father-in-law always considered — 
Objected to. 

Q. What did he say? A. My father-in-law told me he was interested in 
this road, and he told me that it was the oldest road on the Island excepting 
one — that, except the Brooklyn and Flatbush road, the Brooklyn and Jama- 
cia road was the oldest road on the Island. He also told me that the only 
road to Hempstead, in Kings County, was via the Brooklyn and Jamaica road. 
Also, that the road to Newtown was by the same road as far as Bedford. I 
asked him about the Newtown road [306] ana how people reached Rockaway, 
a very old settlement when Rockaway was first settled, then called Rocka- 
wannis, I was interested in those Indian names. He referred me to an 
Indian grant in 1670, in which grant the road to Rockaway is indicated. 
That has been published about a dozen times. 

Q. Is it in existence now? A. Yes ; in Albany. I want to state another 
thing — that that road to Rockaway turned aside, and I want to tell you what 



234 

was the name of the road that turned to the south, at the extreme eastern 
limit of the town of Brooklyn, showing there was travel up to that town line 
on that road in 1670. It is there called the Rockaway Path. 

Q. Were the two Hempsteads settlements under the Dutch Government ? 
A. Yes, sir ; I will give you the names of the settlements. 

Q. What were they? A. Among the English settlements in Queens Coun- 
ty, under the rule of the Dutch, were Flushing, and Newtown, Maspeth, and 
Jamaica — then called Rustdorp — Hempstead, and other towns eastwardly. 
They were settlements by the English from Connecticut. 

Q. What do you know of the road knov/n as the Clove road? A. " Clove" 
is a Dutch word, designating the same as the Clove-road in the Catskills. 
The word Clove is a Dutch word, from " Kloffen," meaning a " cut 
through the hills." That was a cross-road, between Bedford and Flatbush. 

Q. Have you any information, from your father-in-law or other old men, 
as to what they heard from their ancestors with reference to the existence of 
that road under the Dutch Government? A. I have heard him say that it was 
originally a wood-road, in order to reach their woodlands, called the first and 
second division of woodlands. 

Q. Was that under the Dutch? A. Yes, sir. To reach the first and 
second division of the woodlands. 

Q. Within your knowledge, or within your present recollection, the old 
Clove-road existed, did it not ? A. It existed in 1869. 

Q. And under the name of the old Clove-road ? A. Under the name of 
the old Clove-road. Parts of it are still in existence. 

Q. What street is it now, if it is a street ? Where does it cross Atlantic 
Avenue? A. It crosses Atlantic avenue about 250 feet east of Bedford ave- 
nue. It was a winding road. 



[207] HARVARD LA.W SCHOOL.— Judge Cooley. 

Coming from a distant State to look in upon Harvard in the day of 
its festivity, I have something of that feeling which we may suppose would 
have thrilled the explorer, Ponce de Leon, if in his search for the fountain of 
youth he had found the myili a reality, and been permitted a sight of the 
waters of perennial renovation. For here, indeed, we stand in the presence 
of a true fountain of perpetual youth. Empires will be built up and be over- 
thrown, but Harvard goes on forever, with a perpetual renewal of lusty 
youth, and a perpetual taking on of new vigor and new capabilities. For 
Harvard there is neither fear of time, nor doubt of time's beneficence; and 
while trees grow and waters run, this school of learning will be noting the 
vicissitudes of nations, as they rise and fall, and calmly teaching the moral of 
their story to the youth of successive generations. But the Law School of 
Harvard, which more immediately receives our attention to-day, has a life 
and a vigor of its own, which has impressed the political institutions of the 
country moie (han most of us perhaps have realized. You who have gathered 
in this hall for good fellowship and pleasant reminiscence, though yourselves 
a part of iis strength and its greatness, will very naturally have the Law 



. 235 

School in mind in its personal rather than its general aspects; but one who 
unfortunately cannot claim the personal relation, but who nevertheless for 
many years has observed how Harvard, by its teachings and by the leadership 
of strong minds, has built itself into the political institutions of the land, 
making every commonwealth and every municipality the better for its sound 
law and wholesome constitutional doctrine, must be permitted to look beyond 
the membership, and to say a word of results which have been the most strik- 
ing and impressive of all its grand realities. Those who are of the brother- 
hood may take delight in the men who, in the forum or the senate, have 
made the Law School famous; but one who is not of the household may as 
an American indulge his patriotic pride in contemplating what [208] it has 
done for the whole country, and in confident anticipation of what it will do 
hereafter. Its beneficent influence has not been bounded by state lines, or 
limited to sectional divisions. The most adventurous pioneer who penetrates the 
remote wilderness is likely, if his rights are brought in controversy, to find them 
determined on the authority of Harvard's great teachers; and the political 
philosopher who studies the constitutional unity in diversity which the 
founders of the Republic hoped for but did not live to realize, will remember 
that the teachings of the Harvard Law School led steadily up to the great 
consummation, and that there went out froin it an influence, born not less 
of conviction than of sentiment, which in the hour of national peril was as 
necessary to unity as the army itself. Indeed, it was the firm belief in the 
Federal Constitution as an instrument of indissoluble union that made an in- 
vincible army possible; so that it is no small part of the just renown of Har- 
vard that its legal oracles perceived the truth from the first, and maintained 
the faith, and taught it until it became irresistible. 

It has been my fortune to be to some extent in various ways a teacher of 
the law; and in what I have done in that field I have taken pleasure in seek- 
ing wisdom from Harvard, and in accepting its guidance, — whether in pre- 
senting the principles of right which lie at the foundation of our inherited in- 
stitutions, or in pointing out the necessary dependence of true liberty upon 
steady administration of lav/, or in inculcating the nobility of the lawyer's 
calling, which should be at once the effective instrument of justice and of true 
benevolence. If my efforts have not been in vain, I have done something to 
make the fact obvious, that, aside from physical needs, the State is most of 
all dependent for the happiness of its people upon a clear recognition and 
ready acceptance of the rules which determine and protect our rights. The 
sense of security, upon which public content not less than public liberty de- 
pends, must spring mainly from a steady administration of just laws; and we 
fail to appreciate the dignity of our profession if we look for it either in pro- 
fundity of learning or [209] in forensic triumphs. These, however strik 
ing and notable, are only means to the great end for which the profession 
exists. Its reason for being must be found in the effective aid it renders to 
justice, and in the sense it gives ["it gives" omitted in the shorthand] of 
public security through its steady support of public order. These are com- 
monplaces, but the strength of the law lies in its commonplace character; and 
it becomes feeble and untrustworthy when it expresses something different 
from the common thoughts of men. Harvard in the past has been a great 



236 

school of the common law; and it will be a great school of a nobler common 
law in the future, as the common law improves with an improving and elevat- 
ing humanity. So may it be! And we in the West, whether between the 
great lakes, or on the boundless prairies, or over the snow-crowned moun- 
tains, will bare our heads to it reverently, as we behold it still " nourishing a 
youth sublime," while its '' centuries behind it like a fruitful land repose." 



IN ADMIRALTY.— Selected. 

In America, a steamship pa'^sing so close to a sloop at anchor that the boom 
of the latter was driven against her by a sudden gust of wind, was held 
solely in fault. And where a steamship at sea sighted a schooner seven miles 
off, and shaped her course so as to pass within a cable's length of her, it was 
held by the Circuit Court that for two ships approaching each other at the 
rate of eighteen miles an hour, such a course was " very far from an exercise 
of reasonable prudence." 

The rule in America as to ships working to windward in narrow channels is, 
that they must " beat out their tacks," and not go about before the depth of 
water or the exigencies of the navigation require it. Vessels are expected to 
know the channels and the point at which other ships will be [210] com- 
pelled to go about. A ship going about before she gets to the edge of the 
channel, and thereby causing a collision with a passing steamship, was held 
in fault. But the rule as to " beating out tacks " does not apply so as to pre- 
clude a ship from going about before she reaches the shoal water in order that 
she may be able to weaiher a point of land, or other object, on the next tack. 
The rule does not appear to have been expressly recognized in any Court in 
P^ngland. In The Palatine, where there seems to have been room for its 
applicaiion, it was not referred to. 

Whether a ship, being in stays, is required to hold herself in stays to allow 
another vessel to pass, is not clear. Two American cases are contradictory 
on the point. In the [tt?ipire Sffte the Court said that it is the duty of a ship 
to beat out her tack and come about on the other tack with proper despatch; 
and that "she is not obliged to remain in the wind for a steamer to pass her." 
On the other hand, in the W. C. Redlield, it was held that a sailing ship was 
in fault for not holding herself in stays to allow a tug and her tow to pass 
clear. There are decisions of the American Courts to the effect that it cannot 
be imputed to a ship as a fault that she is sluggish in going about; and that 
she is not wrong in fore-reaching or shooting ahead in the wind's eye whilst 
going about. 

Fishing boats have a right to fish on the high sea, and to be fast to their 
nets, whether their fishing ground is in the track of ships or not. It is the 
duly of other ships to take greacer precautions when passing over a fishing 
ground, so as to keep clear of the fishing boats, and not make them cast off 
from their nets. Bringing up upon a fishing ground where drift net fishing 
is being carried on, is illegal by statute. Vessels navigating in an unusual 
manner or by an improper course, do so at their own risk. By the By-Laws 



237 

in force in the Tyne (clause 17), all vessels proceeding to sea are required to 
keep on the South side of mid-channel; and (clause [211 J 20) vessels cross- 
ing the river take upon themselves the responsibility of doing so with safety 
to the passing traffic. A vessel outward bound, coming out of the Tyne dock 
on the south side of the river, and either intentionally, or under the influence 
of the tide, crossing over to the north side of the river, came into collision on 
the north side with two steamships also going down the river. She was held 
in fault for the collision, as she should not have attempted to cross when 
there was risk of collision. 

It was held, in The Smyrna, that a usual and proper precaution for vessels 
to take when navigating a winding river against a strong stream, is to keep 
under the points in the slack of the tide, so as to avoid descending vessels 
which are swept across the river into the opposite bight by the stream setting 
off the point. In the Thames, vessels are required to navigate in this manner 
round certain points. But, except where local enactments provide otherwise, 
the rule would seem to be different under the present law of " starboard side" 
in narrow channels. 

In New York harbor, where ferry-boats are constantly coming out from 
their slips or docks at right angles to the course of vessels navigating the 
river, the law requires vessels navigating the river to keep in mid-channel, or 
if they go along the shore to go very slowly. Where two steamships were 
meeting in a narrow channel, one going with and the other against the tide, 
and it was necessary for one of them to stop, it was held by the Supreme 
Court in America that the vessel going against the tide should have stopped 
at once, as she could do so the more readily. 

A vessel warping down the Thames against the flood tide was held in fault 
for a collision thereby occasioned; and in America it was held that a vessel 
with a warp across a river fair-way is bound to slack it to allow another vessel 
to cross. A steamship proceeding down the Thames at night against a flood 
tide is required to exercise [218] the greatest caution. If a vessel enters an 
eddy tide and is thereby prevented from answering her helm and goes into 
collision with another ship, it is no excuse that the eddy prevented her from 
answering her helm, unless the action of the tide could not have been antici- 
pated or provided against; and the effect of the tide on other ships must be 
known and allowed for. If the weather is such that an object cannot be 
seen in time to avoid it, a vessel has no right to be under way at all. In such 
weather she should bring up at the first opportunity, and not get under way 
unless obliged to do so. In thick and bad weather generally, it is the duty 
of a vessel under way to exercise more than ordinary care to avoid doing 
damage to other ships. "Stress of weather" is an excuse frequently put 
forward for omitting to exercise ordinary care, but it is one which the Court 
is very unwilling to accept. 

If a ship steers a course to take her alongside another ship to speak her or 
for any other purpose, she does so at her own risk. The Supreme Court of 
the United States held a steamship solely in fault for a collision with a pilot 
boat from which she was taking a pilot and which was plamly visible to her, 
although the pilot boat had no masthead light and crossed the bows of the 
steamer. 



238 

In another case before the same Court, two tugs making for the same ves- 
sel in order to get the contract to tow, came into collision. It was held, that 
the proper and usual way for tugs to come alongside was to come up on the 
quarter heading the same way as the vessel, and that the tug which was ahead 
of the vessel was in fault for not rounding to and coming up under the ship's 
stern. Where a vessel is coming out of a dock or harbor or executing a man- 
oeuvre in the course of which an alteration of her helm is necessary, another 
ship approaching her is justified in acting upon the assumption that the ne- 
cessary measures will be taken by the former vessel with proper skill and des- 
patch, and thac her course will be that which is obviously intended. A 
schooner coming [213] out of St. George's Dock in the Mersey, the tide 
being flood and the wind southerly, saw a tug with a ship in tow coming 
down the river towards her. She put her helm hard-a-port and scandalized 
her mainsail in order to get her head to point down the river. Owing to the 
flood-tide catching her under the starboard bow, she did not answer her helm 
readily, and came into collision with the tug. If she had run up her outer jib, 
which she did not do, she would have answered her helm better, and would 
have kept clear of the tug. The latter had kept her course in the expecta- 
tion that the schooner would set her jib and straighten herself in the river, as 
she was intending to do. It was lield that the schooner was solely in fault for 
the collision, and that the tug did right in acting upon the assumption that 
the schooner's jib would have been run up, and that she would have straight- 
ened herself, and kept on the tug's starboard side. 



LAW OF POSSESSION.— O. W. Holmes, Jr. 

To gain possession, a man must stand in a certain physical relation to the 
object and to the rest of the world, and must have a certain intent. These 
relations and this intent are the facts of which we are in search. 

The physical relation to others is simply a relation of manifested power co- 
extensive with the intent, and will need to have but little said about it when 
the nature of the intent is settled. When I come to the latter, I shall not at- 
tempt a similar analysis to that which has been pursued with regard to intent 
as one element of liability. For the principles developed as to intent in that 
connection have no relation to the present subject, and any such analysis so 
far as it did not fail would be little more than a discussion of evidence. The 
intent inquired into here must be overtly manifested, perhaps, but all theories 
of the grounds on which possession is protected would seem lo agree in lead- 
ing to the requirement that it should be actual, subject, of course, to the ne- 
cessary limits of legal investigation. 

But, besides our power and intent as to our fellow men, there must be a 
certain degree of power over the [214] object. If there were only only one 
other man in the world and he was safe under lock and key in jail, the person 
having the key would not possess the swallows that flew over the prison. This 
element is illustrated by cases of capture, although no doubt the point at 
which the line is drawn is affected by considerations of the degree of power 
obtained as against other people, as well as by that which has been gained 



239 

over the object. The Roman and the common law agree that, in general, 
fresh pursuit of wild animals does not give the pursuer the rights of posses- 
sion. Until escape has been made impossible by some means, another may 
step in and kill or catch and carry off the game if he can. Thus it has been 
held that an action does not lie against a person for killing and taking a fox 
which had been pursued by another, and was then actually in the view of 
the person who had originally found, started and chased it. The Court of 
Queen's Bench even went so far as to decide, notwithstanding a verdict the 
other way, that when fibh were nearly surrounded by a seine, with an open- 
ing of seven fathoms between the ends, at which points boats were stationed 
to frighten them from escaping, they were not reduced to possession as against 
a stranger who rowed in throuj^h the opening and helped himself. 

But the difference between the power over the object which is sufficient for 
possession, and that which is not, is clearly one of degree only, and the line 
may be drawn at different places at different times on grounds just referred to. 
Thus we are told that the Legislature of New York enacted, in 1844, that 
any one who started and pursued deer in certain counties of that State 
should be deemed in possession of the game so long as he continued in 
fresh pursuit of it, and to that extent modified the New York decisions 
just cited. 

So, while Justinian decided that a wild beast so badly wounded that he fit] 
might easily be taken must be actually taken before it belongs to the captors. 
Judge Lowell with equal reason [has] upheld the contrary custom [215] of 
the American whalemen in the Arctic Ocean, which gives a whale to the 
vessel whose iron first remains in it, provided claim be made before cut- 
ting in. 

If what the law does is to exclude others from interfering with the object, 
it would seem that the intent which the law should require is an intent to ex- 
clude others. I believe that such an intent is all that the common law deems 
needful, and that on principle no more should be required. * * 

The intent to appropi'iate or deal with a thing as owner can hardly exist 
without an intent to exclude others, and something more ; but the latter may 
very well be where there is no intent to hold as owner. A tenant for years 
intends to exclude all persons, including the owner, until the end of his term ; 
yet he has not the animus domini in the sense explained. Still less has a 
bailee with a lien, who does not even mean to use, but only to detain the thing 
for payment. 

But, further, the common law protects a bailee against strangers, when it 
would not protect him against the owner, as in the case of a deposit or other 
bailment terminable at pleasure ; and we may therefore say that the intent 
even to exclude need not be so extensive as would be implied in the animus 
domini. If a bailee intends to exclude strangers to the title, it is enough for 
possession under our law, aliTiough he is perfectly ready to give the thing up 
to its owner at any moment ; while it is of the essence of the German view 
that the intent must not be relative, but an absolute, self-regarding intent to 
take the benefit of the thing. Again, if the motives or wishes, and even the 
intentions, most present to the mind of a possessor, were all self-regard- 
ing, it would not follow that the intent towards others was not the important 



240 

thing in the analysis of the law. But, as we have seen, a jdepositary is a 
true possessor under the common law theory, although his intent is not self- 
regarding, and he holds solely for the benefit of the owner. 



[216.] SURFACE OF SKULL.— Gray's Anatomy. 

The External Surface of the base of the skull is extremely irregular. Ii is 
bounded in front by the incisor teeth in the upper jaws; behind, by the su- 
perior curved lines of the occipital bone; and laterally, by the alveolar arch, 
the lower border of the malar bone, the zygoma, and an imaginary line ex- 
tending from the zygoma to the mastoid process and extremity of the super- 
ior curved line of the occiput. It is formed by the palate processes of the two 
superior maxillary and palate bones, the vomer, the pterygoid, under surface 
of the great wing, spinous process and part of the body of the sphenoid, the 
under surface of the squamous, mastoid, and petrous portions of the temporal, 
and occipital bones. The anterior part of the base of the skull is raised 
above the level of the rest [at p. 216, these words are erroneously given as 
"rest of the level"] of this surface (when the skull is turned over for the pur- 
pose of examination), surrounded by the alveolar process, which is thicker 
behind than in front, and excavated by sixteen depressions for lodging the 
teeth of the upper jaw; they vary in depth and size, according to the teeth 
they contain. Immediately behind the incisor teeth is the anterior palatine 
fossa. At the bottom of this fossa may usually be seen four apertures, two 
placed laterally, which open above, one in the floor of each nostril, and trans- 
mit the anterior palatine vessels, and two in the median line of the inter- 
maxillary suture, one in front of the other, the most anterior one transmit- 
ting the left, and the posterior one (the larger) the right, naso-palatine nerve. 
These two latter canals are sometimes wanting, or they may join to form a 
single one, or one of them may open into one of the [21 •?] lateral canals 
above referred to. The palatine vault is concave, uneven, perforated by 
numerous foramina, m.arkedby depressions for the palatal glands, and crossed 
by a crucial suture, which indicates the point of junction of the four bones of 
which it is composed. One or two small foramina, seen in the alveolar mar- 
gin behind the incisor teeth, occasionally seen in the adult, almost constant 
in young subjects, are called the incisive foramina ; they transmit nerves 
and vessels to the incisor teeth. At each posterior angle of the hard palate 
is the posterior palatine foramen, for the transmission of tlie posterior palatine 
vessels and anterior palatine nerve, and running forwards and inwards from 
it a groove, which lodges the same vessels and nerve. Behind the posterior 
palatine foramen is the tuberosity of the palate bone, perforated by one or 
more accessory posterior palatine canals, and marked by the commencement 
of a ridge, which runs transversely inwards, and serves for the attachment of 
the tendinous expansion of the Tensor palati muscle. Projecting backwards 
from the centre of the posterior border of the hard palate is the posterior 
nasal spine, for the attachment of the Azygos uvulae. Behind and above 
the hard palate is the posterior aperture of the nares. divided into two parts 
by the vomer, bounded above by the body of the sphenoid, below by the 



241 

horizontal plate of the palate bone, and laterally by the pterygoid processes 
of the sphenoid. Each aperture measures about an inch in the vertical, and 
half an inch in the transverse, direction. At the base of the vomer may be 
seen the expanded alae of this bone, receiving between them the rostrum of 
the sphenoid. Near the lateral margins of the vomer, at the root of the ptery- 
goid processes, are the pterygo-palatine canals. The pterygoid process, which 
bounds the posterior nares on each side, presents, near to its base, the ptery- 
goid or Vidian canal, for the Vidian nerve and artery. Each process consists 
of two plates, which bifurcate at the [218] extremity to receive the tuberosity 
of the palate bone, and are separated behind by the pterygoid fossa, which 
lodges the Internal pterygoid muscle. The internal plate is long and narrow, 
presenting on the outer side of its base the scaphoid fossa, for the origin of 
the Tensor palati muscle, and at its extremity the hamular process, around 
which the tendon of this muscle turns. The external pterygoid plate is broad, 
forms the inner boundary of the zygomatic fossa, and affords attachment to 
the External pterygoid muscle. 

Behind the nasal fossae, in the middle line, is the basilar surface of the 
occipital bone, presenting in its centre the pharyngeal spine for the attach- 
ment of the Superior constrictor muscle of the pharynx, with depressions on 
each side for the insertion of the Rectus anticus major and minor. At the 
base of the external pterygoid plate is the foramen ovale; behind this, the 
foramen spinosum, and the prominent spinous process of tlie sphenoid, which 
gives attachment to the internal lateral ligament of the lower jaw and the 
Laxator tympani muscle. External to the spinous process is the glenoid 
fossa, divided into two parts by the Glaserian fissure, the anterior portion 
being concave, smooth, bounded in front by the eminentia articularis, and 
serving for the articulation of the condyle of the lower jaw; the posterior por- 
tion rough, bounded behind by the vaginal process, and serving for the re- 
ception of part of the parotid gland. Emerging from between the laminae 
of the vaginal process is the styloid process; and at the base of this process 
is the stylo-mastoid foramen, for the exit of the facial nerve, and entrance of 
the stylo-mastoid artery. External to the stylo-mastoid foramen is the auri- 
cular fissure for the auricular branch of the pneumogastric, bounded behind 
by the mastoid process. Upon the inner side of the mastoid process is a deep 
groove, the digastric fossa; and a little more internally, the occipital groove, 
for the occipital artery. At the base of the internal [219] pterygoid plate 
is a large and somewhat tri-angular a[)erlure. the foiamen lacerum medium, 
bounded in front by the great wing of the sphenoid, behind by the apex of 
the petrous portion of the temporal bone, and internally by the body of the 
sphenoid and basilar process of the occipital bone; it presents in front the 
posterior orifice of the Vidian canal; behind, the aperture of the carotid canal. 
The basilar surface of the opening is filled up in the recent state by a fibro- 
cartilaginous substance; across its upper or cerebral aspect pass the internal 
carotid artery and Vidian nerve. External to this aperture, the petro-sphe- 
noidal suture is observed, at the outer termination of which is seen the orifice 
of the canal for the Eustachian tube, and that for the Tensor tympani muscle. 
Behind this suture is seen the under surface of the petrous portion of the tem- 
poral bone, presenting from within outwards the quadrilateral rough surface. 



242 

part of which affords attachment to the Levator palali and Tensor tympani 
muscles; external to this surface are the orifices of the carotid canal and the 
aqueductus cochleae, the former transmitting the internal carotid artery and 
the ascending branches of the superior cervical ganglion of the sympathetic, 
the latter serving for the passage of a small artery and vein to the cochlea. 
Behind the carotid canal is a large aperture, the jugular fossa, formed in front 
by the petrous portion of the temporal, and behind by the occipital; it is gen- 
erally larger on the right than on the left side; and toward its cerebral aspect 
is divided into two parts by a ridge of bone, which projects usually from the 
temporal, the anterior or smaller portion transmitting the three divisions of 
the eighth pair of nerves; the posterior transmitting the internal jugular vein 
and the ascending meningeal vessels, from the occipital and ascending pharyn- 
geal arteries. On the ridge of bone dividing the carotid canal from the jugu- 
lar fossa, is the small [220] foramen for the transmission of the tympanic 
nerve; and on the outer wall of the jugular foramen, near the root of the 
styloid process, is the small aperture for the transmission of Arnold's nerve. 
Behind the basilar surface of the occipital bone is the foramen magnum, 
bounded on each side by the condyles, rough internally for the attachment 
of the alar ligaments, and presenting externally a rough surface, the jugular 
process, which serves for the attachment of the Rectus lateralis. On either 
side of each condyle anteriorly, is the anterior condyloid fossa, perforated by 
the anterior condyloid foramen, for the passage of the hypoglossol nerve. 
Behind each condyle are the posterior condyloid fossae, perforated on one or 
both sides by the posterior condyloid foramina, for the transmission of a vein 
to the lateral sinus. Behind the foramen magnum, is the external occipital 
protuberance, whilst on each side are seen the superior and inferior curved 
lines; these, as well as the surface of the bone between them, being rough, 
for the attachment of numerous muscles. 



LIMITATIONS OF MIND.— Dean Mansel. 

The very first Law of Thought, and, through Thought, of all Conscious- 
ness, by which alone we are able to discern objects as such, or to distinguish 
them one from another, involves in its constitution a mystery and doubt, which 
no effort of Philosphy has been able to penetrate : — How can the One be 
many, or the Many one ? We are compelled to regard ourselves and our 
fellow men 2i?, persons, and the visible world around us as made up of things j 
but what is personality, and what is reality, are questions which the wisest 
have tried to answer, and have tried in vain. Man, as a person, is one, yet 
composed of many elements ; — not identical with any one [221] of them, 
nor yet vvilh the aggregate of them all ; and yet not separable from them by 
any effort of abstraction. Man is one in his thovights, in his actions, in his 
feelings, and in the responsibilities which these involve. It is / who think, / 
who act, /who feel ; yet I am not thought, nor action, nor feeling, nor a com- 
bination of thoughts and actions and feelings heaped together. Extension, 
and resistance, and shape, and the various sensible qualities, make up my con- 
ception of each individual body as such ; yet the body is not its extension, 



243 

nor its shape, nor its hardness, nor its color, nor its smell, nor its taste ; noi 
yet is it a mere aggregate of all these, with no principle of unity among them. 
If these several parts constitute a single whole, the unity, as well as the plu- 
rality, must depend upon some principle which that whole contains ; if they 
do not constituie a whole, the difficulty is removed but a single step ; for the 
same question, — what constitutes individuality ? — must be asked in relation 
to each separate part. 

The actual conception of every object, as such, involves the combination 
of the One and the Many ; and that combination is practically made every 
time v.'e think at all. But at the same time no effort of reason is able to ex- 
plain how such a relation is possible ; or to satisfy the intellectual doubt 
which necessarily arises on the contemplation of it. 

As it is with the first law of Thought, so it is with the first principle of Ac- 
tions and of Feeling, All action, whether free or constrained, and all passion, 
implies and rests upon another great mystery of Philosophy, — the Commerce 
between Mind and Matter. The properties and operations of matter are 
known only by the external senses ; the faculties and acts of the mind are 
known only by the internal apprehension. Energy of the one is motion ; 
energy of the other is consciousness. What is the middle term which unites 
these two? And how can their reciprocal action, unquestionable as it in fact, 
be conceived as possible in theory ? How can a contact between body and 
body produce consciousness in the immaterial soul? How can a mental self- 
determination produce the motion of material [222] organs? How can mind, 
which is neither extended nor figured nor colored in itself, represent by its 
ideas the extension and figure and color of bodies? How can the body be 
determined to a new position in space by an act of thought to which space has 
no relation? How can thought itself be carried on by bodily instruments, 
and yet itself have nothing in common with bodily affections ? What is the 
relation between the last pulsation of the material brain and the first awak- 
ening of the mental preception ? How does the spoken word, a merely ma- 
terial vibration of the atmosphere, become echoed, as it were, in the silent 
voice of thought, and take its part in an operation wholly spiritual? 

Here again we acknowledge, in our daily practice, a fact which we are 
unable to represent in theory; and the various hypotheses to which philosophy 
has had recourse, — the Divine Assistance, the Pre-established Harmony, the 
Plastic Medium, and others, — are but so many confessions of the existence of 
the mystery, and of the extraordinary yet wholly insufficient efforts made by 
human reason to penetrate it. 

The very perception of our senses is subject to the same restrictions. " No 
priestly dogmas," says Hume, "ever shocked common sense more than the 
infinite divisibility of extension, with its consequences." He should have 
added, that the antagonist assumption of a finite divisibility is equally incom- 
prehensible ; it being as impossible to conceive an ultimate unit, or least 
possible extension, as it is to conceive the process of division carried on to 
infinity. Extension is presented to the mind as a relation between parts ex- 
terior to each other, whose reality cannot consist merely in their juxtaposi- 
tion. We are thus compelled to believe that extension itself is dependent 
upon some higher law; that it is not an original principle of things in them- 



244 

selves, but a derived result of their connection with each other. But to con- 
ceive how this generation of space is possible, — how unextended objects can, 
by their conjunction, produce extension, — baffles the utmost efforts of the 
wildest imagination or the profoundest reflection. We cannot conceive how 
unexiended matter can become extended; for of unextended matter we know 
nothing, either in itself or in its relations; though we are apparently com- 
pelled to postulate ils existence, as implied in the appearances of which alone 
we are conscious. The existence of mental succession in time is as inexpli- 
cable as that of material extension in space: — a first moment and an infinite 
regress of moments being both equally inconceivable, no less than the corres- 
ponding theories of a first atom and an infinite division. 



J 



^19 6 5 
















'i^. 






-^z 



C.' 



.X^'^ 



.^"^. 







.\ O ' ., \ 

c? ■ : 



0> '^c^ 




^s -r^ 



^^ 






5> 








q^^'. 


P 


'-"''' r 






WJ 






^z- 


' u 




V 1 


« H 


o. 




rO 



y: 















o o' 



If * 



.-,$^ 



<^ N r, 

0' ."^..x 



^. 



'^WM: .x^'% iWfi .^^ 






? 1 \ 



^^ ,0^ 



%^ 


,#■ . 


- s 


%. ■ 


A- 




U 


^ 





N C ,^^^. 


^ 


"*>, y 


- 




y ^ 


i* 



^>^^/ ,^^^ ^^^ 









r ^^'"%. - .J: ^%, '.Mfe 










LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



mf 


i 


ttyRKR' 


11 


P 


TTmfflff 


H 


i' 






029 826 174 1 






» 



f I^^^^^^^B 






